ETHIOPIA NATIONAL ELECTRICITY

TRANSMISSION GRID CODE

Ethiopian Energy Authority (EEA)

DRAFT

February 2018
CONTENTS

1 PREAMBLE …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………19
1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 19
1.2 STRUCTURE OF THE ENTGC ................................................................................................... 20
1.2.1 Preamble ........................................................................................................................ 20
1.2.2 Glossary and Definitions.................................................................................................. 20
1.2.3 General Conditions.......................................................................................................... 20
1.2.4 Governance Chapter ....................................................................................................... 20
1.2.5 Planning Chapter ............................................................................................................ 21
1.2.6 Connections Chapter ....................................................................................................... 21
1.2.7 Renewable Power Plant Chapter ..................................................................................... 21
1.2.8 Operations Chapters ....................................................................................................... 21
1.2.8.1 Operational Planning ...................................................................................................... 21
1.2.8.2 Operational Security ....................................................................................................... 22
1.2.8.3 Emergency Operations .................................................................................................... 22
1.2.8.4 Incident Reporting .......................................................................................................... 22
1.2.8.5 Demand Control.............................................................................................................. 22
1.2.8.6 System Tests ................................................................................................................... 23
1.2.9 Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters.............................................................. 23
1.2.9.1 Interchange Scheduling ................................................................................................... 23
1.2.9.2 Balancing and Frequency Control .................................................................................... 23
1.2.9.3 Ancillary Services ............................................................................................................ 24
1.2.10 Ethiopia Metering Chapter .............................................................................................. 24
1.2.11 Interconnection Metering Chapter................................................................................... 25
1.2.12 Data Exchange Chapter................................................................................................... 25
1.2.13 Information Exchange Chapter ........................................................................................ 25
1.2.14 Cyber Security Chapter .................................................................................................... 25
1.2.15 System Operator Training Chapter .................................................................................. 26
1.3 SCOPE OF THE ENTGC .......................................................................................................... 26
2 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................27
2.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 27

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT i

 Contents

2.2 GLOSSARY .......................................................................................................................... 27

2.3 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................ 41
2.4 LIST OF UNITS ..................................................................................................................... 44
3 GENERAL CONDITIONS ...............................................................................................46
3.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 46
3.2 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 46
3.3 OBJECTIVE.......................................................................................................................... 46
3.4 IMPLEMENTATION AND ENFORCEMENT .................................................................................... 46
3.5 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................... 46
3.6 UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES ............................................................................................... 47
3.7 FORCE MAJEURE ................................................................................................................. 47
3.8 COMPLIANCE ...................................................................................................................... 48
3.9 NON-COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................... 48
3.9.1 Non-Compliance Situations ............................................................................................. 48
3.9.2 Penalties ......................................................................................................................... 49
3.10 DEROGATION ...................................................................................................................... 49
3.10.1 Derogation Review.......................................................................................................... 50
3.10.2 Derogation Register ........................................................................................................ 51
3.10.3 Transitional Provisions .................................................................................................... 51
3.11 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ........................................................................................................... 52
3.11.1 Mutual Discussion ........................................................................................................... 52
3.11.2 Determination by the Regulatory Authority ..................................................................... 52
3.12 INDEPENDENT EXPERT OPINION .............................................................................................. 53
3.13 ENTGC INTERPRETATION ...................................................................................................... 54
3.14 HIERARCHY......................................................................................................................... 54
3.15 CONFIDENTIALITY................................................................................................................. 54
3.15.1 Confidential Information ................................................................................................. 55
3.15.2 Exceptions ...................................................................................................................... 55
3.15.3 Application of Confidentiality to the Regulatory Authority ............................................... 55
3.15.4 Indemnity to the Regulatory Authority ............................................................................ 56
3.15.5 Party Information ........................................................................................................... 56
3.15.6 Information on Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code Bodies .................................... 56
3.16 CONSTRUCTION OF REFERENCES ............................................................................................. 56
3.16.1 Preamble, Table of Contents and Headings...................................................................... 56
3.16.2 Cross References ............................................................................................................. 56
3.16.3 Definitions ...................................................................................................................... 56
3.16.4 Figures............................................................................................................................ 57
3.16.5 Gender, Singular and Plural ............................................................................................. 57
3.16.6 Include and Including ...................................................................................................... 57

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT ii
 Contents

3.16.7 Mandatory Provisions ..................................................................................................... 57

3.16.8 Person or Entity .............................................................................................................. 57
3.16.9 References ...................................................................................................................... 57
3.16.10 Written and In Writing .................................................................................................... 57
3.17 LANGUAGE ......................................................................................................................... 57
4 GOVERNANCE .............................................................................................................58
4.1 INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................. 58
4.2 GOVERNANCE DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................... 58
4.3 THE ETHIOPIA NATIONAL TRANSMISSION GRID CODE REVIEW COMMITTEE (ENTGCRC) .................... 59
4.3.1 Role of the ENTGCRC ....................................................................................................... 59
4.3.2 Composition of the ENTGCRC .......................................................................................... 59
4.3.3 Conduct of Business ........................................................................................................ 60
4.3.4 Rules of the ENTGCRC ..................................................................................................... 60
4.3.4.1 Committee Name............................................................................................................ 60
4.3.5 ENTGCRC Member Qualifications .................................................................................... 60
4.3.5.1 Chairperson .................................................................................................................... 60
4.3.5.2 Committee Member ........................................................................................................ 60
4.3.6 Term of Office ................................................................................................................. 60
4.3.7 Appointment by Regulatory Authority ............................................................................. 61
4.3.8 Nature of Member .......................................................................................................... 61
4.3.9 Retirement of Members .................................................................................................. 61
4.3.10 Alternates ....................................................................................................................... 61
4.3.11 Ceasing to Act ................................................................................................................. 62
4.3.12 References Include Alternates ......................................................................................... 62
4.3.13 Representation and Voting.............................................................................................. 62
4.3.13.1 Representation ............................................................................................................... 62
4.3.13.2 Voting............................................................................................................................. 62
4.3.14 Removal ......................................................................................................................... 62
4.4 THE CHAIRPERSON POSITION.................................................................................................. 62
4.4.1 Appointment/Removal .................................................................................................... 62
4.4.2 Alternate Chairperson ..................................................................................................... 63
4.5 THE SECRETARY POSITION...................................................................................................... 63
4.5.1 Appointment................................................................................................................... 63
4.5.2 Duties ............................................................................................................................. 63
4.5.3 Registers ......................................................................................................................... 63
4.5.4 Group Representative’s Addresses................................................................................... 63

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT iii
 Contents

4.6 MEETINGS.......................................................................................................................... 64
4.6.1 Date and Venue .............................................................................................................. 64
4.6.2 Further Meetings ............................................................................................................ 64
4.6.3 Notice of Meetings.......................................................................................................... 64
4.6.3.1 Notice by Chairperson ..................................................................................................... 64
4.6.3.2 Details in Notice.............................................................................................................. 64
4.6.3.3 Failure to Give Notice ...................................................................................................... 64
4.6.3.4 Proposal for Agenda ....................................................................................................... 64
Proceedings at Meetings ................................................................................................. 65
4.6.4 65
4.6.4.1 Quorum .......................................................................................................................... 65
4.6.4.2 Inquorate Meetings ........................................................................................................ 65
4.6.5 Agenda ........................................................................................................................... 65
4.6.6 Validity of Acts ................................................................................................................ 65
4.6.7 Meeting Attendance ....................................................................................................... 65
4.6.8 Minutes .......................................................................................................................... 65
4.6.8.1 Circulation ...................................................................................................................... 65
4.6.8.2 Approval of Minutes........................................................................................................ 65
4.6.8.3 Amendments .................................................................................................................. 66
4.6.9 Guidance from the ENTGCRC........................................................................................... 66
4.6.10 Sub-Committees and Working Groups ............................................................................. 66
4.6.10.1 Sub-Committees.............................................................................................................. 66
4.6.10.2 Working Groups .............................................................................................................. 66
4.6.10.3 Resolutions ..................................................................................................................... 66
4.7 VACATION OF OFFICE ........................................................................................................... 66
4.8 MEMBER’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROTECTIONS ........................................................................ 67
4.8.1 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 67
4.8.2 Representation ............................................................................................................... 67
4.8.3 Reliance on Documentation ............................................................................................ 67
4.9 REVISIONS TO THE ENTGC .................................................................................................... 67
4.10 ENTGC AUDITS .................................................................................................................. 67
4.10.1 Customer Request ........................................................................................................... 67
4.10.2 Information Requirements .............................................................................................. 68
4.10.3 Withholding of Information ............................................................................................. 68
4.11 CONTRACTING..................................................................................................................... 68
4.12 REGISTRATION OF LICENSEES .................................................................................................. 68

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT iv
 Contents

4.12.1 Users .............................................................................................................................. 68

4.12.2 Licensed Entities ............................................................................................................. 68
4.12.3 Registration of ENTGC Licensees ..................................................................................... 68
4.13 NOTICES ............................................................................................................................ 69
4.13.1 Service of Notices under the ENTGC................................................................................. 69
4.13.2 Time of Service................................................................................................................ 69
4.13.3 Counting of Days............................................................................................................. 70
4.13.4 Reference to Addressee ................................................................................................... 70
4.14 ENFORCEMENT.................................................................................................................... 70
4.14.1 Investigations ................................................................................................................. 70
4.14.2 Entry and Inspection ....................................................................................................... 71
4.14.3 Functions of the Regulatory Authority ............................................................................. 71
4.14.4 Alleged Breaches of the ENTGC ....................................................................................... 71
4.14.5 Sanctions ........................................................................................................................ 72
4.14.6 Regulatory Authority Action ............................................................................................ 72
4.14.7 User Actions.................................................................................................................... 72
4.14.8 Publications .................................................................................................................... 72
4.14.9 System Security Directions............................................................................................... 73
4.15 MONITORING AND REPORTING ............................................................................................... 73
4.15.1 Monitoring Objectives ..................................................................................................... 73
4.15.2 Reporting Requirements and Monitoring Standards ........................................................ 73
4.15.3 Use of Information .......................................................................................................... 75
4.15.4 Reporting........................................................................................................................ 75
4.15.5 Recovery of Reporting Costs ............................................................................................ 76

5 PLANNING 77
5.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 77
5.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 77
5.1.2 Objectives ....................................................................................................................... 77
5.1.3 Scope.............................................................................................................................. 78
5.1.4 Principles of the Planning Chapter ................................................................................... 78
5.1.5 Reliability Criteria ........................................................................................................... 78
5.1.6 Planning Process ............................................................................................................. 79
5.1.6.1 Power Balance Statement ...............................................................................................79
5.1.6.2 Transmission System Capability Statement......................................................................80

5.1.7 EAPP Power System Modeling ......................................................................................... 81

5.1.8 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 81

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT v
 Contents

5.1.9 Planning Data Confidentiality.......................................................................................... 81

5.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 82
5.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 82
5.2.2 Transmission System Planning and Development............................................................. 82
5.2.2.1 Planning Process.............................................................................................................82
5.2.2.2 Identification of Need for Transmission System Development..........................................83

5.2.3 Demand Forecast ............................................................................................................ 83

5.2.4 Transmission System Development Plan .......................................................................... 83
5.2.4.1 Development Investigation Reports ................................................................................84

5.2.5 Technical Limits and Targets for Long Term Planning Purposes ........................................ 84
5.2.5.1 Voltage Limits and Targets ..............................................................................................85
5.2.5.2 Other Targets for Long-term Planning Purposes ..............................................................86
5.2.5.3 Reliability Criteria for Long-term Planning Process ...........................................................87
5.2.5.4 Contingency Criteria for Long-term Planning Process .......................................................89

5.2.6 Integration of Generating Plants ..................................................................................... 89

5.2.7 Criteria for Network Investments..................................................................................... 90
5.2.7.1 Least Economic Cost Criteria ...........................................................................................90
5.2.7.2 Cost Reduction Investment .............................................................................................91
5.2.7.3 Statutory Investments ....................................................................................................92
5.2.7.4 Strategic Investments .....................................................................................................92

5.2.8 Mitigation of Network Constraints .................................................................................. 93

5.2.8.1 Special Customer Requirements for Increased Reliability .................................................93

6 CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................................94
6.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 94
6.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 94
6.1.2 Objective ........................................................................................................................ 94
6.1.3 Scope.............................................................................................................................. 94
6.1.4 Transmission System Performance Characteristics ........................................................... 94
6.1.4.1 Frequency ......................................................................................................................95
6.1.4.2 Voltage...........................................................................................................................95
6.1.4.3 Harmonics ......................................................................................................................98
6.1.4.4 Phase Unbalance ............................................................................................................98

6.1.5 Technical Standards for Plant and Apparatus .................................................................. 98

6.1.6 High Voltage Direct Current ............................................................................................ 98
6.1.7 Protection Criteria........................................................................................................... 99
6.1.7.1 General ..........................................................................................................................99
6.1.7.2 Fault Clearance Times ................................................................................................... 100
6.1.7.3 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection....................................................................................... 100
6.1.7.4 Reliability of Protection Systems ................................................................................... 100
6.1.7.5 Protection of Transmission Facilities ............................................................................. 100
6.1.7.6 Transmission Circuit Reclosure ...................................................................................... 101

6.1.8 Technical Requirements for Generating Units ................................................................ 101

6.1.8.1 Performance Requirements .......................................................................................... 101

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT vi
 Contents

6.1.8.2 Turbine Control System ................................................................................................ 101

6.1.8.3 Automatic Voltage Regulator ........................................................................................ 102
6.1.8.4 Frequency Sensitive Relays ........................................................................................... 102
6.1.8.5 Protection Arrangements.............................................................................................. 102
6.1.8.6 Loss of Excitation .......................................................................................................... 102
6.1.8.7 Pole Slipping Protection ................................................................................................ 102
6.1.8.8 Black Start Capability .................................................................................................... 103

6.1.9 Technical Requirements for the Interconnected Parties.................................................. 103

6.1.9.1 Area Separation by Frequency Deviation ....................................................................... 103
6.1.9.2 Area Separation by Abnormal Transient Conditions ....................................................... 103
6.1.9.3 Area Separation by Transmission Line Overloading ........................................................ 103

6.1.10 Ancillary Services .......................................................................................................... 103

6.1.11 Technical Criteria for Communications Equipment ......................................................... 104
6.1.11.1 General ........................................................................................................................ 104
6.1.11.2 Telecommunication System .......................................................................................... 104
6.1.11.3 Telecommunication Availability..................................................................................... 104
6.1.11.4 Reliability of Telecommunications Facilities ................................................................... 105
6.1.11.5 Telecommunication Performance ................................................................................. 105
6.1.11.6 Global Positioning System ............................................................................................. 105
6.1.11.7 Expansions of Telecommunications Services.................................................................. 105
6.1.11.8 Standards ..................................................................................................................... 105
6.1.11.9 Voice Recorder ............................................................................................................. 105

6.1.12 Regional System Monitoring ......................................................................................... 106

6.1.13 Maintenance Standards ................................................................................................ 106
6.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 107
6.2.1 Connection Conditions .................................................................................................. 107
6.2.2 Protection ..................................................................................................................... 107
6.2.2.1 Backup Impedance (GCR3) ............................................................................................ 107
6.2.2.2 Loss of Field (GCR3) ....................................................................................................... 108
6.2.2.3 Pole Slipping (GCR3) ...................................................................................................... 108
6.2.2.4 Trip to House Load (GCR3)............................................................................................. 108
6.2.2.5 Generator Transformer HV Back-up Earth Fault Protection (GCR3)................................. 108
6.2.2.6 HV Breaker Fail Protection (GCR3) ................................................................................. 108
6.2.2.7 HV Pole Disagreement Protection (GCR3) ...................................................................... 108
6.2.2.8 Unit Switch onto Standstill Protection (GCR3) ................................................................ 108
6.2.2.9 Main Protection (GCR3) ................................................................................................ 108
6.2.2.10 Protection Setting Management and Additional Requirements ...................................... 109
6.2.3 Ability of Units to Island (GCR4)..................................................................................... 109
6.2.4 Excitation System Requirements (GCR5) ........................................................................ 110
6.2.4.1 Power System Stabilizer (GCR5) ..................................................................................... 110
6.2.4.2 Limiter (GCR5)............................................................................................................... 110

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT vii
 Contents

6.2.5 Reactive Capabilities (GCR6).......................................................................................... 110

6.2.6 Multiple Unit Tripping (MUT) Risks (GCR7) .................................................................... 111
6.2.7 Governing (GCR8) ......................................................................................................... 111
6.2.8 Restart after Generating Plant Black-out (GCR9) ........................................................... 112
6.2.8.1 Thermal Power Stations ................................................................................................ 112
6.2.8.2 Hydro and Gas Turbines ................................................................................................ 112

6.2.9 Black Starting (GCR10) .................................................................................................. 113

6.2.10 External supply disturbance withstand capability (GCR11) ............................................. 113
6.2.11 On-load Tap Changing for Generating Plant Step-up Transformers (GCR12) ................... 113
6.2.12 Emergency Unit Capabilities (GCR13) ............................................................................ 113
6.2.13 Facility for Independent Generating Plant Action (GCR14) ............................................. 114
6.2.14 Automatic Under-frequency Starting ............................................................................. 114
6.2.15 Testing and Compliance Monitoring .............................................................................. 114
6.2.16 Non-compliance Suspected by the TSO .......................................................................... 115
6.2.17 Unit Modifications ........................................................................................................ 115
6.2.17.1 Modification Proposals ................................................................................................. 115
6.2.17.2 Implementing Modifications ......................................................................................... 115
6.2.17.3 Testing of Modifications ............................................................................................... 115
6.2.17.4 Equipment Requirements ............................................................................................. 116
6.3 GENERATING PLANT CONNECTION CONDITIONS ....................................................................... 116
6.4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ................................................................. 118
7 RENEWABLE POWER PLANT ......................................................................................120
7.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS - RENEWABLE POWER PLANTS (RPP) ................................................... 120
7.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 120
7.1.2 Technical Requirements for Wind and Solar Power Generating Plants............................ 120
7.1.2.1 Fault Ride-through Requirements ................................................................................. 120
7.1.2.2 Power System Frequency Ranges .................................................................................. 120
7.1.2.3 Active Power Control .................................................................................................... 121
7.1.2.4 Frequency Response ..................................................................................................... 121
7.1.2.5 Ramp Rates .................................................................................................................. 121
7.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 122
7.2.1 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 122
7.2.2 Scope............................................................................................................................ 122
7.2.3 Technical Requirements ................................................................................................ 122
7.2.3.1 Fault Ride-through Requirements for RPPs .................................................................... 123
7.2.3.2 Active Power Provision during Fault .............................................................................. 124
7.2.3.3 Reactive Current Flows during Fault .............................................................................. 125
7.2.3.4 Active Power Recovery after Fault................................................................................. 125
7.2.3.5 Power System Remain Connected Frequency Ranges .................................................... 125
7.2.3.6 Active Power Control .................................................................................................... 126
7.2.3.7 Safety Standard ............................................................................................................ 126

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT viii
 Contents

7.2.4 Frequency Response...................................................................................................... 126

7.2.5 Ramp Rates .................................................................................................................. 126
7.2.6 Reactive Power Capability ............................................................................................. 127
7.2.7 Rate of Change of Frequency Range .............................................................................. 127
7.2.8 Voltage and Frequency for Synchronization ................................................................... 128
7.2.9 Active Power Control for Wind Generating Plants .......................................................... 128
7.2.10 System Reserve Requirements ....................................................................................... 129
7.2.11 Renewable Power Plant Hourly MW Production Forecast............................................... 129

8 OPERATIONS CODE NO. 1 – OPERATIONAL PLANNING..............................................130

8.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 130
8.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 130
8.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 131
8.1.3 Scope............................................................................................................................ 131
8.1.4 Planning Cycle............................................................................................................... 131
8.1.5 Outage Planning Process............................................................................................... 131
8.1.5.1 Demand Forecast.......................................................................................................... 131
8.1.5.2 Generating Unit Outages .............................................................................................. 132
8.1.5.3 Transmission Outages ................................................................................................... 132
8.1.5.4 Net Transmission Capability .......................................................................................... 132

8.1.6 Outage Planning Philosophy.......................................................................................... 133

8.1.7 Data Requirements ....................................................................................................... 134
8.1.8 Operating Planning Phase ............................................................................................. 134
8.1.9 Programming Phase...................................................................................................... 134
8.1.10 Control Phase ............................................................................................................... 135
8.1.11 Records......................................................................................................................... 135
8.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 136
8.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 136
8.2.2 Operating Procedures ................................................................................................... 136
8.2.3 Operational Liaison, Permission for Synchronisation ...................................................... 137
8.2.4 Safety Coordination ...................................................................................................... 137
8.2.5 Communication ............................................................................................................ 138
8.2.5.1 Safety Conditions.......................................................................................................... 138
8.2.5.2 Outage Conditions ........................................................................................................ 138

8.2.6 System Logs .................................................................................................................. 139

8.2.7 Operational Planning .................................................................................................... 140
8.2.8 Generation System Data Requirement........................................................................... 141
8.2.9 Transmission System Data Requirement ........................................................................ 141

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT ix
 Contents

9 OPERATIONS CODE NO. 2 – OPERATIONAL SECURITY ...............................................143

9.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 143
9.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 143
9.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 144
9.1.3 N-1 Criterion ................................................................................................................. 144
9.1.3.1 Contingency .................................................................................................................. 144
9.1.3.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. 145
9.1.4 Interchange Scheduling ................................................................................................. 145
9.1.5 Operating Reserves ....................................................................................................... 145
9.1.6 Voltage Control ............................................................................................................. 146
9.1.6.1 Basic Principles ............................................................................................................. 146
9.1.6.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. 146
9.1.7 Fault Levels ................................................................................................................... 147
9.1.7.1 Standards ..................................................................................................................... 147
9.1.7.2 Corrective Action........................................................................................................... 147
9.1.8 Protection Coordination ................................................................................................ 147
9.1.9 Requirements ............................................................................................................... 148
9.1.10 Remedial Action Schemes.............................................................................................. 148
9.1.11 Power System Monitoring ............................................................................................. 149
9.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 149
9.2.1 Additional Responsibilities............................................................................................. 149
9.2.1.1 Auxiliary Supply ............................................................................................................ 149
9.2.1.2 Supply Restoration ....................................................................................................... 149
9.2.1.3 Continuity of Operation ................................................................................................ 150
9.2.1.4 Switchgear Operation ................................................................................................... 150
9.2.1.5 Equipment with Dual Responsibility .............................................................................. 150
9.2.1.6 Generating Plant Operation .......................................................................................... 150
9.2.1.7 Loss of System Neutral Earthing .................................................................................... 151
9.2.1.8 Protection Equipment ................................................................................................... 152
9.2.1.9 Transmission Line Fault ................................................................................................. 152
9.2.1.10 SCADA Equipment Failure ............................................................................................. 154
9.2.1.11 Access Security ............................................................................................................. 154
9.2.1.12 Hydro Generating Plants ............................................................................................... 155
9.2.1.13 Solar and Wind Power Generating Plants ...................................................................... 155

10 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 3 – EMERGENCY OPERATIONS .......................................156

10.1 EAPP REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 156
10.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 156
10.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 156
10.1.3 Identification of Risks .................................................................................................... 156

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT x
 Contents

10.1.4 System Warnings .......................................................................................................... 157

10.1.4.1 Normal State ................................................................................................................ 157
10.1.4.2 Alert State .................................................................................................................... 157
10.1.4.3 Emergency State ........................................................................................................... 158
10.1.5 Responsibilities of TSOs ................................................................................................. 158
10.1.5.1 Real Time Data ............................................................................................................. 158
10.1.5.2 Security Analysis ........................................................................................................... 158
10.1.5.3 Coordination of Automatic Systems............................................................................... 159
10.1.5.4 Auxiliary Supplies .......................................................................................................... 159
10.1.6 Emergency Procedures .................................................................................................. 159
10.1.6.1 Review of Emergency Procedures .................................................................................. 160
10.1.7 System Restoration and Black Start ............................................................................... 160
10.1.7.1 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. 161
10.1.7.2 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 161
10.1.7.3 Power Islands................................................................................................................ 162
10.1.7.4 Completion of Black Start and System Restoration......................................................... 162
10.1.8 Reporting of Emergency Conditions ............................................................................... 162
10.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 163
10.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 163
10.2.2 Emergency and Contingency Planning ........................................................................... 163

11 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 4 – INCIDENT REPORTING..............................................165

11.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 165
11.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 165
11.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 165
11.1.3 Reporting Requirements................................................................................................ 165
11.1.4 Incident Reports ............................................................................................................ 166
11.1.4.1 Initial Report ................................................................................................................. 166
11.1.4.2 Interim Report .............................................................................................................. 166
11.1.4.3 Final Report .................................................................................................................. 167
11.1.4.4 Evaluation and Approval of Reports .............................................................................. 167
11.1.4.5 Actions Arising from Incidents ....................................................................................... 167
11.1.5 Joint Investigation ......................................................................................................... 167
11.1.6 Technical Audit ............................................................................................................. 168
11.1.7 Sample Report .............................................................................................................. 168
11.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 170

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xi
 Contents

11.2.1 Incidents for Reporting .................................................................................................. 170

12 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 5 – DEMAND CONTROL .................................................172

12.1 REQUIREMENTS FROM THE EAPP IC ...................................................................................... 172
12.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 172
12.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 172
12.1.3 Methods of Demand Control ......................................................................................... 172
12.1.4 Risk of Demand Reduction............................................................................................. 173
12.1.5 Automatic Load Shedding Schemes ............................................................................... 173
12.1.5.1 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 173
12.1.6 Planning and Emergency Manual Load Shedding ........................................................... 174
12.1.7 Demand Restoration ..................................................................................................... 175
12.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENT ....................................................................................................... 175
12.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 175
12.2.2 Planned Demand Control .............................................................................................. 175
12.2.3 Emergency Demand Control .......................................................................................... 175

13 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 6 – SYSTEM TESTS .........................................................177

13.1 REQUIREMENTS FROM THE EAPP IC ...................................................................................... 177
13.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 177
13.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 177
13.1.3 Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 178
13.1.3.1 General......................................................................................................................... 178
13.1.3.2 Test Proposal ................................................................................................................ 178
13.1.3.3 Detailed Test Programme.............................................................................................. 179
13.1.3.4 Operational Process ...................................................................................................... 180
13.1.3.5 Other Considerations .................................................................................................... 180
13.1.3.6 Operational Intertripping .............................................................................................. 180
13.1.4 Reporting of System Tests ............................................................................................. 181
13.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENT ....................................................................................................... 181
13.2.1 Commissioning Tests ..................................................................................................... 181

14 ISCB CHAPTER NO. 1 - INTERCHANGE SCHEDULING ..................................................184

14.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS – INTERCHANGE SCHEDULING CHAPTER ................................................ 184
14.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 184
14.1.2 Objectives ..................................................................................................................... 184
14.1.3 Determination of Transmission Capability ..................................................................... 185

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xii
 Contents

14.1.4 Capacity Allocation ....................................................................................................... 185

14.1.5 Interchange Scheduling Process .................................................................................... 185
14.1.5.1 Annual Scheduling ........................................................................................................ 186
14.1.5.2 Weekly Scheduling........................................................................................................ 186
14.1.5.3 Daily Scheduling ........................................................................................................... 187

14.1.6 Adjustments to the Interchange Schedule...................................................................... 187

14.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 188
14.2.1 Interchange Scheduling ................................................................................................. 188
14.2.1.1 Annual Scheduling ........................................................................................................ 188
14.2.1.2 Quarterly Scheduling..................................................................................................... 188
14.2.1.3 Monthly Scheduling ...................................................................................................... 188
14.2.1.4 Weekly Scheduling ........................................................................................................ 189
14.2.1.5 Daily Scheduling............................................................................................................ 189
14.2.1.6 Intra-day Scheduling ..................................................................................................... 189

15 ISBC CHAPTER NO. 2 - BALANCING AND FREQUENCY CONTROL ................................190

15.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 190
15.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 190
15.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 190
15.1.3 Operating Reserves ....................................................................................................... 190
15.1.3.1 Primary Response ......................................................................................................... 191
15.1.3.2 Secondary Response...................................................................................................... 191
15.1.3.3 Tertiary Reserve ............................................................................................................ 191
15.1.4 Distribution of Operating Reserves ................................................................................ 192
15.1.5 Primary Response ......................................................................................................... 192
15.1.5.1 Control Area Contribution Coefficient ............................................................................ 192
15.1.5.2 Accuracy of Frequency Measurements .......................................................................... 193
15.1.6 Secondary Response...................................................................................................... 193
15.1.6.1 AGC Requirements ........................................................................................................ 193
15.1.6.2 Data Recording ............................................................................................................. 193
15.1.7 Tertiary Reserve ............................................................................................................ 193
15.1.8 Accounting for Inadvertent Deviations........................................................................... 194
15.1.8.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 194
15.1.8.2 Recording and Compensation Periods............................................................................ 194
15.1.9 HVDC Interconnections ................................................................................................. 195
15.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 195
15.2.1 Description of Normal Conditions .................................................................................. 195

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xiii
 Contents

15.2.2 Requirements for Maintaining Normal Conditions ......................................................... 195

15.2.3 Operation during Abnormal Conditions ......................................................................... 196

16 ISBC CHAPTER NO. 3 - ANCILLARY SERVICES..............................................................198

16.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS – ANCILLARY SERVICES CHAPTER ......................................................... 198
16.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 198
16.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 198
16.1.3 Categories of Ancillary Services ..................................................................................... 198
16.1.3.1 Frequency Control ......................................................................................................... 199
16.1.3.2 Network Control ........................................................................................................... 200
16.1.3.3 System Restart .............................................................................................................. 200
16.1.3.4 Ancillary Services Requirements .................................................................................... 200
16.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS – ANCILLARY SERVICES CHAPTER .......................................................... 201
16.2.1 Operating Reserves ....................................................................................................... 201
16.2.1.1 Spinning Reserves ......................................................................................................... 201
16.2.1.2 Regulating Reserves ...................................................................................................... 201
16.2.1.3 Tertiary Reserve ............................................................................................................ 202
16.2.2 Black Start and Generating Plant Islanding .................................................................... 202
16.2.3 Reactive Power Supply and Voltage Control from Units ................................................. 202

17 ETHIOPIA METERING ...............................................................................................203

17.1 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 203
17.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 203
17.1.2 Scope............................................................................................................................ 203
17.1.3 Application of the Ethiopia Metering Chapter ................................................................ 203
17.1.4 Principles of the Ethiopia Metering Chapter................................................................... 204
17.1.5 Responsibility for Metering Installations ........................................................................ 204
17.1.6 Metering Installation Components ................................................................................ 205
17.1.7 Data Validation and Verification ................................................................................... 206
17.1.7.1 Data Validation............................................................................................................. 206
17.1.7.2 Meter Verification ......................................................................................................... 207
17.1.8 Metering Database ....................................................................................................... 207
17.1.9 Testing of Metering Installations ................................................................................... 207
17.1.10 Metering Database Inconsistencies ............................................................................... 207
17.1.11 Access to Metering Data ............................................................................................... 208
17.1.12 Confidentiality .............................................................................................................. 208

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xiv
 Contents

17.1.13 Customer Query on Metering Integrity and Metering Data ............................................ 208

18 INTERCONNECTION METERING.................................................................................209
18.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 209
18.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 209
18.1.2 Objectives ..................................................................................................................... 209
18.1.3 Technical Design and Operational Criteria ..................................................................... 209
18.1.3.1 General Technical Criteria ............................................................................................. 210
18.1.4 Metering Information Register ...................................................................................... 210
18.1.5 Main and Check Metering ............................................................................................. 210
18.1.6 Measurement Parameters............................................................................................. 211
18.1.7 Metering Equipment Standards ..................................................................................... 211
18.1.8 Equipment Accuracy and Error Limits ............................................................................ 211
18.1.8.1 Voltage Transformers (VT) ............................................................................................ 211
18.1.8.2 Current Transformers (CT) ............................................................................................. 212
18.1.8.3 Meters .......................................................................................................................... 212
18.1.9 Inspection, Calibration and Testing................................................................................ 212
18.1.9.1 Initial Calibration .......................................................................................................... 212
18.1.9.2 Periodic Calibration and Testing .................................................................................... 213
18.1.10 Data Collection ............................................................................................................. 213
18.1.11 Security......................................................................................................................... 214
18.1.12 Disputes........................................................................................................................ 214
18.1.13 Meter Data Confidentiality............................................................................................ 214
18.1.14 Operational Metering ................................................................................................... 214

19 DATA EXCHANGE ......................................................................................................215

19.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 215
19.2 OBJECTIVE........................................................................................................................ 215
19.3 POWER SYSTEM MODEL...................................................................................................... 215
19.3.1 System Planning ........................................................................................................... 216
19.3.2 Operational Planning .................................................................................................... 216
19.4 PROVISION OF SYSTEM DATA ............................................................................................... 216
19.4.1 Basic Data .................................................................................................................... 216
19.4.2 Study Data .................................................................................................................... 216
19.5 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM MODELS .................................................................................... 217
19.6 EQUIVALENTS ................................................................................................................... 217
19.7 DATA CONFIDENTIALITY ...................................................................................................... 217
19.8 BASIC DATA REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................. 218

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xv
 Contents

20 INFORMATION EXCHANGE........................................................................................219
20.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 219
20.2 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INTERFACE..................................................................................... 219
20.3 SYSTEM PLANNING INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 219
20.4 OPERATIONAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................... 222
20.4.1 Pre-commissioning Studies ............................................................................................ 222
20.4.2 Commissioning and Notification .................................................................................... 222
20.4.3 General Data Acquisition Information Requirements ..................................................... 223
20.4.4 Unit Scheduling ............................................................................................................. 224
20.4.4.1 Schedules...................................................................................................................... 224
20.4.4.2 File Transfers ................................................................................................................ 225
20.4.5 Inter Control Centre Communication ............................................................................. 225
20.4.6 Communication Facilities Requirements ........................................................................ 225
20.4.6.1 Telecontrol.................................................................................................................... 226
20.4.6.2 Telephone/facsimile...................................................................................................... 226
20.4.6.3 Electronic Mail .............................................................................................................. 226
20.4.7 SCADA and Communication Infrastructure at Points of Supply ....................................... 226
20.4.7.1 Access and Security ....................................................................................................... 226
20.4.7.2 Time Standards ............................................................................................................. 227
20.4.7.3 Integrity of Installation.................................................................................................. 227
20.4.8 Data Storage and Archiving........................................................................................... 227
20.5 POST-DISPATCH INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 228
20.5.1 System and Generating Plant Information ..................................................................... 228
20.5.1.1 Additional Unit Post-dispatch Information ..................................................................... 228
20.5.1.2 Hourly Demand Metering Data ..................................................................................... 229
20.5.2 File Transfers ................................................................................................................ 229
20.5.3 Performance Data......................................................................................................... 229
20.5.3.1 Generating Plant Performance Data .............................................................................. 229
20.5.3.2 Distribution Licensee and End-use User Performance ..................................................... 232
20.5.3.3 TSO Performance .......................................................................................................... 233
20.5.3.4 System Operational Performance Information ............................................................... 235

21 CYBER SECURITY .......................................................................................................237

21.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 237
21.2 OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................... 238
21.3 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................. 238
21.3.1 People and Policy .......................................................................................................... 238

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xvi
 Contents

21.3.1.1 Security Policy ............................................................................................................... 239

21.3.1.2 Security Policy Elements ................................................................................................ 239
21.3.1.3 Security Related Roles and Responsibilities .................................................................... 239
21.3.1.4 Privacy Policy ................................................................................................................ 240
21.3.1.5 Policy Exception ............................................................................................................ 240
21.3.1.6 Personnel and Training ................................................................................................. 240
21.3.1.7 Due Diligence in Hiring .................................................................................................. 240
21.3.1.8 Access Privileges ........................................................................................................... 240
21.3.1.9 Identity Validation, Background Checks ......................................................................... 241
21.3.2 Operational Security ..................................................................................................... 241
21.3.2.1 Risk Assessment and Mitigation .................................................................................... 241
21.3.2.2 Access Control, Monitoring, and Logging ....................................................................... 242
21.3.2.3 Disposal or Redeployment of Assets .............................................................................. 242
21.3.2.4 Change Control ............................................................................................................. 242
21.3.2.5 Patch Management Process .......................................................................................... 243
21.3.2.6 Vulnerability Assessments ............................................................................................. 243
21.3.2.7 Configuration Management and Maintenance .............................................................. 243
21.3.2.8 Incident Management and Handling ............................................................................. 243
21.3.2.9 Contingency Planning.................................................................................................... 244
21.3.2.10 Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) .......................................................... 244
21.3.3 Physical Security ........................................................................................................... 245
21.3.3.1 Monitoring, Logging, and Retention .............................................................................. 246
21.3.3.2 Maintenance and Testing .............................................................................................. 246
21.3.3.3 Responsibilities of Different Entities............................................................................... 246
21.3.4 Network Security........................................................................................................... 247
21.3.4.1 Network Connection Control ......................................................................................... 247
21.3.4.2 Firewall......................................................................................................................... 247
21.3.4.3 Flow of Electronic Communications ............................................................................... 248
21.3.4.4 Protecting Data in Transit ............................................................................................. 248
21.3.4.5 Protecting Domain Name Service (DNS) Traffic .............................................................. 249
21.3.4.6 Network Routing Control /Use of Secure Routing Protocols or Static Routes................... 249
21.3.5 Platform Security Risks .................................................................................................. 249
21.3.6 Application Security ...................................................................................................... 249
21.3.7 Unique Security Requirements and Controls .................................................................. 250
21.3.7.1 Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) ....................................................................... 250

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xvii
 Contents

21.3.7.2 Meter Data Management System (MDMS).................................................................... 251

21.3.7.3 Communication System................................................................................................. 251
21.3.7.4 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)......................................................... 252
21.3.7.5 In-Home Display (IHD) ................................................................................................... 253

22 SYSTEM OPERATOR TRAINING ..................................................................................257

22.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... 257
22.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 257
22.1.2 Objective ...................................................................................................................... 257
22.1.3 Responsibility................................................................................................................ 257
22.1.4 Scope............................................................................................................................ 257
22.1.5 Need for Training .......................................................................................................... 258
22.1.6 Authorization of System Operators................................................................................ 258
22.1.7 Training of System Operators ........................................................................................ 258
22.1.8 Initial Course................................................................................................................. 259
22.1.8.1 Theoretical Modules ..................................................................................................... 259
22.1.8.2 Operation Modules ....................................................................................................... 259
22.1.8.3 Practical Modules ......................................................................................................... 260
22.1.8.4 Simulator Training ........................................................................................................ 260
22.1.8.5 On Job Training ............................................................................................................. 260
22.1.9 Continuous Course ........................................................................................................ 261
22.1.9.1 Theoretical Module ....................................................................................................... 261
22.1.9.2 Simulator Training ........................................................................................................ 261
22.1.10 Combined Training ........................................................................................................ 261
22.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 261
22.2.1 Operations Training Seminar ......................................................................................... 261
22.2.2 Severe Weather Drill ..................................................................................................... 262
22.2.3 Training Practices ......................................................................................................... 262
22.2.4 Operator Certification ................................................................................................... 262

APPENDIX REVISION LOG .........................................................................................263

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT xviii
1 PREAMBLE

1.1 INTRODUCTION
The Grid Code, comprised of a document or a set of documents, specifies the rules and
responsibilities for all entities related to electrical power system planning and operations. Its
purpose is to legally establish technical and other requirements for the connection to and use of an
electrical power system by parties in a manner that will ensure reliable, efficient, and safe
operation.

Ethiopia has, for the first time in its history, opened up its electricity generation and distribution
sector to private investors. Privately owned power companies can now invest in the electric power
industry and compete with the state owned utility. The Ethiopian power system, however, lacks a
formal Grid Code document that will ensure reliability, safety, and security of the electric power
system operation. This Preamble provides the rationale for the development of an Ethiopia National
Transmission Grid Code (ENTGC) with a summary of provisions. The ENTGC has gone through a
rigorous approval process as required by the appropriate local authorities.

The objective of the ENTGC is to improve the ability to plan and operate Ethiopia’s power system
safely, reliably, efficiently, and economically, in a transparent and non-discriminatory manner, while
multiple independent parties use the power system. The independent parties must operate within a
framework of rules and regulations, and coordinate with each other and the operators of the
electric system, and the ENTGC will provide this. The ENTGC is intended to establish the reciprocal
obligations of Users of the Ethiopia National Transmission System (ENTS) and operation of the East
African Power Pool.

The ENTGC is based partially on the Eastern Africa Power Pool (EAPP) and East African Community
Interconnection Code (EAPP IC). Furthermore, the EAPP IC imposes certain minimum requirements
on the Member Countries of the EAPP. Thus, the EAPP IC plays an important role in the
development of the ENTGC. This ENTGC follows to the extent possible the organisation and
formatting of the EAPP IC.

Other national grid codes were considered and reviewed in addition to the EAPP IC, including the
South African Grid Code (2012), the South African Grid Connection Code for Renewable Power
Plants (2012), the Namibian Grid Code (2005), the Indian Electricity Grid Code (2010), the Zambian
Grid Code (2006), and the Rwanda Grid Code (2012), the Ethiopian Energy Agency (EEA)’s Draft
Interface Codes for Generation/Interconnection/ Distribution, and the Kenyan Grid Code recently
developed and finalized by Nexant (2015).

In addition, The Final Interim Report Module 1B for “EAPP/EAC Regional Power System Master Plan
(PSMP) & Grid Code Study” (2010) was also reviewed for relevant information.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 19

CHAPTER 1 Preamble

Addressing exclusively wind power, the Australian Energy Market Operator (AEMO) report “Wind
Integration: International Experience WP2: Review of Grid Codes 2nd October 2011” provided a
review of Grid Codes from the United Kingdom, Germany, Denmark, Spain, Texas, Alberta, Hydro
Quebec, Ontario Independent Electricity System Operator (IESO), and the European Network of
Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-E). This review was helpful in preparing the
Renewable Power Plant (RPP) Chapter, one of the Chapters in the ENTGC.

1.2 STRUCTURE OF THE ENTGC

The EAPP IC and the ENTGC each place obligations on the Regulatory Authority, the Ethiopia
National TSO (ENTSO), and Users. In the chapters of the ENTGC, the EAPP requirements are listed
first, followed by requirements specific to the ENTS. If in any instance there is a difference in
requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold. The ENTGC is applicable to the
Generation, Transmission system of the ENTS. The ENTGC consists of the following Chapters:

1.2.1 Preamble
This Preamble and summarizes the provisions of the ENTGC.

This Preamble is available to all participants and prospective participants in the ENTS for information
only and does not constitute part of the ENTGC.

1.2.2 Glossary and Definitions

The Glossary and Definitions (GD) contains a glossary of terms and a list of abbreviations and units
used in the ENTGC. Defined terms are italicised and capitalised throughout the ENTGC and hold the
meanings as defined. However, if a term is not capitalised or italicised, it shall still hold the
definition as provided in the Glossary.

1.2.3 General Conditions

The General Conditions (GC) set out the over-riding principles to be used in the operation of the
ENTS and form the basis for the decisions of a reasonable and prudent operator should specific
events not be covered by the relevant Chapter. The GC describes the provisions necessary for the
overall administration and review of the various aspects of the ENTGC. The GC also deals with those
aspects of the ENTGC not covered in other Chapters, including the resolution of disputes, bilateral
agreements, confidentiality, non-compliance and the revision of the ENTGC through the Ethiopia
National Transmission Grid Code Review Committee (ENTGCRC).

1.2.4 Governance Chapter

This Governance Chapter summarizes the main documents and organizations that provide the authority
governing the planning, construction, and operation of the ENTS.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 20
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

1.2.5 Planning Chapter

The Planning Chapter (PC) specifies the minimum technical and design criteria, principles, and
procedures:
(a) To be used within Ethiopia in the planning and in the medium and long term development
of the ENTS;
(b) To be taken into account by Member Utilities on a coordinated basis, and
(c) To specify the planning data required to be exchanged by Member Utilities and EAPP Sub-
Committee on Planning to enable the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to be
planned in accordance with the planning standards.

1.2.6 Connections Chapter

The Connections Chapter (CC) specifies the minimum design, technical, and operational criteria of
Plant and Apparatus, which must be complied with, by both Users and the ENTSO at the Connection
Point in order to maintain secure and stable operation of the ENTS.

1.2.7 Renewable Power Plant Chapter

The Renewable Power Plant (RPP) Chapter sets out the requirements for RPPs so that they will be
able to contribute to the stability of the ENTS.

1.2.8 Operations Chapters

The Operations Chapters (OC) set out the data exchange between and responsibilities of the ENTSO,
the other TSOs, and the EAPP in operating the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. The six
OCs (OC 1 through OC 6) deal with the criteria and procedures which will be required to facilitate
efficient, safe, reliable and coordinated system operation of the ENTS, other Electric Systems, and
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. They include Chapters addressing Operational
Planning, Operational Security, Emergency Operations, Incident Reporting, Demand Control, and
System Tests.

1.2.8.1 Operational Planning

Also known as, OC 1, this Chapter summarizes Outage requirements for generation and transmission
facilities and other factors likely to affect the operation of the ENTS, which shall be coordinated
between the ENTSO, other TSOs, and the EAPP Coordination Centre (EAPP CC) for period of three (3)
years ahead down to real time. In accordance with the terms of Chapter 5 (Planning Chapter, or the
PC), the Introduction also requires the ENTSO, other TSOs, and the EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning
to produce a Power Balance Statement and a Transmission System Capability Statement on an
annual basis for the succeeding ten (10) years. It also sets out refinements of the planning process to
account for nearer-term characteristics.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 21
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

1.2.8.2 Operational Security

Also known as, OC 2, this Chapter specifies the technical requirements and standards for the
operational security of the ENTS, the Electric Systems of other Member Countries, and the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System as they relate to the following issues:
(a) N-1 Contingency criterion;
(b) Interchange scheduling;
(c) Operating reserves for control of system frequency and interchange with other Control
Areas or External Systems;
(d) Voltage control;
(e) Fault level control;
(f) Protection coordination, and
(g) Remedial Action Schemes (RAS).

1.2.8.3 Emergency Operations

Also known as, OC 3, this Chapter’s objectives are to ensure that the ENTSO, other TSOs, and the
EAPP CC:
(a) Are able to identify insecure operating conditions on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System;
(b) Have procedures and plans in place to manage emergency conditions;
(c) Have comprehensive contingency plans in place for the restoration of supplies in the
shortest possible time using the most effective means.

1.2.8.4 Incident Reporting

Also known as, OC 4, this Chapter sets out the requirements for reporting significant incidents that
have caused, or could have caused, damage to system equipment or operation of the Ethiopia and
other Electric Systems, and or the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System outside the Operational
Security Standards.

This Chapter also sets out the procedure for the joint investigation of significant incidents and for
the technical audit of the ENTSO and other TSOs procedures and Plant and Apparatus connected to, or
forming part of, the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

1.2.8.5 Demand Control

Also known as, OC 5, this Chapter sets out the provisions to be made by the ENTSO in cooperation
with the EAPP CC, to permit reductions in demand in the event of insufficient generation capacity
being available to meet demand or in the event of breakdown or thermal overloading of any part of
the ENTS or the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System leading to the possibility of unacceptable
frequency or voltage conditions.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 22
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

The Ethiopia and other TSOs shall, after taking all other remedial actions, disconnect customer
demand rather than risk an uncontrolled failure of Plant and or Apparatus or cascading Outages of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

1.2.8.6 System Tests

Also known as, OC 6, this Chapter sets out the arrangements, data exchange, and procedures across
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System for System Tests or operational tests including Black
Start tests and Power Island tests. System Tests are those tests, which involve either a simulated or a
controlled application of irregular, unusual, or extreme conditions on the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. In addition, they include commissioning and or acceptance tests on Plant and
Apparatus to be carried out by a User and which may have a significant impact upon the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System.

1.2.9 Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters

The Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters (ISBC) set out the procedures for the
scheduling, coordination and balancing of power transfers across the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. The ISBC is divided into Chapters 14, 15, and 16 of the ENTGC: ISBC 1
Interchange Scheduling, ISBC 2 Balancing and Frequency Control, and ISBC 3 Ancillary Services.

1.2.9.1 Interchange Scheduling

Also known as, ISBC 1, this Chapter notes that the term Interchange Scheduling specifically refers to
the intended delivery of Active Power and Active Energy from one Control Area to another Control
Area within the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or to be imported from or exported to
External Systems.

ISBC 1 deals with the following aspects of the scheduling process:

(a) Determination of the Net Transmission Capability (NTC) between Neighbouring Control
Areas and or External Systems over the Operational Planning timescales;
(b) Publication of NTC values to enable the ENTSO, other TSOs, and Users to evaluate
possible energy interchanges;
(c) Allocation of NTC to the ENTSO, other TSOs, and or External Systems in accordance with
pre-determined rules and the issue of Interchange Schedules.

1.2.9.2 Balancing and Frequency Control

Also known as, ISBC 2, this Chapter notes that in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System,
power balancing is necessary to control system frequency and the power exchange between Control
Areas and with External Systems. In order to achieve this balance, the ENTSO and other TSOs shall
ensure it has sufficient reserve capacity in order to maintain scheduled power exchanges within the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and with External Systems and to control system
frequency to meet the minimum standard under both normal and emergency conditions.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 23
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

ISBC 2 sets out the procedure, which the ENTSO and other TSOs will use to direct frequency control.
The frequency of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System will be controlled by:
(a) Automatic response from synchronised Generating Units;
(b) The dispatch of Generating Plants including Automatic Generation Control (AGC);
(c) Response from interconnections with External Systems, and
(d) Demand control.

1.2.9.3 Ancillary Services

Also known as, ISBC 3, this Chapter defines Ancillary Services as those services that are necessary to
support the transmission of capacity and energy from resources to loads while maintaining reliable
operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System in accordance with Prudent Utility
Practice. These Ancillary Services are required to ensure that the ENTSO and other TSOs meet the
obligations and responsibilities under the EAPP IC for a safe, secure, and reliable operation of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The operation of the ENTS, other National Systems, and the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System requires the provision by the ENTSO and other TSOs of the following Ancillary Services
grouped into three major categories:
(a) Frequency Control;
(b) Network Control, and
(c) System Restart Capability.

The above Ancillary Services are the traditional mechanisms to provide the required capability in
relation to:
(a) Operating Reserves;
(b) Demand Control;
(c) Voltage Control;
(d) Power flow control;
(e) Stability control, and
(f) Black-Start.

1.2.10 Ethiopia Metering Chapter

The Ethiopia Metering Chapter (EMC) specifies the minimum technical, design, and operational
criteria to be complied with for the metering of each Connection Point of a User with the ENTS. The
EMC also specifies the associated data collection equipment and the related metering procedures
required for the operation of the ENTS.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 24
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

1.2.11 Interconnection Metering Chapter

The Interconnection Metering Chapter (IMC) specifies the minimum technical, design, and
operational criteria to be complied with for the metering of each point of interchange of energy
between Control Areas. The metering at the Interchange Point is required for real-time operation of
AGC systems and for the accounting of Inadvertent Deviations in accordance with the Balancing and
Frequency Control Chapter. The IMC also specifies the associated Data Collection and the related
metering procedures required for the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The IMC is not concerned with:

(a) Metering of Connection Points between Users and National Systems, and
(b) Metering for commercial purposes.

These metering systems are subject to the ENTGC, other National Grid Codes or Regulations, and or
Power Purchase Agreements.

1.2.12 Data Exchange Chapter

The Data Exchange Chapter (DEC) defines the data to be exchanged between the ENTSO, other
TSOs, and the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations for the purpose of the modeling
and analysis of steady-state and dynamic conditions for the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System. The DEC sets out the information flows required between the ENTSO and other TSOs, and
the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations to produce EAPP system models for the
various processes that require system studies to be undertaken. These processes include those
associated with System Planning as set out in Chapter 5 (Planning Chapter, or the PC), including the
preparation of the Transmission System Capability Statement, and with Operational Planning as set
out in OC 1.

1.2.13 Information Exchange Chapter

The Information Exchange Chapter defines the reciprocal obligations of parties with regard to the
provision of information for the implementation of ENTGC. The information requirements, as
defined for the TNSP, the ENTSO, the Regulatory Authority, and Users, are necessary to ensure non-
discriminatory access to the ENTS and the safe, reliable provision of transmission services. The
information requirements are divided into planning information, operational information and post-
dispatch information.

1.2.14 Cyber Security Chapter

Cyber Security can be defined as the protection required to ensure confidentiality, integrity, and
availability of the electronic communication system. With the two-way flow of electricity and
information, the management and protection of the electrical communication system that includes
information technology and telecommunication infrastructure has become critical to the electric
utility industry. With the increase in dependence on modern communication technology (e.g.,

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 25
CHAPTER 1 Preamble

wireless, cloud computing, etc.), power systems are vulnerable to cyber-attacks and hackers. In
Ethiopia, the growth in the field of information, communication, and technology (ICT) makes it
imperative to develop a sound cyber security strategy that will ensure confidentiality, integrity, and
availability of public and private sector information across Ethiopia’s ICT infrastructure.

Ethiopia has initiated the effort to define its cyber security strategy as demonstrated in its National
Cyber Security Master Plan draft that has been awaiting implementation. The Cyber Security
Chapter addresses: (i) development of information security management controls and procedures;
(ii) cyber security systems with identity; (iii) access management systems; and (iv) building defense
against threats through training, awareness and monitoring.

1.2.15 System Operator Training Chapter

The System Operator Training Chapter (SOTC) states that it sets out the responsibilities and the
minimum acceptable requirements for the development and implementation of System Operator
Training and Authorisation programmes. This Chapter shall ensure that System Operators within
Ethiopia and throughout EAPP and EAC are provided with continuous and coordinated operational
training in order to promote the reliability and security of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System.

1.3 SCOPE OF THE ENTGC

The ENTGC establishes the technical aspects of the planning, connection, operation, and use of the
ENTS and the relationships between the ENTSO, TNSPs, Generation Licensees, and other Users of the
ENTS.

The ENTGC shall be read in conjunction with the relevant legislation, including the Proclamation
810/2013, all applicable Energy Operation Regulations and any applicable amendments related to
the administrative authority for the ENTGC. These legislative policies shall be used in conjunction
with the Licences issued to Users and the applicable codes and regulations adopted by the
Regulatory Authority and the Ministry of Water and Irrigation and Energy (MOWIE). All Licences
issued after enactment of the ENTGC shall include the obligation of Parties to comply with the
ENTGC requirements.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 26
2 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS

2.1 INTRODUCTION
The Glossary and Definitions Chapter contains a glossary of terms, a list of abbreviations, and units
used in the Ethiopia ENTGC.

2.2 GLOSSARY
Table 2-1 provides a summary of the terms and definitions used in the ENTGC.

Table 2-1 Glossary and Definitions

WORD or PHRASE DEFINITION

Active Energy A measure of electrical energy flow during a time interval. It is

measured in units of Watt- Hours or multiples thereof. It is the time
integral of the product of voltage and the in phase component of
current flow across a connection point
Active Power Instantaneous power derived from the product of voltage and current
and the cosine of the voltage phase angle measured in units of Watts
and multiples thereof
Active Power Control The automatic change in Active Power output from a Wind Turbine
Generating Plant in response to an Active Power Control Set-point
received from the Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee
Active Power Control The maximum amount of Active Power in MW, set by the
Set-point Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee, that the Wind or Solar
Turbine Generating Plant is permitted to export
Ancillary Services Services provided by the licensees or customers not directly related to
the generation and supply of electricity but to ensure stable and
secure operation of an electrical power system and its recovery from
emergency situations. Ancillary services include frequency regulation
or control, spinning reserve, voltage and reactive power support, black
start and load shedding facilities as defined in the “Council of
Ministers Regulation to Provide for the Regulation of Energy
Operations”
Apparatus An item of equipment, in which electrical conductors are used,
supported or of which they form a part and includes meters, lines,
cables and appliances used or intended to be used for carrying
electricity for the purpose of supplying or using electricity
Approving Authority Ethiopian Energy Authority is the Approving Authority for the purpose
of revisions to the Ethiopia Electric Transmission Grid Code and the
granting of Derogations
Area Control Error The instantaneous difference between net actual and scheduled

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 27

CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

interchange, taking into account the effects of frequency bias

including correction for metering error
Authority The Ethiopian Energy Authority established by the regulation of the
Council of Ministers as defined in the Energy Proclamation 810/2013
Automatic Generation Equipment that automatically adjusts a Control Area’s generation to
Control maintain its interchange schedule plus its share of frequency
regulation
Automatic Load A load-shedding scheme utilised by the Ethiopia National Transmission
Shedding Scheme System Operator (TSO) or another TSO to prevent frequency collapse
and to restore the balance between generation output and demand
Automatic Voltage The continuously acting automatic equipment controlling the terminal
Regulator voltage of a Synchronous Generating Unit by comparing the actual
terminal voltage with a reference value and controlling by appropriate
means the output of an Exciter (or source of the electrical power
providing the field current of a synchronous machine), depending on the
deviations
Availability Factor Available generation capacity as a percentage of installed generation
capacity
Biomass Non-fossilised and biodegradable organic material originating from
plants, animals and micro-organism and includes bio-ethanol, bio-
diesel, biogas, charcoal, fuel wood, and agro waste
Black Start The procedure necessary for recovery of the Ethiopia National
Transmission System from Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown
Black Start Capability Ability of a Generating Plant, for at least one of its Generating Units, to
Start-Up from Shutdown without an external electrical power supply
and to energise a part of the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System and
be Synchronised to the System upon instruction from the
Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee
Board The Ethiopian Energy Authority’s Board as defined in the Energy
Proclamation 810/2013
Capacity Factor The ratio of total energy dispatched to installed generation capacity
Certificate of A document issued by the Authority that certify the competency of
Competency any person to engage in electrical works as defined in the Energy
Proclamation 810/2013
Chairperson The person duly appointed by the Regulatory Authority to be
Chairperson of the Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code Review
Committee, or the person appointed by the Chairperson to be his
alternate, or the person appointed to act as Chairperson of a meeting
of the Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code Review Committee
the absence of the Chairperson or his alternate
Check Meter A Meter nominated to provide electrical energy measurements at a
Defined Metering Point or substitution of the Main Meter for
verification purposes

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 28
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Conductor A material that allows the flow of electrical current in one or more
directions
Confidential Information which is or has been provided under or, in connection
Information with the Ethiopia National Distribution Grid Code and which is stated
under the Ethiopia National Distribution Grid Code or by the Ethiopian
Energy Authority to be confidential information
Connection Physical link to or through a transmission/distribution network that
will allow the supply of electricity between electrical systems
Connection A bilateral agreement made between the Ethiopia National TSO or a
Agreement TNSP and a User setting out the terms and conditions relating to the
use of the Connection Point and other specific provisions in relation to
that connection
Connection Point The physical point at which a User is connected to the Ethiopia Electric
Transmission System
Constraint A limitation on the capability of a network, load or a generator such
that it is unacceptable to either transfer, consume or generate the
level of electrical power that would occur if the limitation was
removed
Consumer A person or entity obtaining services from a Distribution Licensee
Contingency An unexpected incident, failure or Outage of an interconnected
system component, such as a Generating Plant, transmission line,
circuit breaker, switch or other electrical element. A Contingency may
also include multiple components, which are related by situations
leading to simultaneous component Outages
Control Area An area comprised of an electric system or systems, bounded by
interconnection metering, capable of regulating its generation in order
to maintain its interchange schedule with other electric systems or
Control Areas and to contribute its frequency bias obligation to the
Ethiopia Electric Transmission System.
Control Area Operator The Ethiopia System Operator or another TSO responsible for
operating, monitoring, and ensuring interchange scheduling of its
Control Area
Control Center A physical location from which a TSO exercises control over its
transmission area
Current Transformer An instrument transformer which performs the function of supplying
the protective relays and measuring devices with currents of
magnitude proportional to those of power circuit but sufficiently
reduced in magnitude. It also serves the purpose of isolating the
measuring instruments from high voltage circuits
Customer A person obtaining electricity services from a licensee as defined in the
Energy Proclamation 810/2013
Cut-out Wind Speed The wind speed at which a wind turbine shuts down for protection
against damage

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 29
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Data Collection A computer based system that collects or receives data on a routine
System basis from Metering Equipment
Day Day means calendar day wherever referred to in this document
Defined Metering The DMP is and means The physical location at the Interchange Point
Point within a Control Area where overall accuracy requirements are to be
met. Each single circuit interconnection between Control Areas will
have two DMPs, one in each Control Area
Derogation A waiver to suspend a Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee’s
obligations to implement or comply with a provision or provisions of
the ENTGC
Disconnection The operation of switching equipment or other action so as to prevent
the flow of electricity at a connection point
Dispatch The process of precisely matching generation with load in real time
Dispatchable (1) A generating plant that can be turned on or off or can be adjusted
Resource upon request , or, (2) A customer participating as a demand side
resource that can comply with the TSO instructions to reduce
electricity usage
Dispute Any difference between the Ethiopian Energy Authority and any
Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee or User in connection
with, or arising out of, the interpretation, implementation or breach of
any provision of the ENTGC
Dispute Notice A written notice issued by either Party to a Dispute outlining the
matter of such Dispute
Distribution The supply of electricity services to customers through medium and
low voltage lines as defined in the Energy Proclamation 810/2013
Distribution Licence A license granted by the Ethiopian Energy Authority to distribute and
sell electricity as defined in the “Council of Ministers Regulation to
Provide for the Regulation of Energy Operations”
Distribution Licensee An entity granted a licence by the Ethiopian Energy Authority to
distribute and sell electricity as defined in the “Council of Ministers
Regulation to Provide for the Regulation of Energy Operations”
Distribution System A distribution network, together with the connection assets associated
with the distribution network, which is connected to another
transmission or distribution system
EAPP Coordination Body established under the guidance of the EAPP Sub-Committee on
Centre Operation responsible for the collection of technical and commercial
information
EAPP Independent Board consisting of nominees of national regulatory boards in the
Regulatory Board EAPP countries that is the regulatory body governing the EAPP IC
EAPP Interconnected The transmission system in Eastern Africa consisting of two or more
Transmission System individual National Systems or Control Areas that normally operate in
synchronism and are physically interconnected via transmission
facilities

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 30
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

EAPP Sub-committee EAPP body under the direction of EAPP Steering Committee
on Planning responsible for the coordination of Master Plans and development
programs of EAPP Member utilities
Eastern Africa Power Eastern Africa Power Pool (EAPP) is a regional intergovernmental body
Pool based in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Its mission is the pooling of electrical
energy resources in a coordinated and optimized manner to provide
an affordable, sustainable and reliable electricity in the region
Eastern Africa Power The Interconnection Code that sets down the technical rules for the
Pool Interconnection coordinated planning and operation of the EAPP.
Code
Electrical Energy Energy involving the use of electric current which may be produced
either by mechanical, chemical, hydroelectric, wind, photovoltaic or
any other sources as defined in the Energy Proclamation 810/2013.
Electrical Installation Any electrical equipment that is fixed (or to be fixed) in, on, under or
over a Customer's premises.
Electrical Plant Any plant, equipment, apparatus or appliance (other than electrical
supply line, meter, or electrical appliance belonging to a customer)
used for, or for purposes connected with the import, export,
generation, transmission, distribution and supply of electricity.
Electrical Work Work of electrical design, installation, maintenance, testing,
inspection, contracting, or consultancy, electro mechanical activity or
any other electric related business as per the Energy Proclamation
810/2013
End-use User A Customer of the ENTS that contracts for purchase of electrical
energy for his/her own use, not for delivery or supply to another
person
Energy Audit A systematic procedure: (a) to obtain adequate knowledge of the
existing energy consumption profile of a customer; (b) to identify and
quantify cost effective energy saving opportunities; and (c) to report
the findings as defined in the Energy Proclamation 810/2013.
Energy Conservation Reduction in the amount of energy consumed in a process or system
through elimination of waste and economical rational use as defined
in the Energy Proclamation 810/2013
Energy Efficiency Ability to provide the same or higher level of products or services at
lower level of energy consumption as defined in the Energy
Proclamation 810/2013
Ethiopia National Specifies technical requirements for connection to, and use of, the
Transmission Grid National Electricity Transmission System
Code
Ethiopia National The Committee established in accordance with section 4.5.1 of
Transmission Chapter 4 (Governance) and charged with the review of the operation,
Grid Code and revision of the Ethiopia Grid Code. The Ethiopia Electric
Review Committee Transmission Grid Code Review Committee shall be governed by the
Constitution and Rules set out in Section 4.5.of the ENTGC

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 31
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Ethiopia National The electricity transmission system of Ethiopia including all Users
Transmission System connected to that system
Ethiopia National The Committee established in accordance with Chapter 4
Transmission System (Governance) of the Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code and
Operator charged with providing recommendations to the Ethiopian Energy
Authority on the review and revision of the ENTGC. The Ethiopia
National Transmission Grid Code Review Committee shall be governed
by the provisions set out in Section 4.5 of the ENTGC
Expected Un- The expected amount of energy that cannot supplied by the power
served Energy generating system during the period of observation, due to capacity
deficiency
External System Any electric system outside EAPP that interconnects to the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System
Fiscal Year Ethiopian fiscal year that starts on July 8th of a year and ends on July
7th of the following year
Force Majeure Causes beyond the reasonable control of and without the fault or
negligence of the Party claiming Force Majeure. It shall include failure
or interruption of the delivery of electric power due to causes beyond
that Party’s control, including Acts of God, wars, sabotage, riots,
hurricanes and other actions of the elements, civil disturbances and
strikes as set out in Section 3.7 of Chapter 3 (General Condition)
Forced Outage Factor Percentage of forced withdrawal of generating plant/unit for service for
upgrade, maintenance and associated reasons from the total capacity
Generating Plant A facility for the generation of electric power comprised of one or
more generating units which are likely to be individually controllable
Generating Unit A specific unit within a Generating Plant that generates electric power
from other sources of energy
Generation License A licence authorising an entity to generate electrical energy
Generation Licensee An entity licensed to operate and maintain generation assets and
generate electricity within the Ethiopia National Transmission System
Generator A device that converts mechanical energy to electrical energy for use
in an external circuit
Governor Automatic control system which maintains the desired system
frequency by adjusting the mechanical power output of the turbine of
a Generating Plant
Grid The network of transmission and distribution systems and connection
points for the movement and supply of electrical energy from
Generating Plants to Customers
Grid Code Revision A Register of all revisions to the Ethiopia Grid Code as set out in
Register Section 4.10.4 of Chapter 4 (Governance)
High Voltage A voltage level above 33,000 volts in accordance with Proclamation
810/2013
Inadvertent Deviation Difference between net actual energy flow and net scheduled energy

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 32
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

flow into or out of the Control Area

Independent Expert A well-qualified person with broad proven experience who provides
advice to the Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code Review
Committee on issues concerning the Grid Code
Independent Power Any entity that owns generation plant and sells bulk electricity to the
Producer national grid through power purchase agreement
Induction Generator A type of alternating current (asynchronous) generator operating on
the induction principle to produce electric power
Induction Motor AC electric motor in which the electric current in the rotor needed to
produce torque is obtained by electromagnetic induction from the
magnetic field of the stator winding
Installation Includes wiring , equipment, fittings and other materials used or
intended to be used to convey electricity beyond the point of supply
to the point of consumption as defined in the Energy Proclamation
810/2013
Interchange Point A location where power flows from one Control Area to another
Control Area
Interconnection An agreement made between the System Operator and a
Agreement Transmission System Operator of another EAPP Member Country,
relating to the transfer of power and or Active and or Reactive Energy
and or Ancillary Services between their respective electric systems
Inter-Governmental A binding agreement that enabled the establishment of EAPP. The
Memorandum of document covers issues such as the members, obligations,
Understanding organizational structure, resources, arbitration, and enforcement of
EAPP
Inter-Utility A binding agreement between utilities of Member Countries of EAPP
Memorandum of which defines the fundamental principles for the management and
Understanding operation of the EAPP
Licence A license as defined in the Proclamation 810/2013
Licensee Holder of a licence under the Proclamation 810/2013
Low Voltage A voltage level up to 400 volts in accordance with Proclamation
810/2013
Main Meter The Meter nominated to provide electrical energy measurements at a
Defined Metering Point
Maintenance Plan Coordinated list of all planned transmission and generation Outages.
Maintenance Outage Scheduled removal from service, in whole or in part of a Generating
Plant or transmission facility in order to perform necessary repairs on
specific components of the facility
Medium Voltage A voltage level between 400 volts and 33,000 volts in accordance with
Proclamation 810/2013
Member Country An eastern Africa country whose government has signed the IG-MOU
Meter A device, including associated equipment, complying with Ethiopian
Standards which measures and records the production or

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 33
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

consumption of electrical energy

Meter Information A system which uniquely identifies the Meter and Users associated
Register with the Meter and contain pertinent data relating to the Meter
Metering Equipment Meters, time-switches, measurement transformers, metering
protection and isolation equipment, circuitry and their associated data
storage and data communications equipment and wiring which are
part of the Active Energy and Reactive Energy measuring equipment at
or relating to the Defined Metering Point
National System The electricity transmission system of an EAPP Member Country
including all Users connected to that system. For the purposes of the
ENTGC, refers to the Ethiopia National Transmission System
National Control The facility that houses the control system to monitor and control real
Centre time power system data to ensure security and reliability of the power
system optimally
Neighboring System Any system or Control Area either directly interconnected with or
electrically close to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System so
as to be significantly affected by it
Network Service Transmission/Distribution service associated with the conveyance and
controlling the conveyance, of electricity through the Network
Network Service A legal entity that engages in the activity of owning, controlling, or
Provider operating a transmission system and who holds or is deemed to hold a
licence or has been exempted from the requirement to obtain a
licence from the Ethiopian Energy Authority
Operating Margins Generating capability in MW above firm System Demand available to
provide for regulation, load-forecasting error, equipment forced and
scheduled outage
Operational Effect An effect which causes the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System to
operate (or be at a materially increased risk of operating) differently to
the way in which it would or may have normally operated in the
absence of such effect
Operational Plan The plan issued each day containing details of all Outages of
Generating Plants and Transmission equipment, details of anticipated
transfers, transmission constraints, Contingency plans and any other
relevant information
Outage Disconnection or separation, planned or unplanned of one or more
elements of the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System
Partial Shutdown The same as a Total Shutdown except that all generation has ceased in
a separate part of the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System and there
is no supply from External Systems or other parts of the Ethiopia
Electric Transmission System and therefore that part of the
interconnected system is Shutdown
Party Any person or entity with the specific meaning ascribed in the related
provision of the Grid Code

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 34
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Person A natural or juridical person

Photovoltaic Solar Generate electricity directly from sunlight via an electronic process
Plant that occurs naturally in semiconductors
Planned Outage: An Outage for which at least ten (10) days’ notice has been given to
allow the Outage to be planned in accordance with Outage Planning
Process as described in Chapter 8 (Operations Planning)
Plant Fixed and movable equipment used in the generation and/or supply
and/or transmission of electricity other than Apparatus
Power Balance Forecast produced by TSOs for each National System of their expected
Statement demand and generation over the planning horizon as set out in
Chapter 5 (Planning)
Power Island An area cut off from the power grid, described in Chapter 10
(Emergency Operations)
Power System Safe scheduling, operation and control of the power system on a
Security continuous basis
Power System Equipment controlling the Exciter output via the voltage regulator in
Stabiliser such a way that power oscillations of the synchronous machines are
dampened. Input variables may be speed, frequency or power (or a
combination of these)
Power Transfer Instantaneous rate at which active energy is transferred between
connection points
Primary Response The immediate automatic proportional increase or decrease of real
power outputs by synchronised Generating Plants and other devices
due to a fall or rise in frequency requiring changes in the Generating
Plants Active Power output to restore the frequency to within
operational limits as defined in Chapter 15 (Balancing and Frequency
Control)
Prudent Utility The practices generally accepted and followed by electric utility
Practice industry of a Region conforming to the design, construction,
operation, maintenance, safety and legal requirements which are
attained by exercising that degree of skill, diligence, prudence and
foresight which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from
skilled and experienced operatives engaged in the same type of
undertaking under the same or similar conditions
Quality of Service to Deals with the relationship between Licenses and Customers
Customers
Technical Quality of Refers to technical aspects of power supply and covers such issues as
Electric Supply voltage waveforms, service interruptions and outages
Ramp Rate Rate of change of electricity produced from a Generating Plant
Reactive Energy A measure, in varhours (varh) of the alternating exchange of stored
energy in inductors and capacitors, which is the time- integral of the
product of voltage and the out of phase component of current flow
across a connection point

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 35
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Reactive Power Instantaneous power derived from the product of voltage and current
and the sine of the voltage- current phase angle, which is measured in
units of var and multiples thereof
Reactive Power Maximum rate at which reactive energy may be transferred from a
Capability Generating Plant to a Connection Point as specified in the connection
agreement
Regional Control A control centre responsible for the operation of the Distribution
Center Network
Regulatory Authority Ethiopian Energy Authority established by the Proclamation 810/2013
and the Council of Ministers Regulation No. 308/2014 replacing
Ethiopian Energy Agency to issue licenses for generation, transmission
and distribution, sale, and import/export of electric energy in Ethiopia
Remaining Capacity The difference between available generating capacity and demand at
the reference dates and calculated under normal climatic conditions
as stated in Chapter 5 (Planning)
Remedial Action Also referred to as Special Protection System, RAS means a protection
Scheme (RAS) system that automatically initiates one or more control actions
following electrical disturbances. Typical examples include tripping
Generating Plants or loads and switching of series capacitors, shunt
capacitors, or shunt reactors
Renewable Power A Generating Plant whose primary energy source is a form of
Plant (RPP) renewable energy, including but not limited to solar energy (for
photovoltaic and concentrated solar plants), small hydro, geothermal,
landfill gas, biomass, biogas, and wind, and whose generation output
is variable in nature
Reserve A measure of available capacity over and above the capacity needed
to meet normal peak demand levels. In case of a Generating Plant, it is
the capacity to generate more or less energy than the system normally
requires. For a transmission company, it is the capacity to handle
additional energy transport if demand levels rise beyond expected
peak levels
Reserve, Regulating A generation reserve that is under central AGC and can respond within
ten seconds and be fully active within ten minutes of activation. This
reserve is used for second-by-second balancing of supply and demand.
This reserve is also used to restore instantaneous reserve within ten
minutes of the disturbance. The provision of Regulating Reserves is a
Secondary Response. Regulation reserve can be up or down
Reserve, Responsive An ancillary service provided by on line generation resources that can
respond to frequency deviations caused by a generating unit trip
Reserve, Spinning Extra generating capacity that is available by increasing the power
output of Generating Plants that are already connected to the power
system. Spinning reserve is generally used for containing the
frequency at acceptable limits following a contingency, such as a unit
trip or a sudden surge in load

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 36
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Reserve, Non-spin Off-line generation capacity that can be ramped to capacity and
synchronized to the grid within a pre-specified time (typically 10 to 30
minutes) of a dispatch instruction by the TSO, and that is capable of
maintaining that output for at least for two hours
Response The provision of a reserve
Response, Primary Refer to Primary Response
Secondary Response Refer to Secondary Response
Rota Disconnection A planned and properly authorised temporary disconnection of
electricity to Customers for a set duration on a rotational basis at
times of a severe shortfall in electricity production
RSA ID RSA ID is a two-factor authentication technology that is used to
protect network resources. The two factors typically are: (i) a
password or PIN; and (ii) an authenticator, could be a hardware token
(such as a USB token, smart card or key fob). The software token is the
RSA Authentication Manager Software that provides the security
engine used to verify authentication requests
System Average SAIDI indicates average minutes of service interruption per customer.
Interruption Duration It is the sum total of customer minutes interrupted divided by the
Index total number of customers served. SAIDI is considered as one of the
best indicators of system stress
System Average The sum total of number of interruptions divided by the total number
Interruption of customers
Frequency Index
Secondary Response Secondary Response is the automatic response to a frequency change
which is fully available by thirty (30) seconds from the time of
frequency change to take over from Primary Response, and which is
sustainable for a period of at least thirty (30) minutes. Secondary
Response is provided by Generating Plants already synchronised to the
ENTS and is normally controlled by the Ethiopia National TSO by AGC
Secretary, Ethiopia The person appointed by the Ethiopian Energy Authority to the
National Transmission Ethiopian National Grid Code Review Committee and named as such
Grid Code Review
Committee
Significant Incident An event which has caused or could have caused injury to persons,
damage to system equipment or operation of the Ethiopia Electric
Transmission System outside the operational security standards
Solar Power A Generating Plant deriving its source of energy from the sun and for
Generating Plant which its generation is variable in nature)
Special Protection Refer to Remedial Action Scheme
Scheme
Steering Committee The body established by EAPP in accordance with the Inter-Government
Memorandum of Understanding and responsible for the Governance of
EAPP
Sub-committee on EAPP body under the direction of EAPP Steering Committee

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 37
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Planning responsible for the coordination of Master Plans and development

programs of EAPP Member utilities
Switchyard Connection point of a Generating Plant into the electrical power
transmission grid
Synchronous Alternating current generators of most thermal and hydro (water)
Generator driven power turbines which operate at the equivalent speed of
frequency of the power system in its satisfactory operating state
System Operation Performance of generation scheduling, commitment and dispatch,
scheduling of transmission and ancillary services, and generation
outage coordination, transmission congestion management and
coordination, and such other activities as may be required for the
reliable and efficient operation of the grid
System Operator The entity responsible for the overall coordination of the planning and
operation of the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System, including the
scheduling and dispatch of Generating Plants connected to it
System Tests Those tests that involve either a simulated or a controlled application
of irregular, unusual, or extreme conditions on the Interconnected
Transmission System. In addition, they include commissioning and or
acceptance tests on Plant and Apparatus to be carried out by a User
that may have a significant impact upon the Ethiopia Electric
Transmission System and or another National System
Tariff A list of charges for electricity services as defined in the Energy
Proclamation 810/2013
Tertiary Reserve Refers to TSO instructed changes in the dispatching and commitment
of Generating Plants. Tertiary Reserve is used for restoring both
Primary and Secondary Response, to manage constraints on the ENTS
and to bring the frequency to target values when the Secondary
Response has been depleted. Where Tertiary Reserve is held on
Generating Plants not synchronised to the ENTS, the Generating Plants
shall be capable of being synchronised within a specified time
generally between fifteen (15) minutes and one (1) hour
Test Proposal Outline provided in writing of the actions proposed to be carried out
as part of tests involving Plant and Apparatus forming part of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System
Test Proposer The Party proposing System Tests

Total Shutdown The situation existing when all generation has ceased within the
Ethiopia Electric Transmission System and there is no supply from
External Systems and, therefore, the Ethiopia Electric Transmission
System has shutdown.
Transmission The operation, management or control of facilities, consisting of high
voltage electric supply lines for movement of electrical energy in bulk
between Generating Plants and transmission substations for the
purposes of enabling supply to Customer.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 38
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Transmission Line An electric conductor that is part of a transmission network

Transmission Licence As defined in Proclamation810/2013
Transmission Licensee Any entity licensed to operate, and maintain transmission assets
within the Ethiopia Electric Transmission System in accordance with
Proclamation 810/2013
Transmission The entity responsible for transmission metering installation,
Metering maintenance, and operation
Administrator (TMA)
Transmission Network Infrastructure that supports the transportation of electricity from the
point of generation to the distribution with the ultimate objective of
bringing to the end users or consumers
Transmission Network An legal entity that operates and is licensed to own and maintain a
Service Provider transmission network on the ENTS under the Energy Proclamation
(TNSP) 810/2013
Transmission System Assessment by EAPP Sub-committee on Planning and TSOs of the
Capability Statement capability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to support
the required energy flows across both Systems and cross-border
connections as set out in Chapter 5 (Planning)
Transmission System The entity responsible for the overall coordination of the planning and
Operator operation of the Transmission System, including the scheduling and
dispatch of Generating Plants connected to it
Unplanned Outage Any Outage, which was not planned with ten (10) days’ notice.
User Any person or entity, connected to or making use of the Ethiopia
Electric System as a Generation Licensee, Transmission Licensee, a
Distribution Licensee, or End-use User
User System The system of a Transmission Licensee or a Distribution Licensee, or a
system owned or operated by a User comprising Generating Plants
and/or Apparatus connecting Generating Plants and/or End-use Users'
equipment
Voltage Dip Brief reduction in voltage typically caused by factors such as: (i)
starting of a motor, (ii) excessive current drawn by fault or short
circuit, (iii) faults on distant circuit that can be automatically switched
and removed by reclosers
Voltage Flicker Fluctuation of light intensity caused by large and rapid changes in
industrial load such as electric arc furnaces that deteriorates power
quality
Voltage Transformer Voltage Transformers are necessary for isolating the protection,
control and measurement equipment from the high voltages of a
power system, and for supplying the equipment with the appropriate
values voltage
Wind Turbine A Generating Plant that converts kinetic energy from the wind into
Generator electric power

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 39
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

Works (a) electric supply lines, machinery, lands, buildings, structures, earth
works and water works, and includes any apparatus or things of
whatsoever description, required for the importation, exportation,
generation, transmission, distribution supply and use of electrical
energy; or (b) pipelines, machinery, lands, buildings, structures, earth
works and water works, and includes any apparatus or things of
whatsoever description, required for the importation, exportation,
storage, refining, transportation, dispensing and supply of petroleum;
or (c) machinery, lands, buildings, structures, earth works and water
works, and includes any apparatus or things of whatsoever
description, required for the importation, exportation, storage,
production, transportation, distribution and supply of any other
energy form

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 40
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

2.3 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

The list below provides a summary of the abbreviations used in the ENTGC.

Table 2-2: Abbreviations used in the ENTGC

Abbreviation Description
AC Alternating Current
ACE Area Control Error

AEMO Australian Energy Market Operator

AGC Automatic Generation Control

AS Ancillary Services
AVR Automatic Voltage Regulator

CC Connections Chapter
CDs Compact Disks

CEO Chief Executive Officer

COUE Cost of Un-served Energy

CD Compact Disc
CT Current Transformer

DC Direct Current
DCF Discounted Cash Flow

DEC Data Exchange Chapter

DNSP Distribution Network System Provider

DR Demand Response
DTE Data Terminal Equipment

DVDs Digital Video Disks

EAC East African Community

EAPP Eastern Africa Power Pool

EAPP CC Eastern Africa Power Pool Communication Center

EAPP IC Eastern Africa Power Pool and East African Community

Interconnection Code
EEA Ethiopian Energy Authority

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 41
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

EENS Expected Energy Not Served

EEP Ethiopia Electric Power

EEU Ethiopian Electric Utility

EHV Extra High Voltage

EMC Ethiopia Metering Code

EMS Energy Management System

ENDGC Ethiopia National Distribution System Grid Code

ENDGCRC Ethiopia National Distribution System Grid Code Review
Committee

ENDS Ethiopia National Distribution System

ENTGC Ethiopia National Transmission System Grid Code

ENTGCRC Ethiopia National Transmission System Grid Code Review

Committee
ENTGCRR Ethiopia National Transmission System Grid Code Revision
Register

ENTS Ethiopia National Transmission System

ENTSO Ethiopia National Transmission System Operator

ENTSO-E European Network of Transmission System Operators for

Electricity
ESP Electronic Security Perimeter

EUE Expected Un-served Energy

FACTS Flexible Alternating Current Transmission System

FTP File Transfer Protocol

FY Fiscal Year

GC General Conditions
GCR Grid Code Requirement

GD Glossary and Definitions

GoE Government of Ethiopia

GPS Global Position System

GTP Growth and Transformation Plan

HV High Voltage

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 42
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

HVDC High Voltage Direct Current

IANA Internet Assigned Names Authority

ICCP Inter-Control Centre Communications Protocol

ICS Interconnected System

ICT Information, Communication, and Technology

IEC International Electro-technical Commission

IG-MoU Inter-Governmental Memorandum of Understanding

IMC Interchange Metering Chapter

IPP Independent Power Producer

IPSec Internet Protocol Security

ISBC Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters

IU-MoU Inter-Utility Memorandum of Understanding

MCR Maximum Continuous Rating

MIR Metering Information Register

MTBF Meantime Between Failure

MTTR Meantime To Repair

NCC National Control Center

NERC North American Electric Reliability Corporation

NPV Net Present Value

NTC Net Transmission Capability

OC Operations Chapters

PC Planning Chapter
PCC Point of Common Coupling

POC Point of Connection

PPA Purchase Power Agreement

PSS Power System Stabilizer

PV Photo Voltaic

QOS Quality of Service

RAS Remedial Action System

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 43
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

RCC Regional Control Center

RPP Renewable Power Plant

RTU Remote Terminal Unit

SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition

SAIDI System Average Interruption Duration Index

SIWL Switching Impulse Withstand Level

SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

SOTC System Operator Training Chapter

SPS Special Protection Scheme

SVC Static VAR Compensator

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TMA Transmission Metering Administrator

TNSP Transmission Network System Provider

TSO Transmission System Operator

UM Voltage Maximum
UN Voltage Nominal

VT Voltage Transformer
WAN Wide Area Network

2.4 LIST OF UNITS

The table below provides a summary of the units used in one or more of the chapters in ENTGC.

Table 2-3: List of Units

Symbol Unit
Amp Ampere
GW Gigawatt (1,000,000,000 W)
GWh Gigawatt-hour

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 44
CHAPTER 2 Glossary and Definitions

h, Hr, hrs Hour

Hz Hertz
Kbps Kilobits per second

kV Kilovolt
kVA Kilovolt-ampere
kvar Kilovars
kW Kilowatt
kWh Kilowatt-hour
Mbps Megabits per second

mHz Milli-hertz (1/1000 Hz)

Min Minute
Ms Milli-second (1/1000 s)
MVA Megavolt-ampere
Mvar Megavars
Mvarh Megavar-hour

MW Megawatt
MWh Megawatt-hour
s, sec Second
TW Terawatt (1,000,000,000,000 W)
V Volt
W Watt

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 45
3 GENERAL CONDITIONS

3.1 INTRODUCTION
The General Conditions (GC) set out the over-riding principles to be used in the operation of the
ENTS and form the basis for the decisions of a reasonable and prudent operator should specific
events not be covered by the relevant code. The GC describes the provisions necessary for the
overall administration and review of the various aspects of the ENTGC. The GC also deal with those
aspects of ENTGC not covered in other Chapters, including the resolution of Disputes, bilateral
agreements, confidentiality, non-compliance and the revision of the ENTGC through the ENTGCRC.

3.2 SCOPE
These General Conditions apply to the Regulatory Authority, ENTSO, Transmission Licensees,
Distribution Licensees, and Users of the ENTS.

3.3 OBJECTIVE
The Generation Conditions contain provisions, which are of a general nature and apply to all
Chapters of the ENTGC. The objectives of the GC are to ensure, to the extent possible, that the
various Chapters of the ENTGC work together and work in practice for the benefit of the ENTSO,
Transmission Licensees, Distribution Licensees, and Users.

3.4 IMPLEMENTATION AND ENFORCEMENT

The Regulatory Authority is responsible for the implementation and enforcement of the ENTGC.

For the above purposes, the Regulatory Authority may, in certain cases, need access to services and
facilities of Users or Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees, or to issue instructions to
Users or Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees to implement and enforce the ENTGC.
Accordingly, all Users and Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees are required not only to
abide by the letter and spirit of the ENTGC, but also to provide the Regulatory Authority with such
rights of access, services and facilities and to comply with any instructions of the Regulatory
Authority.

Each Party shall, at all times, in its dealings with other Parties to the ENTGC act in good faith and in
accordance with Prudent Utility Practice.

3.5 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in or pursuant to this ENTGC shall be taken to require a Party to
do anything which could or would be unsafe or contrary to the Party’s environmental obligations
nor shall prevent a Party from doing anything which could or would be unsafe or contrary to that
Party’s environmental obligations to omit to do.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 46

CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.6 UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES

If circumstances arise which are not contemplated by the provisions of the ENTGC, the Regulatory
Authority shall, to the extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances, consult promptly with all
affected Users and Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees in an effort to reach
agreement as to what should be done. If agreement between the Regulatory Authority and such
Users and Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees cannot be reached in a reasonable time,
the Regulatory Authority shall determine the best course of action in accordance with Prudent
Utility Practice.

Each User and Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee shall comply with all instructions given
to it by the Regulatory Authority following such a determination provided the instructions are
consistent with the then current technical parameters of the Transmission Licensee or Distribution
Licensee’s National System. The Regulatory Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable
following the unforeseen circumstances, notify all relevant details to the ENTGCRC for consideration
and recommendations in accordance with Chapter 4 (Governance).

3.7 FORCE MAJEURE

In situations of Force Majeure, the provisions of the ENTGC may be suspended in whole, or in part,
pursuant to any directions given by the Regulatory Authority being the custodian of the ENTGC.

Neither Party shall be held to have defaulted in respect of any obligation under the ENTGC if
prevented or delayed from performing that obligation, in whole or in part, because of a Force
Majeure event. If a Force Majeure event prevents or delays a Party from performing any of its
obligations under the ENTGC, that Party shall:
(a) Promptly notify any other Party involved, the Regulatory Authority of the Force Majeure event
and its assessment in good faith of the nature and the effect that the event will have on its
ability to perform any of its obligations and the measures that the Party proposes to take to
alleviate the impact of the Force Majeure event. If the immediate notice is not in writing, it
shall be confirmed in writing as soon as reasonably practicable. The notice shall be posted
on the ENTSO Website
(b) Not be entitled to suspend performance of any of its obligations under the ENTGC to any
greater extent or for any longer time than the Force Majeure event requires it to do
(c) Use its best efforts to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure event, remedy its inability to
perform, and resume full performance of its obligations
(d) Keep the other Party continually informed of its efforts, and
(e) Provide written notice to the other Party when it resumes performance of any obligations
affected by the Force Majeure event. The notice shall be published on the ENTSO Website

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 47
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.8 COMPLIANCE
(a) All parties shall comply with the ENTGC as updated via Regulatory Authority decisions from
time to time.
(b) Certification of safety compliance by a licensed electrical inspector shall be a pre-requisite
for energizing an electrical installation from the supply line of the licensee
(c) Participants shall inform the Regulatory Authority of any non-compliance report of a
material nature that has been submitted to another participant without delay, but no later
than 30 days after becoming aware of the item unless there is significant risk to the ENTS,
which then must be reported immediately
(d) Failure to comply with the requirements, conditions, or obligations of Certificate of
Competency as stated in Proclamation 810/2013 is punishable with simple imprisonment of
up to three years, or with a fine not more than Birr 15,000 or with both
(e) The Regulatory Authority may require a participant to provide the Regulatory Authority with
information that it deems necessary for the proper administration of the ENTGC. This
information shall be treated as confidential
(f) Upon a report or suspicion of non-compliance the Regulatory Authority may seek to resolve
the issue through negotiation

1. Take action in terms of the procedures for handling licensing contraventions

2. Consider an application for amendment
3. Consider an application for exemption
(g) Application for exemption or suspension of obligations under the ENTGC is treated under
Section 3.9 Non-Compliance below

3.9 NON-COMPLIANCE
If a Transmission Licensee or TNSP or User finds that it is, or will be unable to comply with any
provision of this ENTGC, then that party shall without delay, but not later than 30 days after
discovery, report such non-compliance to the Regulatory Authority.

3.9.1 Non-Compliance Situations

If the Transmission Licensee or TNSP or User fails to fulfil all the provisions established in this
ENTGC, it shall be considered a Non Compliance situation.

A Non- Compliance situation will include, but is not limited to:

(a) Failure to provide the Regulatory Authority, on time, all of the information established in
this Performance Standards
(b) Providing the Regulatory Authority incomplete or inaccurate data or reports, in particular
inaccuracies or other problems verified by the audits of the Regulatory Authority

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 48
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

(c) Failure to implement in time the procedures and information systems required in the ENTGC
established in this Performance Standard.
(d) Failure or unsuitable delays in the execution of the approved remedial actions and plans to
comply with ENTGC provisions following the approval of a Derogation and mitigation plan

3.9.2 Penalties
If the Regulatory Authority determines that the User is in a non-compliance situation for which
Derogation has not been filed, or is in the process of being filed, or for which a Derogation has not
been approved by the Regulatory Authority, or is in violation of the terms of an approved
Derogation, the Regulatory Authoritywill determine and apply a fine penalty for the non-compliance
situation. The Regulatory Authority shall also consider that the Transmission Licensee is in non-
compliance with its licence conditions, and may suspend or revoke the licence. The Regulatory
Authority shall use directives under Item No. 144 (Fine Penalty) under the “Final English Draft Energy
Operation Regulation – Version (2)”, as appropriate, while issuing a fine penalty.

Generation, transmission, distribution, sales, import, export of electricity for commercial purposes;
performing electrical work, energy audit, Energy Efficiency and Energy Conservation contracting or
consultancy service without valid license are punishable as per the Energy Proclamation 810/2013.

The Regulatory Authority shall also consider the following factors while imposing penalties:

(a) Severity of the non-compliance and any environmental, health, and safety impacts
(b) Instances of repeated and deliberate non-compliance
(c) Penalties shall be comparable to those specified in other laws, regulations, and applicable
contracts
(d) Penalties shall be set at a level such that non-compliance will not be economically
preferable to compliance
3.10 DEROGATION
The Regulatory Authority may issue Derogations suspending a Transmission Licensee’s or
Distribution Licensee’s or a User’s obligations to implement or comply with the ENTGC to such an
extent as may be specified in the Derogations.

If a User finds that it is, or will be, unable to comply with any provision of the ENTGC, then they shall,
without delay, report such non-compliance to the Regulatory Authority. The applicant may request
an exemption from the ENTGC requirement, or request additional time to correct the non-
compliance item.

A Party seeking Derogations from any provision in the ENTGC shall make a written request to the
Regulatory Authority containing the following information. Refer also to the sample Request for
Derogation form in Appendix A.
(a) Name of the Party applying for Derogation

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 49
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

(b) Contact information, name and signature of CEO or other corporate officer delegated by the
CEO
(c) The specific provision of ENTGC (section number and title) against which the present or
predicted non-compliance is identified
(d) The reason for non-compliance
(e) The nature and extent of the non-compliance
(f) The date of non-compliance discovery and reporting of the non-compliance
(g) Identification and description of the system, facility, equipment, process, procedure or
specific connection point in respect of which Derogation is sought
(h) Whether the Derogation sought is permanent exemption or for a delay in achieving
compliance, and If a delay in achieving compliance is being sought, the date by which the
non-compliance will be remedied
(i) A description of any health and safety implications and the associated risk management
measures
(j) A description of the proposal for restoring compliance (where applicable) including details
of actions to:
1. Mitigate risks to customers or other authorized electricity operators
2. Restore compliance (including timetable of works)
(k) A description of the reasonable alternative actions that have been considered
(l) A statement of the expected duration of the non-compliance
(The User is required to justify the Derogation request in terms of both the specific circumstances and
the expected duration. Licensees are advised to give as much notice as possible when making
Derogation requests since Derogation will not be granted unless the Regulatory Authority is satisfied
that the request is justified.)

3.10.1 Derogation Review

Upon receipt of any request for Derogation, the Regulatory Authority shall promptly consider such a
request provided that the Regulatory Authority considers that the grounds for the Derogation are
reasonable. In its consideration of a Derogation request, the Regulatory Authority may contact the
relevant User to obtain clarifications, request additional information or to discuss changes to the
request, and review possible remedial actions to achieve compliance as soon as reasonably
practicable.

The Regulatory Authority may initiate at its own initiative a review of any existing Derogations, and
any Derogations under consideration where a relevant and material change in circumstance has
occurred.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 50
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

The Regulatory Authority may also seek the views and advice of an Independent Expert on the
proposed Derogation, as set out in section 3.11 in this chapter.

It may be the case that not all Plant and Apparatus in use as at the date of adoption of this ENTGC
will be able to meet the requirements of the ENTGC. In some cases, it may not be economically or
technically necessary to upgrade such existing Plant and Apparatus to the required ENTGC
standards. Where this is the case the Regulatory Authority will give consideration to a time bound
Derogation for all or part of the ENTS.

In the event that Derogation is granted, the Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee or User
shall take all necessary action to ensure full compliance with the obligation for which the Derogation
has been granted.

Where a material change in circumstances has occurred, a review of any existing Derogation and
any Derogation under consideration may be initiated by the Regulatory Authority.

3.10.2 Derogation Register

The Regulatory Authority shall keep a register of all Derogations, which have been granted,
identifying the name of the Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee or User and Plant and
Apparatus in respect of which the Derogation has been granted, the relevant provision of the
ENTGC, the period of Derogation and the extent of compliance with the provisions. The register of
Derogations shall be published on the ENTSO Website.

Upon request from any Transmission Licensee or Distribution Licensee or User, the Regulatory
Authority shall provide a copy of such register of Derogations to such Transmission Licensee or
Distribution Licensee or User.

3.10.3 Transitional Provisions

Transitional Provisions are intended to facilitate compliance and reduce the need for Derogation
requests to suspend obligations under ENTGC provisions.

Transitional Provisions are provisions of the ENTGC approved by the Regulatory Authority that shall
not apply either in whole or in part to some or all Users. They differ from Derogation in that:

(a) They cover potentially many Users

(b) They can be sought by a group of Users with similar needs to suspend obligations
(c) In appropriate circumstances, the Regulatory Authority can initiate a Transitional
Provision
Situations, which might require the use of Transitional Provisions, include (but are not limited to):

(a) The effective date of the ENTGC and its impact on requirements, such as multiple old
Generating Plants that need equipment upgrade in order to reach compliance

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 51
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

(b) Discovery of a common-mode problem with equipment

Transitional Provisions may require a plan of how the affected Users are going to reach compliance,
or reasons why they should be permanently exempt.

3.11 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

3.11.1 Mutual Discussion
If a Dispute between the Regulatory Authority and any Transmission Licensee or Distribution
Licensee or User or between Users in connection with, or arising out of, the interpretation,
implementation or breach of any provision in this ENTGC, any Party may issue to the other Party a
written notice (the "Dispute Notice") outlining the matter in Dispute. Following issue of a Dispute
Notice both Parties shall discuss in good faith and attempt to settle the Dispute between them.

Dispute resolution may include a request to the Regulatory Authority to refer the matter to the
ENTGCRC to consider the disputed ENTGC provisions and offer recommendations on resolution of
the Dispute.

Settlement of Dispute shall be handled as described in PART SEVEN SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE,

“COUNCIL OF MINISTERS REGULATION TO PROVIDE FOR THE REGULATION OF ENERGY
OPERATIONS”..

3.11.2 Determination by the Regulatory Authority

If the Dispute cannot be settled within thirty (30) business days after issue of the Dispute Notice,
either Party shall have the right to refer the Dispute to the Regulatory Authority for arbitration.
Proclamation 810/2013, Part Eight (Miscellaneous Provisions), Section 38 (Settlement of Disputes)
shall be consulted as appropriate. The general guideline for the procedure will be as follows:
(a) The request for referral shall be made in writing to the Regulatory Authority and a dated
copy of the original Dispute Notice between the Parties shall be attached
(b) Upon receipt of a request for referral, the Regulatory Authority shall write to the Parties
acknowledging that the Dispute has been referred to the Regulatory Authority for
determination
(c) Following receipt of Regulatory Authority acknowledgment, each Party shall have five (5)
business days to submit their reason(s) as to the cause of the Dispute in writing to the
Regulatory Authority and
(d) No later than ten (10) business days after the Regulatory Authority has received each Party's
reason(s) as to the causes of the Dispute in writing, the Regulatory Authority shall write to
each Party setting out the manner in which it intends to resolve the Dispute and indicate a
date by which a determination may be expected which in any case shall not exceed three (3)
months. The Regulatory Authority may also seek the views and advice of an Independent
Expert on settlement of the Dispute as set out in section 3.11 in this chapter (General
Conditions)

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 52
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

The determination by the Regulatory Authority shall be legally binding on all Parties.

Determinations by the Regulatory Authority are subject to appeal before the Energy Tribunal as
provided under the “COUNCIL OF MINISTERS REGULATION TO PROVIDE FOR THE REGULATION OF
ENERGY OPERATIONS”.

3.12 INDEPENDENT EXPERT OPINION

If any matter is referred to an independent expert in accordance with the description in Chapter 4
(Governance), the Independent Expert shall be appointed by the Regulatory Authority as
appropriate. Such person shall be an expert with specialized skills in the matter under consideration
and must not have any material relationship with any of the Parties to the matter. When referring a
matter to an Independent Expert a written brief shall be prepared containing:
(a) A description of the Derogation requested or the matter on which the Independent Expert is
required to express an opinion or give advice;
(b) All the relevant documentation;
(c) All the relevant correspondence between Parties, and
(d) A request that the Independent Expert drafts an opinion setting out a possible solution to
the issue.

The Independent Expert shall not act as an arbitrator. Provisions of any arbitration legislation shall
not apply and the Regulatory Authority will undertake to treat his determination as binding and
conclusive upon them.

The Independent Expert shall determine the procedure to be followed for preparing an opinion. The
venue for the Independent Expert’s inquiries will be agreed between the Parties to the matter under
consideration. Modern technologies such as videoconferencing may be used to ensure that the
process is as cost efficient and equitable as possible.

The Independent Expert must within fifteen (15) business days of his appointment accept
submissions from the Parties in Dispute and must state his determination of those matters within
sixty (60) business days of his appointment.

Responsibility for the entire cost of the Independent Expert shall be:
(a) In the case of referral pursuant to section 3.9.4 in this chapter, the Party or Parties seeking
revision of the ENTGC shall equally divide the entire cost
(b) In the case of referral pursuant to section 3.10.2 in this chapter, the Party or Parties seeking
Derogation pursuant to section 3.10.1 in this chapter shall equally divide the entire cost
(c) In the case of referral pursuant to section 3.11 in this chapter, the disputing Parties shall
equally divide the entire cost

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 53
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.13 ENTGC INTERPRETATION

In the event that any Transmission Licensee, Distribution Licensee, or User requires additional
interpretation of the wording or application of any provision of the ENTGC, they make a request to
the Regulatory Authority for such interpretation. If the request is reasonable, the Regulatory
Authority shall provide the Transmission Licensee, Distribution Licensee or User with an
interpretation of the relevant provision. In the event that a Transmission Licensee, Distribution
Licensee, or User, acting reasonably, deems that an interpretation provided by the Regulatory
Authority is unreasonable or inappropriate, the matter is resolved as provided in Section 3.11
Dispute Resolution of the ENTGC.

3.14 HIERARCHY
In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the ENTGC and any contract, bilateral
agreement or arrangement between a Transmission Licensee, Distribution Licensee, or a User, the
provisions of the ENTGC shall prevail unless the ENTGC expressly provides otherwise.

3.15 CONFIDENTIALITY
All data exchanged relating to connection to, planning, operation and maintenance of the ENTS shall
be treated by all Parties as confidential.

Confidential information does not include:

(a) Information that is in the public domain provided that specific items of information shall not
be considered as in the public domain merely because more general information is in the
public domain and provided that the information is not in the public domain as a result of a
breach of confidence by the Party seeking to disclose the information or a Party to whom it
has disclosed the information
(b) Information required to be published or information required to be disclosed in any Chapter
of the ENTGC, and
(c) Information that must be disclosed in compliance with a judicial or governmental order or
other legal process

All data relating to and exchanged among Parties concerning the ENTS shall be considered to be
Confidential Information. The Regulatory Authority shall consult with the ENTSO and Users concerning
the publication of any of the data exchanged. Aggregate data may be made available by the ENTSO,
when requested by a User. These data shall be used only for the purpose specified in the request
and shall be treated by the User as confidential. All such disclosure of Confidential Information shall be
subject to a written Confidentiality Agreement duly signed by the ENTSO and User. Such Confidential
Information shall not be disclosed to other parties without the express written consent of the
parties to the Confidentiality Agreement.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 54
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.15.1 Confidential Information

(a) Each Party shall use all reasonable endeavours to keep confidential any Confidential
Information which comes into the possession or control of that Party or of which the Party
becomes aware. The information owner may request the receiver of information to enter
into a confidentiality agreement before information, established to be confidential, is
provided.
(b) A Party:
1. Shall not disclose Confidential Information to any person except as permitted by the
ENTGC;
2. Shall only use or reproduce Confidential Information for the purpose for which it was
disclosed or another purpose contemplated by the ENTGC;
3. Shall not permit unauthorised persons to have access to Confidential Information
(c) Each Party shall use all reasonable endeavours:
1. To prevent unauthorised access to confidential information which is in the possession or
control of that Party; and
2. To ensure that any person to whom he discloses Confidential Information observes the
provisions of this Section 3.15.1 in relation to that information
3. To control unauthorised access to confidential information and to ensure secure
information exchange. Parties shall report any leak of information that is governed by a
confidentiality agreement as soon as practicable after they become aware of the leak,
and shall provide the information owner with all reasonable assistance to ensure its
recovery or destruction (as deemed appropriate by the information owner)

3.15.2 Exceptions
This Section does not prevent:
(a) The disclosure, use or reproduction of information if the relevant information is at the time
generally and publicly available other than as a result of breach of confidence by the Party
who wishes to disclose, use or reproduce the information or any person to whom the Party
has disclosed the information
(b) The disclosure, use or reproduction of information to the extent required by law or by a
lawful requirement of:
1. Any government or governmental body, authority or agency having jurisdiction over
a Party or his related bodies corporate; or
(c) The disclosure, use, or reproduction of information if required in connection with legal
proceedings

3.15.3 Application of Confidentiality to the Regulatory Authority

For the purpose of Section 3.15, other than Section 3.15.4, "Party" includes the Regulatory Authority
and any council, Committee or other body established by the Regulatory Authority under the
ENTGC.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 55
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.15.4 Indemnity to the Regulatory Authority

Each Party indemnifies the Regulatory Authority against any claim, action, damage, loss, liability,
expense or outgoing which the Regulatory Authority pays, suffers, incurs, or is liable for in respect
of any breach by that Party or any officer, agent or employee of that Party of this Section 3.15.4 of
the ENTGC.

3.15.5 Party Information

Each Party shall develop and, to the extent practicable, implement a policy to protect information
that is acquired pursuant to the various functions from use or access, which is contrary to the
provisions of the ENTGC.

3.15.6 Information on Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code Bodies

The Regulatory Authority shall develop and implement policies concerning:
(a) The protection of information which ENTGC Bodies acquire pursuant to their various
functions from use or access by Parties or ENTGC Bodies which is contrary to the provisions
of the ENTGC; and
(b) The dissemination of such information where appropriate to Parties and other interested
parties

3.16 CONSTRUCTION OF REFERENCES

3.16.1 Preamble, Table of Contents and Headings
The Preamble, table of contents, and headings are inserted for information and convenience only
and shall not be used in construing the provisions of the ENTGC.

3.16.2 Cross References

A cross-reference to another document or part of the ENTGC shall not of itself impose any additional
or further or co-existent obligation or confer any additional or further or co-existent right in the part
of the text where such cross-reference is contained.

3.16.3 Definitions
(a) Terms and expressions printed in italics are listed in the Glossary and Definitions Chapter
and shall, unless the context otherwise requires or is not consistent therewith, bear the
respective meaning set out therein
(b) Terms not herein defined shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Oxford English
Dictionary.
(c) Where the Glossary and Definitions refers to any word or term which is more particularly
defined in a part of the ENTGC, the definition in that part of the ENTGC will prevail over the
definition in the Glossary and Definitions in the event of any inconsistency

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 56
CHAPTER 3 General Conditions

3.16.4 Figures
Figures are provided in some Chapters of the ENTGC for convenience and to illustrate a process. In
case of any discrepancy between the text and figures regarding any provision of the ENTGC, the text
shall prevail.

3.16.5 Gender, Singular and Plural

Unless the context otherwise requires, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and
references to any gender shall include the other gender.

3.16.6 Include and Including

References to the words "include" or "including" are to be construed without limitation to the
generality of the preceding words.

3.16.7 Mandatory Provisions

The word “shall” refers to a rule, procedure, requirement, or any other provision of the ENTGC that
requires mandatory compliance.

3.16.8 Person or Entity

References to a person or entity shall include any individual and any other entity, in each case
whether or not having a separate legal personality.

3.16.9 References
References to clauses, provisions or to a particular paragraph, sub-paragraph, or Appendix are,
unless the context otherwise requires, references to that clause, provision, paragraph, sub-
paragraph, or Appendix in or to that part of the ENTGC in which the reference is made.

3.16.10 Written and In Writing

Any references to "in writing" or "written" include typewriting, printing, lithography, and other
modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form.

3.17 LANGUAGE
This ENTGC is written in English. In case of any discrepancies between the English version and a version
translated into any other language, the English version shall prevail.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 57
4 GOVERNANCE

4.1 INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVE

The objective of this Governance Chapter is to describe the provisions necessary for the overall
administration and review of the various aspects of the ENTGC. This chapter also summarizes the
main documents and organizations that provide the authority governing the planning, construction,
and operation of the ENTS.

This ENTGC shall be read in conjunction with the relevant legislation including the Proclamation
810/2013 and any applicable amendments related to the administrative authority for the ENTGC.
The ENTGC requirements shall also be applied in conjunction with the licences issued to Generation
Licensees, Transmission companies, TNSPs, and regulations that relate to the ENTS adopted by the
Regulatory Authority and the MOWIE. All Transmission Licences and agreements concluded after
implementation of the ENDGC shall include the obligation of parties to comply with ENTGC
requirements.

This chapter also describes the methodology that will be used to:

a. Ensure that Users are represented in reviewing and making recommendations to the
development and revision of the ENTGC requirements

b. Facilitate the monitoring and auditing of compliance with the ENTG

c. Specify the processes used for the settlement of disputes

4.2 GOVERNANCE DOCUMENTS

The primary laws defining governance are Ethiopia’s Proclamation 810/2013, and Council of
Ministers Regulation NO. 308/2014 that established the Regulatory Authority.

The functions of the Regulatory Authority under the Proclamation include but are not limited to
issuing competency certification in the areas of inspection, maintenance, testing, design,
consultancy, contracting and electro mechanical activities together with electrical installation work.
The Regulatory Authority functions also include establishing regional regulation framework guiding
the operational arrangements, and practices of electrical works in power generation, transmission,
interconnection, and distribution with well- defined structure that addresses roles and
responsibilities of relevant stakeholders.

The organisations with governance functions include the Regulatory Authority, and the MOWIE,
which oversees the activities of the Regulatory Authority.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 58

CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.3 THE ETHIOPIA NATIONAL TRANSMISSION GRID CODE REVIEW

COMMITTEE (ENTGCRC)
The Regulatory Authority shall establish and maintain, as a standing committee, the ENTGCRC,
which shall be governed by the provisions of the ENTGCRC set out in Section 4.3.4 in this chapter.
The Regulatory Authority is responsible for the review of the operations and revision of the ENTGC.
The ENTGCRC shall not have a decision-making authority and the Regulatory Authority shall not be
bound by its deliberations or recommendations.

4.3.1 Role of the ENTGCRC

The ENTGCRC shall:
(a) Keep the ENTGC and its working under review;
(b) Ensure that the ENTGC is consistent in its approach and is developed to reflect changes in
Prudent Utility Practice and technology
(c) Review and discuss all proposals for amendments to the ENTGC which the Regulatory
Authority , ENTSO, and/or Users submit to the ENTGCRC for consideration from time to time
(d) Review anything referred to it by the Regulatory Authority and consider whether the
actions taken by the ENTSO were justified and what changes, if any, are necessary to the
ENTGC
(e) Present recommendations to the Regulatory Authority as to amendments to the ENTGC
that the ENTGCRC considers warranted and the reason for such changes
(f) Publish such recommendations and the reasons for them on the Regulatory Authority
Website
(g) Review existing standards relevant to the operation of the ENTS and make modifications or
proposals for new standards in relation to the operation of the Ethiopia Electric
Transmission System, and
(h) Issue guidance in relation to the ENTGC and its implementation, performance and
interpretation

4.3.2 Composition of the ENTGCRC

The ENTGCRC shall consist of the following Members:
(a) A Chairperson appointed by the Regulatory Authority
(b) One person representing the Regulatory Authority
(c) One person representing the ENTSO
(d) One person representing public Transmission Licensees and one person representing private
Transmission Licensees
(e) One person representing public Distribution Licensee and one person representing private
Distribution Licensees

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 59
CHAPTER 4 Governance

(f) One person representing public Generation Licensees and one person representing private
Generation Licensee
In the case that any of the above categories include more than one entity, the constituents shall
form a caucus and appoint a representative. All appointments are subject to approval by the
Regulatory Authority with regard to required minimum qualifications for Members provided in
Section 4.3.5.

4.3.3 Conduct of Business

The ENTGCRC shall establish and comply at all times with its own rules and procedures governing
the conduct of its business as approved by the Regulatory Authority.

If the ENTGCRC is unable to reach unanimous or consensus agreement on any matter presented
before it, it shall report the cause of disagreement and the views held by the respective Members of
the ENTGCRC to the Regulatory Authority.

4.3.4 Rules of the ENTGCRC

4.3.4.1 Committee Name
The Committee charged with making recommendations to the Regulatory Authority on the review
of the operation and revision of the ENTGC shall be called the Ethiopia National Transmission Grid
Code Review Committee (ENTGCRC) and shall be governed by the provisions set out in this section of
the ENTGC.

4.3.5 ENTGCRC Member Qualifications

Due to the technical nature of many of the duties and responsibilities of the ENTGCRC
Members, any person that is being considered as an ENTGCRC Member must meet the
following minimum experience and qualifications;

4.3.5.1 Chairperson
(a) Minimum of ten (10) years of electric industry experience in a technical capacity
(b) Minimum of seven (7) years of energy sector regulatory compliance oversight experience

4.3.5.2 Committee Member

(a) Minimum of seven (7) years of electric industry experience in a technical capacity
(b) Minimum of three (3) years of experience in regulatory compliance responsibilities for an
electric utility, Regulatory Authority or independent power producer

4.3.6 Term of Office

The term of office of a Member shall be three (3) years from the date of his or her appointment. A
Member may resign, be reappointed replaced or removed in accordance with the provisions set

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 60
CHAPTER 4 Governance

forth for the governance of the ENTGCRC.

The Regulatory Authority has the right to modify the term of office during the initial formation of
the ENTGCRC to assure that incumbent member’s terms do not expire at the same time. This will
assure that the Committee has a consistent mix of incumbents and new Members.

4.3.7 Appointment by Regulatory Authority

If at any time any person entitled to appoint a Member or Members has not made an appointment
and/or is in disagreement as to whom to appoint and as a result no Member represents that entity,
the Chairperson shall notify the Regulatory Authority . The Regulatory Authority shall have the right,
until the relevant entity has made an appointment, to appoint a Member on behalf of that entity.
The appointed Member must be from an entity from the corresponding category as described in
Section 4.3.2. In the event that the Regulatory Authority does not exercise this right, the ENTGCRC
shall be regarded as complete in the absence of that Member.

4.3.8 Nature of Member

No person other than an individual shall be appointed a Member or his alternate.

4.3.9 Retirement of Members

If a Member chooses to retire before the end of their term, written notification shall immediately be
given to the Chairperson. The Chairperson shall notify the Party that appointed the retiring
Member, and by notice in writing to the Chairperson, the said Party shall indicate its wish to appoint
a new Member. Should the position of a Member become vacant, the Party appointing him must
appoint a replacement within twenty-five (25) calendar days.

Such notifications for re-appointment or appointment must be delivered to the Chairperson at least
twenty one (21) days in advance of the meeting of the ENTGCRC from the person or group of
persons represented by each Member.

4.3.10 Alternates
Each entity shall have the power to appoint any individual to be an Alternate to the Member, and
may at its discretion, remove an alternate Member so appointed. An entity shall not appoint
another Member as an Alternate. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Member shall, unless
the Chairperson otherwise agrees, be effected by notice in writing executed by the appointer and
delivered to the Secretary or tendered at a meeting of the ENTGCRC. If his appointer so requests, an
alternate Member shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the ENTGCRC or of sub-
committees or working groups of which his appointer is a Member. He shall also be entitled to
attend and vote as a Member at any such meeting at which the Member appointing him is not
personally present and at the meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties
of his appointer as a Member. For the purpose of the proceedings at such meetings, the provisions
of this Constitution shall apply as if the alternate appointed were a Member. An alternate shall have

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 61
CHAPTER 4 Governance

all the rights and obligations of a Member including voting rights

4.3.11 Ceasing to Act

An alternate Member shall cease to be an alternate Member if his appointer ceases for any reason
to be a Member.

4.3.12 References Include Alternates

References to a Member shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include his duly appointed
alternate.

4.3.13 Representation and Voting

4.3.13.1 Representation
The Chairperson and every Member shall be entitled to attend and participate at every meeting of
the ENTGCRC. One adviser (or such greater number as the Chairperson shall permit) shall be entitled
to attend any meeting of the ENTGCRC with each Member.

4.3.13.2 Voting
The ENTGCRC will seek to achieve a unanimous consensus agreement among all voting Members.
If the Committee is unable to reach unanimous consensus on an item, a simple majority voting
method will be used. If there is a tie after voting, the Chairperson will be allowed to cast a tie-
breaking vote. Otherwise, the Chairperson shall not cast a vote.

4.3.14 Removal
Any person or persons entitled to appoint a Member, including the Chairperson, may at any time
replace that Member or the Chairperson, as the case may be, from office and appoint another
person in his place. A person or persons will only have the right to remove from the Committee the
person that it or they have appointed, and will have no right to remove from office the Chairperson
or any other Member, as the case may be, appointed by another person. In the event of
disagreement amongst persons entitled to appoint a Member, the relevant provisions of 4.3.7
“Appointment by the Regulatory Authority” shall apply with any necessary changes. Whenever any
individual Member or the Chairperson changes, the person or group of persons entitled to appoint
that Member or the Chairperson, shall notify the Secretary in writing within seven (7) days of the
change taking effect.

4.4 THE CHAIRPERSON POSITION

4.4.1 Appointment/Removal
The Regulatory Authority may, at any time replace the Chairperson. Upon retirement or

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 62
CHAPTER 4 Governance

replacement by the Regulatory Authority of the first and each successive Chairperson, the
Regulatory Authority shall appoint a person to act as Chairperson.

4.4.2 Alternate Chairperson

The Chairperson shall preside at every meeting of the ENTGCRC at which he is present. If the
Chairperson is unable to be present at a meeting, but has appointed an alternate, such alternate
shall act as Chairperson. If neither the Chairperson nor his alternate is present within half an hour
after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present may appoint one of their
number to act as Chairperson of the meeting; such appointee shall not be treated as the
Chairperson’s alternate and shall not be entitled to cast the Chairperson’s vote.

4.5 THE SECRETARY POSITION

4.5.1 Appointment
The Regulatory Authority shall have power to appoint and dismiss a Secretary and such other staff
for the ENTGCRC as it may deem necessary. The Regulatory Authority shall notify each Member of
the identity and address for correspondence of the Secretary as soon as reasonably practicable after
the appointment of the first Secretary and, subsequently after the appointment of any new
Secretary. The Secretary may, but need not, be a Member but shall not be a Member by virtue only
of being Secretary. The Secretary shall have the right to speak at meetings but, unless they are a
Member, they have no right to cast a vote at any meeting.

4.5.2 Duties
The Secretary’s duties shall be to attend to the day-to-day operation of the ENTGCRC and, in
particular, to:
(a) Attend to the requisition of meetings and to serve all requisite notices;
(b) Maintain a register of names and addresses of Members and their alternates as appointed
from time to time; and
(c) Keep minutes of all meetings.

4.5.3 Registers
The Secretary shall make available the registers of names and addresses and minutes for inspection
by the Regulatory Authority, Members, and Member Transmission and Transmission Licensees.

4.5.4 Group Representative’s Addresses

Each Member shall provide all contact information (e.g., address, email address, office and mobile
number). In addition, each member shall be responsible for communicating any change of contact
information to the Secretary. Notices sent to the latest address provided shall be considered as
having been duly given.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 63
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.6 MEETINGS
4.6.1 Date and Venue
The ENTGCRC shall hold meetings quarterly at regular scheduled times as the Committee may
decide.

4.6.2 Further Meetings

The Chairperson or any other Member may request the Secretary to requisition meetings by giving a
twenty-one (21) day notice to the Secretary. The notice shall be in writing and contain a summary of
the agenda of the business that is proposed to be conducted. The Secretary shall proceed to
convene a meeting of the ENTGCRC within seven (7) days of the date of expiry of such notice.

4.6.3 Notice of Meetings

4.6.3.1 Notice by Chairperson
All meetings shall be called by the Chairperson on at least fourteen (14) days written notice
(exclusive of the day on which it is served and of the day for which it is given), or by shorter notice if
so agreed in writing by all Members. The Chairperson shall provide notice of the meeting to
Consumer organizations, to allow their representatives to observe the meeting.

4.6.3.2 Details in Notice

The notice of each meeting shall contain the time, date and venue of the meeting, an agenda.

4.6.3.3 Failure to Give Notice

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by a
person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

4.6.3.4 Proposal for Agenda

By notice to the Secretary, any Member can request additional matters to be considered at the
meeting. Provided such notice is given at least ten (10) days (exclusive of the day on which it is
served and of the day for which it is given) before the date of the meeting, those matters will be
included in a revised agenda for the meeting. The Secretary shall circulate the revised agenda to
each Member as soon as practicable.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 64
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.6.4 Proceedings at Meetings

4.6.4.1 Quorum
Fifty percent (50%) plus one (1) Member present in person, or by their alternates, shall constitute a
quorum.

4.6.4.2 Inquorate Meetings

If, within half an hour from the time appointed for holding any meeting of the ENTGCRC, a quorum
is not present, the meeting shall be adjourned to such day, time and place as the Secretary may
notify to Members within three (3) days of the adjournment.
The adjourned meeting shall not be called upon to take place within one week of the adjournment
but may be called on less than fourteen (14) day notice.

4.6.5 Agenda
Only matters identified in the agenda shall be resolved upon at a meeting. However, this shall not
prevent matters raised under the heading “Any Other Business” from being discussed, and if the
Chairperson thinks fit, be resolved.

4.6.6 Validity of Acts

All acts done by any meeting of the ENTGCRC that there was some defect in the appointment of a
Member, be as valid as if such person had been duly appointed.

4.6.7 Meeting Attendance

Members shall attend meetings in person. In special circumstances as approved by the
Chairperson, meetings may consist of a conference between Members who are not all in one place
but who are able directly or by teleconference to speak to each of the others and to be heard by
each of the others simultaneously. The word “meeting” shall be construed accordingly.

4.6.8 Minutes
4.6.8.1 Circulation
The Secretary shall circulate copies of the minutes of each meeting of the ENTGCRC to each Member
as soon as practicable and in any event within ten (10) business days after the meeting has been
held.

4.6.8.2 Approval of Minutes

Each Member shall notify the Secretary of his approval or disapproval of the minutes of each
meeting within ten (10) business days of receipt of the minutes. A Member, who fails to do so, will
be deemed to have approved the minutes. The approval or disapproval of the minutes aforesaid will
not affect the validity of decisions taken by the ENTGCRC at the meeting to which the minutes
relate.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 65
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.6.8.3 Amendments
If the Secretary receives any comments on the minutes, he shall then include those aspects of the
minutes upon which there is disagreement into the agenda for the next following meeting of the
ENTGCRC as the first item for resolution.

4.6.9 Guidance from the ENTGCRC

The ENTGCRC may at any time, and from time to time, issue guidance in relation to the ENTGC and
its implementation, performance and interpretation, and it may establish sub-committees and
working groups to carry out such work.

4.6.10 Sub-Committees and Working Groups

4.6.10.1 Sub-Committees
The ENTGCRC may establish and may co-opt such sub- committees from time to time consisting of
such persons as it considers desirable, whether Members or not. Each sub-committee shall be
subject to such written terms of reference and shall be subject to such procedures as the ENTGCRC
may determine. The meetings of sub-committees shall so far as possible be arranged so that the
minutes of such meetings can be presented to the Members in sufficient time for consideration
before the next following meeting of the ENTGCRC.

4.6.10.2 Working Groups

The ENTGCRC may further establish working groups to advise it on any matter from time to time.
Such working groups may consist of Members and/or others as the ENTGCRC may determine for the
purpose.

4.6.10.3 Resolutions
Resolutions of sub-committees and working groups shall not have binding effect unless approved by
resolution of the ENTGCRC.

4.7 VACATION OF OFFICE

The office of a Member shall be vacated if:
(a) they resign office by notice delivered to the Secretary; or
(b) they become bankrupt or compounds with their creditors generally; or
(c) they become of unsound mind or a patient for any purpose of any statute relating to mental
health; or
(d) they or their alternate fails to attend more than three (3) consecutive meetings of the
ENTGCRC without submitting an explanation to the Chairperson which is reasonably
acceptable to the Chairperson.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 66
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.8 MEMBER’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROTECTIONS

4.8.1 Responsibilities
In the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties and responsibilities, the
ENTGCRC shall have due regard for the need to promote the attainment of the principal
duties of the ENTGCRC.

4.8.2 Representation
In the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties and responsibilities as a
Member, a Member shall represent the interests of the institution or entity by whom he
was appointed, provided that such obligation of representation shall at all times be
subordinate to the obligations of the Member as a Member of the ENTGCRC.

4.8.3 Reliance on Documentation

The ENTGCRC, each Member and the Secretary shall be entitled to rely upon any
communication or document reasonably believed by it or him to be genuine and correct
and to have been communicated or signed by the person by whom it purports to be
communicated or signed.

4.9 REVISIONS TO THE ENTGC

Any User, ENTGCRC Member, the ENTSO, and the Regulatory Authority may propose revisions to the
ENTGC. The Regulatory Authority as the custodian of ENTGC shall have the sole authority to make
revisions to the ENTGC. Before approving any proposed revisions to ENTGC, the Regulatory
Authority shall be guided by the ENTGCRC recommendations on the matter and any representations
made by Parties. In considering the proposed revisions, the Regulatory Authority may also seek the
opinion of an Independent Expert.

The Regulatory Authority shall, as required, prepare and issue amended versions of the ENTGC
containing such revisions, as have been approved by the Regulatory Authority. All revisions to the
ENTGC shall be recorded in the ENTGCRR, which shall indicate the date, Chapter amended and the
reason for the change. An up to date ENTGC including all approved revisions shall be published on
the Regulatory Authority website along with the ENTGC Revision Register. The revised version of the
ENTGC shall take effect from the date on which it is published on the Regulatory Authority website,
or such other later date as specified by the Regulatory Authority.

4.10 ENTGC AUDITS

4.10.1 Customer Request
A customer may request from the TNSP, or a TNSP may request from a customer, any material in the
possession or control of that participant relating to compliance with a Section of the ENTGC. The

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 67
CHAPTER 4 Governance

requesting participant may not request such information in relation to a particular section of the
ENTGC within six (6) months of a previous request made under this Section in relation to the relevant
Section.

4.10.2 Information Requirements

A request under this Section shall include the following information:
(a) Nature of the request
(b) Name of the representative appointed by the requesting participant to conduct the
investigation
(c) The time or times at which the information is required

4.10.3 Withholding of Information

The relevant participant may not unreasonably withhold any relevant information requested. It shall
provide a representative of the requesting participant with such access to all relevant documentation,
data, and records (including computer records or systems) as is reasonably requested. This information
shall be treated as confidential if requested. Any request or investigation shall be conducted without
undue disruption to the business of the participant.

4.11 CONTRACTING
The ENTGC shall comprise one of the standard documents that form part of the contract between
TNSP and each of their customers. TNSP shall contract with customers for any services specified in
the ENTGC.

4.12 REGISTRATION OF LICENSEES

4.12.1 Users
TNSP shall ensure that transmission agreements between TNSP and end-use customers after the
implementation of the ENTGC shall include an obligation on customers to comply with ENTGC
requirements.

4.12.2 Licensed Entities

The Regulatory Authority shall ensure that all licensees comply with ENTGC requirements.

4.12.3 Registration of ENTGC Licensees

No entity shall have access to the ENTS before obtaining a license from the Regulatory Authority.
The Regulatory Authority shall be responsible for creating and maintaining a register of licensees.
Service-providers shall ensure that Users are registered as licensees before entering into a contract
for services with such customers.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 68
CHAPTER 4 Governance

A User who no longer holds a license from the Regulatory Authority shall be removed from the
register of licensees.

4.13 NOTICES
4.13.1 Service of Notices under the ENTGC
A notice is properly given under the ENTGC to a person if:
(a) It is personally served; or
(b) A letter containing the notice is prepaid and posted to the person at an address (if any)
supplied by the person to the sender for service of notices or, where the person is a User, an
address shown for that person in the register of Users to whom licenses have been issued
under Proclamation 810/2013 maintained by the Regulatory Authority or, where the
addressee is the Regulatory Authority, the registered office of the Regulatory Authority or
(c) It is sent to the person by facsimile or electronic mail to a number or reference which
corresponds with the address referred to in Section 4.14.1(b) in this chapter or which is
supplied by the person to the Regulatory Authority for service of notices; or
(d) It is published in a newspaper with wide circulation in the area where the person is resident
or in a daily newspaper circulated generally
(e) It is communicated verbally to the person and that communication is recorded or thereafter
confirmed in writing; or
(f) The person receives the notice

4.13.2 Time of Service

A notice is treated as being given to a person by the sender:
(a) Where sent by post in accordance with Section 4.13.1(a) in central Addis Ababa, on the
second business day after the day on which it is posted
(b) Where sent by post in accordance with Section 4.13.1(b) to any other address, on the third
business day after the day on which it is posted
(c) Where sent by facsimile in accordance with Section 4.13.1(c) and a complete and correct
transmission report is received
(d) Where the notice is of the type in relation to which the addressee is obliged under the
ENTGC to monitor the receipt by facsimile outside of, as well as during, business hours, on
the day of transmission; and
(e) In all other cases, on the day of transmission if a business day or, if the transmission is on a
day which is not a business day or is after 16h00 Hr (addressee's time), at 9h00 Hr on the
following business day
(f) Where sent by electronic mail in accordance with Section 4.13.1(c)
(g) Where the notice is of a type in relation to which the addressee is obliged under the ENTGC
to monitor receipt by electronic mail outside of, as well as during, business hours, on the
day when the notice is recorded as having been first received at the electronic mail
destination; and

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 69
CHAPTER 4 Governance

(h) In all other cases, on the day when the notice is recorded as having been first received at
the electronic mail destination, if a business day or if that time is after 16h00 Hr
(addressee’s time), or the day is not a business day, at 9h00 Hr on the following business
day; or
(i) Where published in a newspaper in accordance with Section 4.13.1(d), on the next day after
the date of publication of the notice
(j) In any other case, when the person actually receives the notice

4.13.3 Counting of Days

Where a specified period (including, without limitation, a particular number of days) shall elapse or
expire from or after the giving of a notice before an action may be taken neither the day on which the
notice is given nor the day on which the action is to be taken may be counted in reckoning the period.

4.13.4 Reference to Addressee

In this Section, a reference to an addressee includes a reference to an addressee's officers, agents,
or employees or any person reasonably believed by the sender to be an officer, agent or employee
of the addressee.

4.14 ENFORCEMENT
4.14.1 Investigations
(a) A User shall, if requested by the Regulatory Authority, supply it with information relating to
any matter concerning the ENTGC in such form, covering such matters and within such
reasonable time as the Regulatory Authority may request
(b) If a User fails to comply with a request by the Regulatory Authority for information as
described in Section 4.15.1(a) in this chapter, the Regulatory Authority may appoint a
person to investigate the matter and to prepare a report or such other documentation as
the Regulatory Authority may require. A User shall assist the person to undertake the
investigation and to prepare the report or other documentation. In addition, a User shall, at
the request of the person appointed, direct third parties to make available such information
as the person may reasonably require
(c) The cost of the investigation and of preparing the report or other documentation prepared
by the person appointed shall be met by the User directed to supply the information under
Section 4.15.1(a) in this chapter unless the Regulatory Authority otherwise determines
(d) Any report or other documentation referred to in this Section 4.14.1 in this chapter may be
used in any proceeding involving the Regulatory Authority under the Act or for the purpose
of commencing any such proceeding
(e) The Regulatory Authority shall develop and implement guidelines in accordance with the
ENTGC consultation procedures governing the exercise of the powers conferred on it by this
Section 4.14.1.
(f) The guidelines referred to in Section 4.14.1(e) in this chapter shall set out the circumstances
that a User will be required to bear the cost of providing the information sought by the

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 70
CHAPTER 4 Governance

Regulatory Authority under this Section 4.14.1, including where no breach of the ENTGC by
the relevant User has occurred

4.14.2 Entry and Inspection

The Regulatory Authority and its authorised officers and representatives shall have such rights of
entry to premises and installations as may be granted under the Proclamation 810/2013

4.14.3 Functions of the Regulatory Authority

The functions of the Regulatory Authority are set out in the Proclamation 810/2013.

4.14.4 Alleged Breaches of the ENTGC

(a) If a User considers that another User or consumer may have breached or may be breaching
this ENTGC or any provision in their Connection Agreement, the aggrieved User may, in
accordance with this ENTGC or the terms of their Connection Agreement:
1. Give notice to the person in breach to immediately take steps to remedy and/or
stop the breach, as the case may be
2. Subject to Section 4.14.4 in the chapter, impose any sanctions on the person in
breach as provided in this ENTGC or their Connection Agreement and
3. Without limitation to his powers, use reasonable endeavours to give effect to any
sanctions so imposed
(b) If the Regulatory Authority considers that:
1. A User may have breached or may be breaching the ENTGC; and
2. Given the circumstances of the breach is established, it would be appropriate that a
sanction or sanctions be imposed on that User, the Regulatory Authority shall notify
the User of the alleged breach and details of the sanctions, which may be imposed if
the breach is established
(c) If the Regulatory Authority receives written information from a User or any other person
which alleges a breach of the ENTGC by a User, the Regulatory Authority shall within five (5)
business days of receipt of the information determine whether, based on that information,
there would appear prima facie to be a breach of the ENTGC
(d) If the Regulatory Authority considers that a User may be the subject of a disconnection order
it shall:
1. Promptly notify the Users which the Regulatory Authority considers may be
affected; and
2. Without limitation to its powers, use reasonable endeavours to give effect to any
arrangements notified to the Regulatory Authority A by the Users for ensuring the
continuation of supply to the relevant purchasers of electricity

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 71
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.14.5 Sanctions
The nature of sanctions that may be imposed under the ENTGC and the circumstances, in which a
User or the Regulatory Authority may implement any sanction that has been imposed, shall be set
out in regulations approved or issued by the Regulatory Authority.

4.14.6 Regulatory Authority Action

(a) The Regulatory Authority may direct a User or any person to do or refrain from doing
anything that the Regulatory Authority thinks necessary or desirable to give effect or assist
in giving effect to any of its orders
(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.14.6(a), the Regulatory Authority may direct a
TNSP to disconnect a User or any consumer from any transmission system or distribution
system in order to assist in giving effect to any of its orders
(c) A User, consumer or any person shall comply with a direction given under Section 4.14.6(a)

4.14.7 User Actions

If any partner, agent, officer, or employee of a User does any act or refrains from doing any act
which if done or not done (as the case may be) by a User would constitute a breach of the ENTGC
such act or omission shall be deemed for the purposes of this Section 4.14.7 to be the act or
omission of the User concerned.

4.14.8 Publications
(a) The Regulatory Authority shall publish a report at least once every six (6) months setting
out a summary for the period covered by the report of:
1. Matters which have been referred to it
2. All its findings during that period; and
3. Any sanctions it applied under the Proclamation 810/2013
(b) In considering the circulation of a report under Section 4.14.8(a), the Regulatory Authority
shall have regard to ENTGC objectives
(c) In addition to the regular publication described in Section 4.14.8(a), the Regulatory
Authority may publish a report on any one or more matters that have been referred to it, its
findings in relation to those matters and any sanctions imposed in relation to those matters.
A decision by the Regulatory Authority to publish a report under this Section 4.14.8(c) is a
reviewable decision
(d) No User, or former User is entitled to make any claim against the Regulatory Authority for
any loss or damage incurred by the User or former User from the publication of any
information pursuant to Section 4.14.8(a) Or (c) if the publication was done in good faith. No
action or other proceeding will be maintainable by the person or User referred to in the
publication against the Regulatory Authority or any person publishing or circulating the
publication on behalf of the Regulatory Authority and this Section operates as leave for any
such publication except where the publication was not done in good faith

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 72
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.14.9 System Security Directions

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the ENTGC, a User shall follow any direction issued
by or on behalf of the TSO, which the TSO is entitled to issue in exercising his powers under
the Operations Chapter of the ENTGC relevant to maintaining or restoring power system
security
(b) Any event or action required to be performed pursuant to a direction issued under the
Operations Chapters of the ENTGC on or by a stipulated day is required by the ENTGC to
occur on or by that day, whether or not a business day
(c) Any failure to observe such a direction will be deemed to be a breach of the ENTGC
(d) Any User who is aware of any such failure or who believes any such failure has taken place
shall refer the allegation to the Regulatory Authority in accordance with the procedures
contained in Section 4.14.4

4.15 MONITORING AND REPORTING

4.15.1 Monitoring Objectives
(a) The Regulatory Authority is responsible for monitoring compliance with and shall use its
reasonable endeavours to ensure the effectiveness of the ENTGC in accordance with its
objectives
(b) The Regulatory Authority shall undertake such monitoring as it considers necessary:
1. To determine whether Users are complying with the ENTGC
2. To assess whether the Dispute resolution, ENTGC enforcement, ENTGC change and
other mechanisms are working effectively in the manner intended
3. To determine whether in its operation, the Code is adequately giving effect to objectives
specified in the ENTGC; and
4. To collect, analyse, and disseminate information relevant and sufficient to enable the
Regulatory Authority to comply with its reporting and other obligations and powers
under the ENTGC
(c) The Regulatory Authority shall ensure that, to the extent practicable in light of the
objectives set out in Section 4.15.1(b), the monitoring processes which it implements under
this Section 4.15:
1. Are consistent over time
2. Do not discriminate unnecessarily between Users
3. Are cost effective to both the Regulatory Authority and all Users; and
4. Are publicised or information relating thereto is available to any person, subject to
any requirements as a result of the confidentiality obligations

4.15.2 Reporting Requirements and Monitoring Standards

(a) The Regulatory Authority shall establish:
1. Reporting requirements for Users in relation to matters relevant to the ENTGC; and

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 73
CHAPTER 4 Governance

2. Procedures and standards applicable to the Regulatory Authority and Users relating
to information and data received by or from Users in relation to matters relevant to
the ENTGC
(b) Prior to establishing requirements or standards and procedures referred to in Section 4.15.2(a),
the Regulatory Authority shall consult with such Users as the Regulatory Authority
considers appropriate. In formulating requirements or procedures and standards, the
Regulatory Authority shall take into consideration the monitoring objectives set out in Section
4.15.1. The reporting requirements, standards, and procedures established by the Regulatory
Authority are reviewable decisions
(c) Subject to Section 4.15.2(d), the Regulatory Authority shall notify to all Users particulars of
the requirements, procedures, and standards that it establishes under this Section 4.15.2
(d) If the Regulatory Authority establishes additional or more onerous requirements or
procedures and standards, which do not apply to all Users, and the Regulatory Authority
considers that notification of those matters to all Users would contravene the confidentiality
provisions in Section 3.15, the Regulatory Authority shall notify only those Users to whom
the requirements or procedures and standards apply
(e) Each User shall comply with all requirements, procedures and standards established by the
Regulatory Authority under this Section 4.15.2 to the extent that they are applicable to him
within the time period specified for the requirement, procedure or standard or, if no such
time period is specified, within a reasonable time. Each User shall bear his own costs
associated with complying with these requirements, procedures, and standards
(f) In complying with his obligations or pursuing his rights under the ENTGC, a User shall not
recklessly or knowingly provide, or permit any other person to provide on behalf of that
User, misleading or deceptive data, or information to any other User or to the Regulatory
Authority
(g) Any User may ask the Regulatory Authority to impose additional requirements, procedures,
or standards under this Section 4.15.2 on another User in order to monitor or assess
compliance with the ENTGC by that User. When such a request is made, the Regulatory
Authority may but is not required to impose the additional requirements, procedures, or
standards. A decision by the Regulatory Authority to impose additional requirement
procedures or standards is a reviewable decision. If the Regulatory Authority decides to
impose additional requirements, procedures, or standards, the Regulatory Authority may
determine the allocation of costs of any additional compliance monitoring undertaken
between the relevant Users. Users shall pay such costs as allocated. In the absence of such
allocation, the User subject to the additional requirements, procedures, or standards will
bear his own costs of compliance
(h) The Regulatory Authority shall develop and implement guidelines in accordance with the
ENTGC consultation procedures governing the exercise of the powers conferred on it by
Section 4.15.2(g) which guidelines shall set out the matters to which the Regulatory
Authority shall have regard prior to deciding the allocation of costs of any additional
requirements, procedures or standards imposed pursuant to Section 4.15.2(g) between the
relevant Users

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 74
CHAPTER 4 Governance

4.15.3 Use of Information

(a) Subject to confidentiality obligations set out in the Confidentiality Sections of the ENTGC,
the Regulatory Authority is entitled to use any data or information obtained as a result of
any monitoring requirements imposed under Section 4.15.2 in pursuance of any of the
Regulatory Authority ’s powers or functions under the ENTGC. Without limitation, the
Regulatory Authority may use any such information in connection with or to initiate:
1. A process to change or revise the ENTGC; or
2. An investigation under the ENTGC
(b) A User may claim that the information provided to the Regulatory Authority is confidential
in nature to the User or that the User is under an obligation to another person to maintain
the confidentiality of all or part of the information. Notwithstanding that the Regulatory
Authority may consider the claim by the User to be reasonable, if the Regulatory Authority
considers that its reporting obligations set out in the ENTGC make the disclosure of the
information necessary or desirable, the Regulatory Authority Regulatory Authority may
disclose the information. In doing so, the Regulatory Authority shall use all reasonable
endeavours to ensure the information is disclosed only in a manner and to the extent that,
as far as practicable, protects the confidential nature of the information and in no way is the
Regulatory Authority to be liable for publishing or disclosing any information under this
Section 4.16.3
(c) Prior to disclosing in accordance with Section 4.15.3(b) information which a User claims is
confidential, the Regulatory Authority shall first notify that User as soon as practicable after
the Regulatory Authority has made the decision to disclose the information
(d) Any decision by the Regulatory Authority under Section 4.15.3(b) to disclose information
that is claimed by a User to be confidential is a reviewable decision and the Regulatory
Authority shall not disclose the information until twenty-eight (28) days after it has
provided written notice to the relevant User that it intends to disclose the information

4.15.4 Reporting
(a) Not later than the last day in each calendar year, the Regulatory Authority shall prepare and
give an annual report for the previous fiscal year to all Users and interested parties. The
annual report shall include:
1. The Regulatory Authority ’s assessment of the extent to which the operation of the
ENTGC during that period met the ENTGC objectives and of the strategic
development of the ENTGC to meet industry objectives
2. The Regulatory Authority ’s audited accounts for the period covered by the report
3. A report on the matters set out in the Operations Chapter concerning the System
Operator’s use of powers of direction in relation to power system security granted
to him under the Operations Chapter
4. A summary of, and reasons for, any changes to the ENTGC
5. A summary of identified material breaches of the ENTGC and the actions taken in
response, including particulars of any sanctions imposed
6. A summary of any Dispute involving the Regulatory Authority and their resolutions

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 75
CHAPTER 4 Governance

7. A summary of material matters in relation to the Dispute resolution under the

ENTGC (without identifying the parties); and
8. The Regulatory Authority ’s assessment of the matters set out in Section 4.15.1(b),
which it is required to monitor
(b) In addition to the annual report described in Section 4.15.4(a), the Regulatory Authority
may, if it considers it appropriate, provide an interim report to Users and interested parties
on any one or more of the matters that should be contained in the annual report

4.15.5 Recovery of Reporting Costs

Where, under the ENTGC, the Regulatory Authority is entitled or required to publish or give
information, notices or reports to any User or any other person, unless the context otherwise
requires, the Regulatory Authority (as the case may be) shall charge those persons a fee at cost for
providing them with a copy of the information or report.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 76
5 PLANNING

5.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

5.1.1 Introduction
The Planning Chapter (PC) specifies the minimum technical and design criteria, principles and
procedures:
(a) To be used within EAPP in the planning and in the medium and long-term development of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(b) To be taken into account by Member Utilities on a coordinated basis, and
(c) To specify the planning data required to be exchanged by Member Utilities and the EAPP
Sub-Committee on Planning to enable the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to be
planned in accordance with the planning standards

The PC specifies the requirements for the interchange of information between EAPP Sub-Committee
on Planning and individual TSOs. This information is required to enable EAPP Sub-Committee on
Planning and TSOs to take due account of developments, new connection sites or the modification
of existing connection sites in a National System or new, or the modification of, connections with
External Systems, including changes in factors such as demand, generation, new technology,
reliability and environmental requirements that may also have an impact on the planning and
operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

All parts of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be designed so that the demand for
electricity can be met reliably at the lowest cost. This means that the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System shall be planned, built, and operated so that sufficient transmission capacity
will be available to utilise the generation capacity and to meet the needs of customers in an
economic way.

The long-term economic design of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System aims at a balance
between investments and the cost of maintenance, operation, and supply interruptions, taking into
account environmental and other limitations. Flexible solutions, which take into, account future
uncertainties, such as generation limitations, new generation technologies, uncertain load
development and technical development, should be selected.

5.1.2 Objectives
The objectives of the PC are to provide for:
(a) Coordination by the EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning of any proposed development or
reinforcement of a National System or construction of new or modification of
interconnections with External Systems to ensure that the reliability and security of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is not compromised

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 77

CHAPTER 5 Planning

(b) Cooperation between the TSOs in the planning and procurement of new generation capacity
at lowest overall cost, taking into account environmental considerations, and
(c) Submission of sufficient information to enable a TSO to optimise the planning and
development of its National System including the use of available transmission capacity on
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

5.1.3 Scope
The PC applies to the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning and to the TSOs. The TSOs are responsible
for the collection of information from all Users connected to their National System and for providing
any relevant information required by the PC to the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning.

Those TSOs with connections to External Systems shall ensure that the supply of data required under
the PC should be contemplated in the Interconnection Agreement with the External System seeking
a new or modified interconnection.

5.1.4 Principles of the Planning Chapter

These principles apply to the overall planning of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. The
planning principles are concerned with planning of the interconnection between National Systems,
connections with External Systems and with those facilities within National Systems, which have, or
could have, an impact on the reliability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The principles should also be applied in the planning of National Systems to ensure that the
reliability criteria can be met. The principles, however, do not apply to local supply reliability and
other local considerations, which are the subject of National Grid Codes or equivalent documents.

The reliability level for the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is defined by a set of minimum
criteria in the PC together with the performance characteristics and requirements set out in the
Connection Chapter, which must both be met when designing developments, expansions, and
reinforcements of both EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and National Systems. The criteria
are based on a balance between the probability of contingencies and their consequences.

Reliable transmission capacity can be achieved by specifying standards for primary, protection, and
auxiliary equipment as well as by reserve capacity and other operational resources as set out in the
Operations Chapters.

5.1.5 Reliability Criteria

All Plant and Apparatus of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall operate within
normal capacity ratings, thermal loading and voltage limits under steady-state conditions as set out
in Connection Chapter. The EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be able to supply all
loads within the emergency limits for bus voltages and Plant and Apparatus loadings during the
Outage of any line or transformer (N-1 criteria).

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 78
CHAPTER 5 Planning

The security and reliability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall not be
compromised by the loss of any single power system element such as Generating Unit, transmission
circuit, and section of busbar, transformer or reactive compensation equipment.

The loss of a single element shall not cause:

(a) Any violation of the normal operational limits such as voltage, frequency or Plant and
Apparatus loading which would jeopardise the safety and reliability of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System or would cause overloading of Plant or Apparatus
(b) Islanding of any part of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(c) Loss of stability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System; or
(d) Cascading Outages of other elements because of exceeding operational security limits as set
out Chapter 9 (Operational Security or OC2)

These criteria are not applicable to areas connected by radial lines to a National System where loss
of load and any local generation may be acceptable.

The N-1 criterion may be assured in a National System with the support of another interconnected
National System, subject to the prior agreement of the respective TSOs.

The planning criteria for dynamic security are defined such that the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System shall remain stable following a single Contingency. The EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System is able to remain stable in some cases following a fault without the outage of
any transmission element by a successful auto-reclosing. If the attempt of auto-reclosing fails, the
fault shall be cleared by tripping the faulted element.

5.1.6 Planning Process

The horizon for the planning of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System extends over ten (10)
years. The process has two elements:
(a) A forecast, the Power Balance Statement, by TSOs for each National System of their
expected demand and generation over the planning horizon. This forecast will define the
requirements for generation support from the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System for
individual National Systems, and
(b) An assessment, the Transmission System Capability Statement by EAPP Sub-committee on
Planning and TSOs of the capability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to
support the require energy flows across both National Systems and cross-border
interconnections

5.1.6.1 Power Balance Statement

TSOs will prepare and submit to the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning the Power Balance Statement.
This report will be submitted by 30 September annually showing in respect of the ten (10) succeeding
calendar years:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 79
CHAPTER 5 Planning

(a) The projection of the seasonal maximum and minimum demand for electricity in each
National System and the corresponding energy requirements for each year across the study
period. These forecasts will correspond to certain reference dates to be defined by the EAPP
Sub-committee on Planning
(b) The amount and nature of generation capacity currently available to meet the demand and
any anticipated restrictions in the production of energy
(c) The amount of generation capacity it expects will be required to ensure that Operating
Margins are achieved
(d) Details of plans for building additional Generating Units including upgrades of existing
generation capacity
(e) The amount and nature of demand to be met by other EAPP Member Countries using
transmission capacity available on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(f) The power transfers anticipated with External Systems

The difference between available generating capacity and demand at the reference dates is called
the Remaining Capacity and is calculated under normal climatic conditions. This Remaining Capacity
represents the reserves available, which can be used to cover demand above forecast or Generating
Unit Outages greater than expected. The Remaining Capacity can be positive with export potential
or negative where the lack of capacity signals a need for imports.

The EAPP Sub-committee on Planning shall produce a Power Balance Statement for the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System based on the individual TSOs’ Power Balance Statements.

5.1.6.2 Transmission System Capability Statement

Once the Power Balance Statement has identified the ability of each TSO to cover its internal
demand with the available national generation capacity, a transmission adequacy assessment shall
be carried out by each TSO in conjunction with the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning. This
assessment will determine the capability of the National System to support the required energy
flows across both the National System and cross-border connections.

Based on the transmission adequacy assessment carried out by each TSO, the EAPP Subcommittee
on Planning will produce a Transmission System Capability Statement for the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. This Transmission System Capability Statement is focused on the cross-border
connections and those TSO’s National Systems, which have a direct effect on the cross-border exchanges.

In producing the Transmission System Capability Statement, the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning
shall consider various scenarios for interchanges, demands and generation. Sensitivity analysis shall
be carried out taking into account such parameters as hydrological conditions and fuel price variations.

The EAPP Sub-committee on Planning may also consider the use of Remedial Action Schemes (RAS),
in which automatic control equipment disconnects or otherwise controls generation, demand, or
network elements other than for faults. Such RAS are used to enhance transmission capacity at the

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 80
CHAPTER 5 Planning

expense of reliability and may only be used following specific agreement between the EAPP Steering
Committee and the affected TSO.

The EAPP Sub-committee on Planning will determine the form and content of the Transmission
System Capability Statement to be issued each year and shall publish it on the EAPP Website.

5.1.7 EAPP Power System Modeling

In order to produce the EAPP Transmission System Capability Statement, it will be necessary to carry
out system analysis, including steady state and dynamic simulations of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. This system analysis is required in order to assess the reliability of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System to meet the forecast demand and determine the need for
system enhancements or reinforcements.

These system studies will be carried out by both the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning and the TSOs
and shall be performed using a common set of principles and a common database. To achieve this,
the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning shall establish a set of common objectives for the development
and submission of system data for EAPP power system modelling. The data shall include sufficient
detail to ensure that system contingencies, steady state, transient and dynamic analyses can be
simulated. The data required for system studies is set out in the Data Exchange Chapter.

5.1.8 Responsibilities
EAPP Sub-committee on Planning in conjunction with the TSOs shall identify the scope and specify
the data required for reliability analyses and the procedures for data reporting. These requirements
and procedures should be periodically reviewed, documented, and published for the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System at least every five (5) years.

Each TSO shall provide accurate and appropriate equipment characteristics and power system data
for modelling and simulation purposes as required by the EAPP Sub-committee on Planning.

5.1.9 Planning Data Confidentiality

System planning data shall be treated as non-confidential when the EAPP Sub-Committees on
Planning and Operations and TSOs use such data:
(a) In the preparation of forecasts, Power Balance Statements and Transmission System
Capability Statements
(b) For the planning of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(c) To consider a Connection Application or provide advice to a User
(d) Under the terms of an Interconnection Agreement with an External System

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 81
CHAPTER 5 Planning

5.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

All the requirements presented in Section 5.1 EAPP IC Requirements shall apply in this Section 5.2
and in all other places in this Planning Chapter.

5.2.1 Introduction
Section 5.2 specifies the criteria and procedures to be applied by Ethiopia’s Planning and
Development organization(s) in the planning and development of the ENTS. It furthermore provides
for accountability for ENTS planning and development and sets the required standards and targets.
It also specifies the reciprocal obligations and interactions between Users.

5.2.2 Transmission System Planning and Development

(a) The ENTS planning and development shall be in accordance with the prevailing Regulatory
Authority regulatory framework, as being implemented from time to time
(b) The development and update of the ENTS planning may occur for a number of reasons,
including but not limited to:
1. Changes to customer requirements or networks
2. The introduction of a new transmission substation or Connection Point or the
modification of an existing connection between a customer and the ENTS
3. The cumulative effect of a number of developments as referred to above
4. The need to reconfigure, decommission or optimise parts of the existing network
(c) The development of the ENTS may include work involving transformer, breaker, switches
and other equipment connecting to the ENTS
(d) The time required for the planning and development of the ENTS will depend on the type
and extent of the necessary reinforcement and/or extension work, the need or otherwise
for statutory planning consent, the associated possibility of the need for public participation
and the degree of complexity involved in undertaking the new work while maintaining
satisfactory security and quality of supply on the existing ENTS

5.2.2.1 Planning Process

(a) Ethiopia’s Planning and Development organization(s) shall follow a planning process divided
into major activities as follows:
1. Identification of the problem
2. Formulation of alternative options to meet this need
3. Study of these options to ensure compliance with agreed technical limits and
justifiable reliability and quality of supply standards
4. Costing of these options on the basis of approved procedures
5. Determination of the preferred option
6. Building of a business case for the preferred option using the approved
justification criteria
7. Request for approval of the preferred option and initiation of execution

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 82
CHAPTER 5 Planning

5.2.2.2 Identification of Need for Transmission System Development

(a) The ENTSO shall review data from all relevant sources, including specific customer
information, system performance statistics, ENTS load forecast, and government and
customer development plans to establish the need for network strengthening
(b) The needs shall be determined through the modeling of the ENTS over at least a ten-year
term, utilizing reasonable load and generation forecasts and equipment performance
scenarios. Studies for purposes of determining connection charges payable by customers
may cover a shorter period if appropriate
(c) The ENTSO shall annually conduct a planning review with parties to co-ordinate the ENTS
and ENDS

5.2.3 Demand Forecast

(a) The ENTSO in consultation with the TNSPs and DNSPs, shall annually produce ENTS demand
forecast for the next ten (10) years by end August of each year
(b) The ENTS demand forecast shall be determined for each point of supply. Generation and
import capacity plans shall be used to obtain the annual generation patterns
(c) To forecast the maximum demand (MW) for each transmission substation, the ENTSO shall
use Distribution Licensees and end-use customer load forecasts
(d) The load forecast shall be adjusted at various levels (making use of diversity factors
determined from measurements and calculations) to bring it into line with the higher-level data
(e) All Distribution Licensees and end-use customers shall supply their ten (10)-year-ahead load
forecast data to the ENTSO as detailed in the Information Exchange Chapter annually, by the
end of July. All customers shall inform their TNSP of any changes in excess of fifty (50) MW
to this forecast when this information becomes available

5.2.4 Transmission System Development Plan

(a) The ENTSO shall annually publish a minimum ten (10)-year-ahead ENTS development plan
before the end of a fiscal year, indicating the major capital investments planned (but not
necessarily approved). The plan shall include at least:
1. The acquisition of servitudes for strategic purposes
2. A list of planned investments including costs
3. Diagrams displaying the planned changes to the ENTS
4. An indication of the impact on customers in terms of service quality and cost
5. Any other information as specified by the Regulatory Authority from time to time
(b) The ENTS development plan shall be based on all customer requests received at that time,
as well as the TNSP initiated projects based on load forecasts and changes in generation and
transmission
(c) The ENTSO shall engage in a consultative process with customers and the Regulatory Authority
on the ENTS development plan. The consultation process shall include:
1. An annual public forum to disseminate the intended ENTS development plan

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 83
CHAPTER 5 Planning

2. Regular interfacing and joint planning with Users regarding the ENTS development
(d) Dispute s arising from the above process shall be decided in terms of the Dispute resolution
mechanism in Chapter 4 (Governance)
(e) The ENTSO shall provide a five (5)-year statement of opportunities to render ancillary
services for the mitigation of network constraints

(f) Transmission Asset Management/Service Plan shall be submitted to the Regulatory

Authority as per the following guidelines:

1. The first Transmission Asset Management/Service Plan shall be submitted after six
month of completion of construction work in case of newly constructed
transmission line or after six months of issuance of license in case of already
established transmission lines

2. The Transmission Asset Management/Service Plan shall be re-submitted as and

when there are any upgrades/ major construction in the transmission infrastructure
or any part thereof. The deadline for the resubmission of the plan for the Ethiopian
fiscal year following it shall be Ginbot thirty (30) of each year

5.2.4.1 Development Investigation Reports

(a) Before any development of the network proceeds in terms of limits and targets, the ENTSO
shall compile a detailed development investigation report. The report shall be used as the
basis for the investment decision and shall as a minimum contain the following elements:
1. A description of the problem/request and the objectives to be achieved
2. Alternatives considered (including non-transmission or capital) and an
evaluation of the long-term costs/benefits of each alternative
3. Detailed techno-economic justification of the alternative selected in accordance
with the approved investment criteria, with consideration of relevant scenarios
and appropriate risk analysis
4. Diagrams, sketches and relevant technical study results
5. Clear statement and analysis of the assumptions used
The report shall be submitted to the Regulatory Authority.

5.2.5 Technical Limits and Targets for Long Term Planning Purposes
(a) The planning limits, targets and criteria form the basis for evaluation of options for the long-
term development of the ENTS
(b) The limits and targets against which proposed options are checked by the ENTSO shall
include technical and statutory limits that must be observed and other targets that indicate
that the system is reaching a point where power transfer problems may occur. If planning
limits are not attained, alternative options shall be evaluated

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 84
 CHAPTER 5 Planning

5.2.5.1 Voltage Limits and Targets

(a) Technical and statutory limits are presented in Table 5-1

(b) Standard voltage levels are given in Table 5-2

(c) Table 5-3 has target voltages for planning purposes at transmission voltages

Table 5-1 Voltage Limits for Planning Purposes

Nominal continuous operating voltage on any bus for which Un

equipment is designed

Maximum continuous voltage on any bus for which equipment is Um

designed
Note: To ensure voltages never exceed Um, the highest voltage used
at sending end busbars in planning studies should not exceed 0.98 Um

Minimum voltage on Point of Common Coupling during motor starting 0.85 Un

Maximum voltage change when switching, capacitors, reactors, etc. 0.03 Un

(system healthy) (healthy)

Statutory voltage on bus supplying customer for any period longer Un plus or minus 5%
than 10 consecutive minutes (unless otherwise agreed in Supply
Agreement)

Table 5-2 Standard Voltage Levels

Un (kV) Um (kV) (Um-Un)/Un, %

500 525 5.00

400 420 5.00
220 245 11.36
132 145 9.85

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 85
CHAPTER 5 Planning

Table 5-3 Target Voltages for Planning Purposes at Transmission Voltages

Minimum steady state voltage at bus supplying customer load 0.95 Un1
unless otherwise specified in the customer’s supply agreement

Minimum and maximum steady state voltage on any controlled bus,

unless otherwise specified in the customer supply agreement:

System healthy: 0.95 – 1.05Un

After designed contingency (before control actions): 0.90 Un – 0.98 Um2

After control actions: 0.95 – 1.05 Un

Maximum steady state voltage at bus supplying customer load 1.05 Un

unless otherwise specified in the customer supply agreement

Maximum harmonic voltage caused by customer at the PCC:

Individual harmonic: 0.01 Un

Total (square root of sum of squares): 0.03 Un

Maximum negative sequence voltage caused by customer at PCC:

Continuous single-phase load connected phase-to-phase: 0.01 Un

Multiple, continuously varying, single-phase loads: 0.015 Un

Harmonic voltage limits: As defined in IEC 61000

Maximum voltage change owing to load varying N times per hour: (4.5 log10n)% of Un

Maximum voltage decrease for a 5% (MW) load increase at 0.05 Un

receiving end of system (without adjustment):
1
Nominal voltage
2
Maximum voltage

5.2.5.2 Other Targets for Long-term Planning Purposes

Transmission Lines
The ENTSO shall determine thermal ratings of standard transmission lines and update these
from time to time. The thermal ratings shall be used as an initial check of line overloading. If
the limits are exceeded, the situation shall be investigated, as it may be possible to defer
strengthening depending on the actual line and on local conditions.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 86
CHAPTER 5 Planning

Transformers
Standard transformer ratings shall be determined by the ENTSO and updated from time to
time using International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) specifications. The permissible
overload of a specific transformer depends on load cycle, ambient temperature and other
factors. If target loads are exceeded, the specific situation shall be assessed, as it may be
possible to defer adding extra transformers.

Series Capacitors
The ENTSO shall assure that the maximum steady state current should not exceed the rated
current of the series capacitor. The internationally accepted standard’s cyclic overload
capabilities are for operational use only, to allow time to reduce loading to within the rated
current without damaging the series capacitor.

Shunt Reactive Compensation

The ENTSO shall assure that shunt capacitors shall be able to operate at thirty percent (30%)
above their nominal rated current at Un to allow for harmonics and voltages up to Um.

Circuit Breakers
The TNSP shall specify and install circuit breakers as directed by the ENTSO that meet
system fault levels and other conditions considered important for the safe and secure
operation of the ENTS. Ratings are to be according to international circuit breaker standards
such as those of the IEC.

5.2.5.3 Reliability Criteria for Long-term Planning Process

(a) The ENTSO shall formulate long-term plans for development of the ENTS on the basis of the
justifiable redundancy. With one line, transformer, or reactive compensation device out of
service (N-1), it shall be possible to supply the entire load under all credible system
operating conditions. The loss of a single element shall not cause:
1. Any violation of the normal operational limits such as voltage, frequency or Plant
and Apparatus loading which would jeopardise the safety and reliability of the ENTS
or would cause overloading of Plant or Apparatus
2. Islanding of any part of the ENTS
3. Loss of stability of the ENTS; or
4. Cascading outages of other elements as a result of exceeding operational security
limits as set out in Chapter 9 (Operational Security or OC2)
(b) Investment in the ENTS to satisfy the minimum (N-1) redundancy requirement shall be on a
deterministic basis, with no financial justification required
(c) An unfirm transmission infeed to an underlying Distribution Network is acceptable, as long
as the underlying Distribution Network can supply the entire load without load shedding or
load curtailment and without violating the technical planning limits on either the
transmission or Distribution systems on loss of the transmission infeed

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 87
CHAPTER 5 Planning

(d) A system cannot be made one hundred percent (100%) reliable, as planned and forced
outages of components will occur and multiple outages are always possible, despite having
a very low probability of occurrence. However, reliability is ensured to the extent possible
employing the following process:
1. The Generation and Transmission entities shall provide the ENTSO their proposed
outage programmes (Identifying each generating unit/line/ICT, the preferred date
for each outage and its duration and where there is flexibility, the earliest start date
and latest finishing date) in writing for the next fiscal year
2. TSO shall conducts system studies with these inputs and available resources to
ensure adequate balance between generation and load requirement in an optimal
manner while maintaining system security standards. Outcome of this analysis is a
draft outage plan for the next fiscal year, which may have been rescheduled, if
deemed necessary, based on the studies
3. The outage plan shall be finalized by ENTSO in consultation with the concerned
Generation/Transmission entities. The detailed generation and transmission outage
programmes shall be based on the latest annual outage plan (with all up-to-date
adjustment). Each Utility shall obtain the final approval from ENTSO, just prior to
availing an outage
4. The above annual outage plan shall be reviewed by ENTSO on quarterly basis in
coordination with all parties concerned, and adjustments made wherever found
necessary
5. In case of a system emergency (e.g., loss of generation, breakdown of transmission
line affecting the system, grid disturbances, system isolation), the ENTSO may
conduct studies again before clearance of the planned outage
6. The ENTSO is authorized to defer the planned outage in case of any of the followings
based on an analysing on its criticality: (i) grid disturbances; (ii) System isolation; (iii)
Partial Black out; (iv) Any other event in the system that may have an adverse
impact on the system security by the proposed outage
(e) The ENTSO shall ,in planning the ENTS, minimise as far as practicable the risk of common
cause failure of two (2) or more items of Plant (e.g. loss of two (2) or more lines in a
common servitude or on a double circuit or multicircuit structure), and insofar as such risk is
unavoidable, shall take reasonable measures to mitigate such risk
(f) Additional equipment shall be provided if it can be justified to be included in the rate base in
terms of the Least Economic Cost and/or Cost Reduction Investment or the cost is
recoverable from a customer or group of customers in accordance with the descriptions
under Strategic Investments in this chapter

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 88
CHAPTER 5 Planning

5.2.5.4 Contingency Criteria for Long-term Planning Process

(a) A system meeting the (N-1) or (N-2) Contingency criterion must comply with all relevant
limits outlined Tables 5-1, 5-2, and 5-3 (voltage limits) and the applicable current limits,
under all credible system conditions
(b) For Contingencies under various loading conditions it shall be assumed that appropriate,
normally used Generating Plant is in service to meet the load and provide spinning reserve.
For the more probable (N-1) network Contingency, the most unfavourable generation
pattern within these limitations shall be assumed, while for the less probable (N-2) network
Contingency an average pattern shall be used. Refer to the load and generation assumptions
for load flow studies in Transmission System Development Plan in this chapter
(c) The generation assumptions for the (N-) and (N-2) network Contingencies do not affect the
final justification to proceed with investments, but merely define what is meant by the
statement that the system has been designed to meet an (N-1) or (N-2) Contingency

5.2.6 Integration of Generating Plants

When the integration of Generating Plants is planned, the following network redundancy
criteria shall apply:
(a) Generating Plants of less than 100 MW:
1. With all connecting lines in service, it shall be possible to transmit the total output
of the Generating Plant to the system for any system load condition. If the local
area depends on the Generating Plant for voltage support, the connection shall be
made with a minimum of two lines
2. Transient stability shall be maintained following a successfully cleared single-phase
fault
3. If only a single line is used, it shall have the capability of being switched to
alternative busbars and be able to go onto bypass at each end of the line
(b) Generating Plants of more than 100 MW:
1. With one connecting line out of service (N-1), it shall be possible to transmit the
total output of the Generating Plant to the system for any system load condition
2. With the two most onerous line outages (N-2), it shall be possible to transmit the
total output of the Generating Plant less its smallest unit to the system
3. Smallest unit installed at the Generating Plant shall only include units that are
directly connected to the transmission system and are centrally dispatched
(c) Transient stability shall be retained for the following conditions:
1. A three-phase line or busbar fault, cleared in normal protection times, with the
system healthy and the most onerous Generating Plant loading condition; or
2. A single-phase fault cleared in “bus strip” times, with the system healthy and
the most onerous Generating Plant loading condition; or
3. A single-phase fault, cleared in normal protection times, with any one line out of
service and the Generating Plant loaded to average availability

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 89
CHAPTER 5 Planning

(d) The cost of ensuring transient stability shall be carried by the Generation Licensee if the
optimum solution, as determined by the ENTSO, results in unit or Generating Plant
equipment being installed. In other cases, the TNSP shall bear the costs and recover these as
per the approved Tariff methodology
(e) Busbar layouts shall allow for selection to alternative busbars. In addition, feeders must
have the ability to go onto bypass
(f) The busbar layout shall ensure that not more than 100 MW of generation is lost as a result
of a single Contingency
(g) To enable the ENTSO to successfully integrate new Generating Plant, detailed information is
required for each Generating Plant, as described in the Information Exchange Chapter 20.

5.2.7 Criteria for Network Investments

(a) The TNSP shall invest in the ENTS when the required development meets the technical and
investment criteria specified in this section, or if the investment is in response to a customer
request for transmission service and the cost is recoverable from the customer or group of
customers concerned in accordance with the Regulatory Authority approved connection
charges guidelines
(b) The TNSP shall communicate all impacts timeously such that provision can be made for
budgeting and implementation of related changes at the customer installation
(c) Any one of the investment criteria below, each applicable under different circumstances,
can be applied
(d) Calculations will assume a typical project life expectancy of 25 years, except where
otherwise dictated by Plant life or project life expectancy
(e) The following key economic parameters shall have an Regulatory Authority -approved
process of establishment:
1. Discount rate
2. Cost of unserved energy (COUE)
3. Other parameters as specified by the Regulatory Authority from time to time
5.2.7.1 Least Economic Cost Criteria
(a) These criteria shall apply under the following circumstances:
1. When new customers are to be connected
2. When investments are made in terms of improved supply reliability and/or quality
to attain the limits or targets determined in Technical Limits and Targets for Long
Term Planning Purposes in this chapter.
3. To determine and/or verify the desired level of network or equipment redundancy
(b) The methodology for determining the value of load or generation in neighbouring countries
shall be approved by Regulatory Authority
(c) The methodology requires the cost of poor Transmission Network Services to be
determined. These include the cost of

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 90
CHAPTER 5 Planning

1. Interruptions
2. Load shedding
3. Network constraints
4. Voltage dip, surge, flicker, and harmonic distortion
(d) The least-cost investment criterion equation to be satisfied can be expressed as follows: “Value
of improved Quality of Service (QOS ) to customers > cost to the TNSP to provide improved
QOS”
(e) From this equation, it is evident that if the value of the improved QOS to the customer is
less than the cost to the TNSP, then the TNSP should not invest in the proposed project(s).
The investment decision shall then be delayed such that optimised economic benefit can be
derived
(f) This implies that for the criteria to be satisfied: “COUE annual value (B/kWh) x annual
reduction in Expected Unserved Energy (EUE) to consumers (kWh) > annual cost to the TNSP to
reduce EUE”
(g) The reduction in EUE shall be calculated on a probabilistic basis based on a methodology
approved by Regulatory Authority
(h) The Cost of Unserved Energy (COUE) is a function of the types of loads, the proportion of
the total load contributed by each different type of load, the duration and frequency of the
interruptions, the time of the day they occur, whether notice is given of the impending
interruption, the indirect damage caused, the start-up costs incurred by the customers, the
availability of customer backup generation and many other factors

5.2.7.2 Cost Reduction Investment

(a) Proposed expenditure that is intended to reduce TNSPs’ costs (e.g. shunt capacitor
installations, telecommunication projects and equipment replacement that reduce costs,
external telephone service expenses and maintenance costs respectively) or the cost of
losses or other ancillary services should be evaluated in the following manner:
1. First, it is necessary to calculate the Net Present Value (NPV) of the proposed
investment using Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) methods. This shall be done by
considering all cost reductions (e.g. savings in system losses) as positive cash
flows, offsetting the required capital expenditure. Once again, sensitivity
analysis with respect to the amount of capital expenditure (estimated
contingency amount), the Annual Average Incremental Cost of Generation
(when appropriate) and future load growth scenarios is required. As before, a
resulting positive NPV indicates that the investment is justified over the
expected life of the proposed new asset
2. However, a positive NPV does not always indicate the optimal timing for the
investment. For this reason, the second portion of the cost reduction analysis is
necessary – ascertaining whether the annual extra costs incurred by the TNSP
for owning (levelised) and operating the proposed asset is less than all cost
reductions resulting from the new asset in the first year that it is in commission

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 91
CHAPTER 5 Planning

5.2.7.3 Statutory Investments

(a) This category of projects comprises investments that the TNSP is legally required to make,
irrespective of whether any economic benefit is likely to accrue, including the following:
1. Investments formally requested in terms of published government policy
2. Projects necessary to meet environmental legislation
3. Expenditure to ensure the safety of operating and maintenance personnel who
are exposed to possible danger when busy with activities related to electricity
transmission and the safety of the general public
4. Expenditure required to comply with other applicable legislation
5. Expenditure required to comply with court orders
6. Possible compulsory contractual commitments
(b) The results of the least economic cost and/or cost reduction analyses should still be
documented to demonstrate the financial impact on the business

5.2.7.4 Strategic Investments

(a) This category of investments comprises discretionary investments made by the TNSP to
ensure the long-term sustainability of the TNSP, including:
1. Site and servitude acquisition
2. Expenditure, except for network expansion, required to ensure the longer-term
sustainability of the TNSP which cannot be justified in terms of the Least
Economic Cost and Cost Reduction Investment Criteria or recovered from a
customer or group of customers as a connection charge or Strategic Investment
of this Chapter. In this case, the motivation as to why the investment is
genuinely needed to ensure the longer-term sustainability of the TNSP must be
clearly stated, and the results of the least economic cost and/or cost reduction
analyses must be documented, or reasons given why such analysis is not
possible or practical. These shall include purchasing of capital spares to
minimise outage duration following major Plant failure, purchase of specialised
vehicles and equipment to transport transformers and reactors, or
implementation of industry restructuring
3. Asset replacements forming part of an asset lifecycle management plan
compiled in accordance with asset management practices approved by the
Regulatory Authority.
4. Network expansion projects which cannot be justified in terms of N-1
redundancy or cannot be recovered from a customer or group of customers as a
connection charge or Strategic Investment of this code, but will provide
flexibility, and avoid network redundancy in the future
5. Any other investments considered by the TNSP to be justified as strategic on
grounds other than those covered in this section are to be submitted to the
Regulatory Authority for consideration on a case by case basis prior to
commitment to expenditure. The results of the least economic cost and/or cost

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 92
CHAPTER 5 Planning

reduction analyses should still be documented to demonstrate the financial

impact on the business

5.2.8 Mitigation of Network Constraints

(a) The TNSP, at the direction of the ENTSO, has obligation to resolve network constraints
(b) Network constraints (“congestion”) shall be regularly reviewed by ENTSO. Economically
optimal plans shall be put in place around each constraint, which may involve investment,
the purchase of the constrained generation, ancillary service or other solutions

5.2.8.1 Special Customer Requirements for Increased Reliability

Should a customer require a more reliable or safer connection than the one provided for by the
TNSP, and the customer is willing to pay the total cost of providing the increased reliability in the
form of an additional connection charge, The TNSP, under the direction of the ENTSO, shall meet the
requirements at the lowest overall cost.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 93
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6 CONNECTIONS
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTGC. If in any instance
there is a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

6.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

6.1.1 Introduction
The Connections Chapter (CC) specifies the minimum technical, design, and operational criteria of
Plant and Apparatus, which must be complied with by the TSOs and Users at the Connection Point, in
order to maintain secure and stable operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Respective National legislation and codes may lay down local requirements. These local
requirements should observe the minimum standards in this CC to avoid adverse effects on the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, which may affect power interconnection security and
quality of supply to other Parties or increase fault levels beyond the capabilities of existing
Connection Points.

The provisions of the CC shall apply to all connections to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System:
(a) Existing at the date when this Chapter comes into effect, or
(b) As established or modified thereafter

6.1.2 Objective
The CC is designed to ensure:
(a) That a new or modified connection shall not impose adverse effects upon the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System nor will it be subject itself to unacceptable effects by its
connection to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(b) That the basic rules for connection treat all TSOs and Users in a nondiscriminatory manner, and
(c) Ongoing compliance with the technical and operational requirements of the Interconnection
Code to facilitate operational management of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

6.1.3 Scope
The CC applies to TSOs and to all Users connected or seeking connection to the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System.

6.1.4 Transmission System Performance Characteristics

Important considerations for the operation of transmission lines and their performance
requirements are as follows:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 94
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.1.4.1 Frequency
Frequency is the one parameter common to all members of a synchronous electric power system,
and an accepted indicator of that system’s ability to balance resources and demand as well as to
manage disturbances.

Under normal operation, the frequency of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be
nominally 50 Hz (±1%) and shall be controlled between 49.5 Hz and 50.5 Hz unless exceptional
circumstances prevail. Following a system disturbance such as a load variation, the frequency band
is extended to 49.0–51.0 Hz (±2%). If a major Generating Unit is tripped, a major transmission
element fails or large loads are suddenly disconnected, the maximum frequency band becomes
48.75–51.25 Hz (±2.5%). If several of the contingencies mentioned previously occur simultaneously,
the operating condition is labeled as extreme and the frequency can be below 47.5 Hz or above 51.5
Hz (-5%/+3%) for up to 20 seconds, and then extreme measures should be taken to restore the
system. These figures are summarized in Table 6-1 and graphically represented in Figure 6-1.

Table 6-1: Frequency Limits in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

Operating Conditions Frequency Limits

Under Normal Operation 49.50Hz to 50.50Hz
Under System Disturbance 49.00 Hz to 51.00 Hz
Maximum band under system fault 48.75 Hz to 51.25 Hz
Under extreme System operation or fault conditions f<47.50 Hz or f>51.50 Hz for up to 20 seconds

Figure 6-1: Frequency Limits in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

Extreme System operation or fault conditions (f<47.50 Hz or f>51.50 Hz) for up to 20 seconds

System Disturbance (49.0 – 51.0) Hz

Normal (49.5 –
50.5) Hz

Maximum band under system fault (48.75 – 51.25) Hz

47.5 48 48.5 49 49.5 50 50.5 51 51.5

Frequency in Hz

6.1.4.2 Voltage
Requirements for voltage characteristics are defined below:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 95
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Steady State Voltage

Voltage conditions in a high voltage grid are directly related to the Reactive Power balance at the
system nodes. Unlike Active Power, Reactive Power cannot be transmitted over long distances, since
the transmission of Reactive Power generates an additional demand for Reactive Power in the
system components, thereby causing voltage drops. In order to obtain an acceptable voltage level,
Reactive Power generation and consumption have to be situated as close to each other as possible
to avoid excessive Reactive Power transmission.

The voltages on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall normally be maintained within
the limits set out below:
1. Operating voltage range of 0.95 to 1.05 per unit in steady state normal conditions for
nominal voltages used in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System namely 500 kV, 400
kV, 230 KV, 220 kV, 132 kV, 110 kV and 66 kV,
2. Operating voltage range of 0.90 to 1.10 per unit after any single Contingency, and
3. Operating voltage range of 0.85 to 1.20 per unit after any multiple Contingency or severe
system stress as indicated in Table 6-2 below.
Table 6-2: Steady State Voltage Limits
Operating Conditions Voltage Limits
Normal 0.95 - 1.05
Contingency (N-1) 0.90 – 1.10
Multiple Contingency 0.85 – 1.20

The TSOs shall ensure that during periods of minimum demand, Users comply with a unity or lagging
power factor, and a power factor of 0.95 lagging or higher during periods of peak and shoulder
hours.

Transient Voltage
Transient over-voltages can occur on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System as a result of
lightning surges or the switching of long transmission lines or cables. The insulation level of all Plant
and Apparatus at the Connection Point must be coordinated to take account of these transient over-
voltages. The insulation levels for equipment shown in Table 6-3 below are based on IEC 60071-1:
Table 6-3: Permissible Transient Voltages

Nominal Used for Highest Withstand Withstand

50 Hz, 1 Min
Voltage Or Transmission in Operating Voltage for Voltage For
Withstand
Rated Voltage On Lightning Surge Switching Surge
Countries Voltage (Kv)
Voltage Equipment (LIWL) (SIWL)
Ethiopia, Sudan,
66 kV 72.5 kV 325 N/A 140
Tanzania, Kenya
Burundi, DRC,
110 kV 123 kV 550 N/A 230
Rwanda, Sudan
132 kV Ethiopia, Kenya, 145 kV 650 N/A 275

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 96
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Tanzania
Egypt, Kenya,
220 kV 245 kV 950 N/A 395
Sudan, Tanzania
230 kV Ethiopia 245 kV 1050 N/A N/A
400 kV Ethiopia 420 kV 1050 – 1425 850 / 950 / 1050 N/A
500 kV Egypt 550 kV 1175 – 1550 950 / 1050 / 1175 N/A

The lowest operating voltages at each voltage level depend on the local conditions. The lowest
values are reached during operational disturbances and are usually not lower than 0.9 per unit.

Voltage Dips
A voltage reduction with duration of 10 ms to 1 minute and a voltage drop of more than 10 % of the
existing value is known as a voltage dip. There are no standard requirements for the severity or
extent of voltage dips since they are highly dependent on the system configuration. The duration of
a voltage dip is highly dependent on the type of fault concerned and on which relay protection
methods are used locally.

Most voltage dips are caused by earth faults. Whether or not such voltage dips are transferred to
lower voltages depends on which earthing methods are used and on the transformer connections.
The voltage dips may often become deeper and may spread to other parts of the system if faults occur
in more than one phase, but this is relatively rare.

Voltage Flicker
Voltage Flicker is an increase or decrease in voltage over a short period of time, normally associated
with a fluctuating load. The characteristics of the particular Voltage Flicker problem depend on the
characteristics of the load change.

Voltage Flicker may arise during the start-up of an Induction Generator, motor, energisation of a
transformer or other equipment as the large starting or inrush current may cause the voltage to
drop considerably.

TSOs and Users are required to minimise the occurrence of Voltage Flicker on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System as measured at the Connection Point. The Voltage Flicker limits
are contained in the following IEC standards:
(a) IEC/TR3 61000-3-7 (1996) “Assessment of emission limits for fluctuating loads in MV and HV
power systems”
(b) IEC 868/Engineering Recommendation P28 (page 17) “Limits on voltage flicker short term
and long term severity values”

(c) In general, the total Voltage Flicker at a Connection Point shall not exceed:
1. ± one (1) percent (%) of the steady state voltage level, when these occur
repetitively; or

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 97
CHAPTER 6 Connections

2. ± three (3) percent (%) of the steady state voltage level, when these occur
infrequently
6.1.4.3 Harmonics
Harmonics can cause telecommunication interference and thermal heating in transformers; they can
disable solid-state equipment and create resonant over-voltages. In order to protect such
equipment harmonics must be managed and mitigated. Harmonics are normally produced by Plant
and Apparatus generating waveforms that distort the fundamental 50 Hz wave.

The following Table 6-4, based on IEEE 519-92, shows the permitted harmonic distortion levels on
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. The acceptable distortion levels are the same as the
ones described in Table 4-1 Standards for Voltage Harmonics in the EEA QoS Code.

Table 6-4: Acceptable Harmonic Distortion

Voltage Level Acceptable Harmonic Distortion Levels

230 kV - 500 kV Total Harmonic Distortion not exceeding 1.5% with
no individual harmonic greater than 1%
110 kV - 132 kV Total Harmonic Distortion not exceeding 2.5% with
no individual harmonic greater than 1.5%
66 kV Total Harmonic Distortion not exceeding 5% with
no individual harmonic greater than 3.0%

6.1.4.4 Phase Unbalance

Under normal operation, the maximum negative phase sequence component of the phase voltage
on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall remain below one (1) percent (%). Under
planned outage conditions, infrequent short duration peaks with a maximum value of two (2)
percent (%) are permitted for phase unbalance, subject to the prior agreement of the TSO.

6.1.5 Technical Standards for Plant and Apparatus

All Plant and Apparatus connected to or proposed for connection to the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System shall meet certain minimum technical standards as detailed below, in the
following order of preference:
(a) Relevant current international and African Standards, such as IEC, ISO, EN
(b) Relevant current national standards
Furthermore, Plant and Apparatus shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with
the quality assurance ISO 9000 family.

6.1.6 High Voltage Direct Current

Any HVDC interconnection shall be designed so that it has no negative effect on existing equipment
connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. Each HVDC interconnection must

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 98
CHAPTER 6 Connections

ensure that they do not cause any sub-synchronous resonance, undamped oscillations, rapid voltage
variations, harmonic voltages and interference with telecommunications.

The conditions specified in this Chapter of the CC apply to HVDC interconnections connecting to or
within the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. Each HVDC Interconnection shall have the
following minimum capabilities:
(a) Operate continuously at its declared MW Output at frequencies in the range 49.5 Hz to 50.5 Hz
(b) Operate and remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System at
frequencies within the range 48.75 Hz to 51.25 Hz
(c) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System at frequencies within
the range 47.0 Hz to 47.5 Hz for a duration of 20 seconds on each occasion that the
frequency is below 47.5 Hz
(d) Remain synchronised to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System during a rate of
change of frequency of values up to and including 1 Hz per second
(e) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System at declared MW Output
at voltages within the ranges specified in Section 6.1.4 (Connection). Transmission System
Performance Characteristics (Voltage) for step changes in voltage of up to 10%
(f) Remain connected during and following voltage dips at the HV terminals of the HVDC
Interconnection Transformer of 95% of nominal voltage for a duration of 0.2 seconds and
voltage dips of 50% of nominal voltage for a duration of 0.6 seconds. Following fault
clearance the HVDC Interconnection should return to pre-fault conditions subject to normal
frequency control and Automatic Voltage Regulator responses
(g) Operate within all normal operating characteristics at a minimum short circuit level at the
Connection Point of 1000 MVA
(h) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System during a negative phase
sequence load unbalance in accordance with IEC 60034-1
(i) In an emergency be capable of reversing the power flow on the HVDC Interconnection at a
rate which shall be no less than the HVDC Interconnection registered capacity within five (5)
seconds, up to ten (10) times during the life of the Plant and no more than two (2) times in
any given twelve (12) months

6.1.7 Protection Criteria

EAPP system protection criteria are defined below:

6.1.7.1 General
Protection system design shall be based on simplicity, safety to persons, mitigation, and limitation of
equipment damage and control of the spread of any disturbance. The speedy operation of
protection systems to clear faults in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is a pre-requisite
to avoid instability and cascade tripping.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 99
CHAPTER 6 Connections

The protection systems to be applied to the User’s Plant and Apparatus at the Connection Point shall
be designed, coordinated, and tested to achieve the desired level of speed, sensitivity, and selectivity in
fault clearing and to minimize the impact of faults on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

6.1.7.2 Fault Clearance Times

The clearance times for a fault on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or for a fault on the
User system at the Connection Point shall not be longer than:
(a) Eighty (80) ms for faults at 400 kV and 500 kV
(b) One hundred (100) ms for faults at 230 kV and 220 kV
(c) One hundred twenty (120) ms for faults at 132 kV and below

Nothing shall prevent a TSO or User utilising faster fault clearance times. Total fault clearance time
shall be from fault inception until arc extinction, which therefore includes relay operation, circuit
breaker operation and telecommunications signaling times.

6.1.7.3 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection

When a circuit breaker is provided at the Connection Point to interrupt fault currents at any side of
the Connection Point, a circuit breaker fail protection shall also be provided. The circuit breaker fail
protection shall be designed to initiate the tripping of all the necessary electrically adjacent circuit
breakers and to interrupt the fault current within the next 250 ms, in the event that the primary
protection system fails to interrupt the fault current within the prescribed Fault Clearance Time as
detailed in Section 6.1.7 (Connection – Protection Criteria).

6.1.7.4 Reliability of Protection Systems

The reliability of the protection system to initiate the successful tripping of the circuit breakers that
are associated with the faulty Plant and Apparatus shall be not less than 99.5%.

6.1.7.5 Protection of Transmission Facilities

All transmission facilities on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be provided with
two fully redundant main protection systems. The two protection systems shall be supplied from
separate secondary windings on one Voltage Transformer or potential device and from separate
Current Transformer secondary windings (using two Current Transformer s– one Current
Transformer for each protection system). Separately fused and monitored DC supplies shall be used
with the two protection systems. Each main protection shall be capable of operating in standalone
mode in parallel with the other main protection in a ‘one out of two’ tripping scheme. To avoid the
risk of simultaneous failure of both protection systems due to design deficiencies or equipment
problems, the use of two identical protection systems is not appropriate. In addition to the two
main protections a separate back-up protection, normally an overcurrent protection, shall be
provided.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 100
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.1.7.6 Transmission Circuit Reclosure

Automatic reclosing is appropriate to support continuity of service and to maintain stability of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. All transmission lines shall be equipped with single pole
and three pole tripping as well as high speed automatic reclose facilities. The impact on any
generating or transmission facility of such automatic reclosure schemes requires careful
consideration so that the reliability of the transmission system is not reduced or compromised.

6.1.8 Technical Requirements for Generating Units

6.1.8.1 Performance Requirements
It is necessary to define the performance requirements of Generating Units, which have or could
have an impact on the reliability, security and adequacy of supply of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. In the initial stages of the interconnection only Generating Units directly
connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and with a registered output of greater
than thirty (30) MW shall meet the following requirements:
(a) Each Generating Unit shall be capable of supplying rated power output (MW) at any point
between the limits 0.85 power factor lagging and 0.95 power factor leading at the Generating
Unit terminals. The short circuit ratio of Generating Units shall not be less than 0.5
(b) Each Generating Unit must be capable of continuously supplying its registered output within
the frequency range given in Section 6.1.4 (Connection -Transmission Performance
Characteristics)
(c) The output voltage limits of Generating Units must not cause voltage variations in excess of
± 10% of nominal. Any necessary voltage regulating equipment shall be installed by the
Generation Licensee to maintain the output voltage level of its Generating Units
(d) The Active Power output under steady state conditions of any Generating Unit directly
connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall not be affected by voltage
changes in the normal operating range
(e) The Reactive Power output of a Generating Unit under steady state conditions must be fully
available within the voltage range of ± 10% of nominal voltage at the Connection Point

6.1.8.2 Turbine Control System

The speed governor of each Generating Unit must be capable of operating to the standards
approved by EAPP Steering Committee and the TSO. Each Generating Unit shall be fitted with a fast
acting Turbine Controller to provide power and frequency control under normal operational
conditions in accordance with the Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters. The turbine
speed control principle shall be that the Generating Unit output shall vary with rotational speed
according to a proportional droop characteristic (Primary Response) between 2% and 5%.
Superimposed load control loops shall have no negative impact on the steady state and transient
performance of the turbine’s rotational speed control.

The Turbine Controller shall be sufficiently damped for both isolated and interconnected operation
modes. Under all operating conditions, the damping coefficient of the Turbine Speed Control shall
be above 3% for gas turbines and 5% for steam turbines.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 101
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Under all system operating conditions, the Generating Unit speed shall not exceed 103%
corresponding to 51.5 Hz for more than 20 seconds in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(refer to Frequency Sensitive Relays in this chapter in this context).

The Turbine Speed Controller and any other superimposed control loop such as load control or gas
turbine temperature limiting control shall contribute to the Primary Response to maintain the unit
within the Generating Unit capability limits.

The Primary Response characteristics shall be maintained under all operational conditions.
Additionally, in the event that a Generating Unit becomes isolated from the system but is still supplying
demand the Generating Unit must be able to provide Primary Response to maintain the frequency.

6.1.8.3 Automatic Voltage Regulator

A continuous Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) acting on the excitation system is required to
provide constant terminal voltage of the Generating Unit without instability over the entire
operating range of the Generating Unit. Control performance of the voltage control loop shall be
such that under isolated operating conditions the damping coefficient shall be above 0.25 for the
entire operating range.

The AVR shall have no negative impact on Generating Unit oscillation damping. If required by the
TSO, in consultation with EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operation, a Power System
Stabiliser (PSS) shall be provided. Control principle, parameter setting and switch on/off logic shall
be coordinated with the TSO and EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operation and specified by
the TSO in the Connection Agreement.

6.1.8.4 Frequency Sensitive Relays

The EAPP Interconnected Transmission System frequency could rise to 51.5 Hz or fall to 47.5 Hz and
Generating Units must continue to operate within these respective frequency ranges unless EAPP
Sub-Committees on Planning and Operation or the TSO has agreed to any frequency-level relays
and/or rate-of-change-of-frequency relays which shall trip such Generating Units within this
frequency range. Such tripping arrangements shall be set out by the TSO in the Connection Agreement.

6.1.8.5 Protection Arrangements

Protection of Generating Units and their connections to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System shall meet the minimum requirements given in Section 6.1.4.

6.1.8.6 Loss of Excitation

The Generation Licensee shall provide the necessary protection device to detect loss of excitation on
a Generating Unit and initiate a Generating Unit trip.

6.1.8.7 Pole Slipping Protection

Where system requirements dictate, the TSO shall specify in the Connection Agreement a
requirement for Generation Licensees to fit pole-slipping protection on their Generating Units.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 102
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.1.8.8 Black Start Capability

Some Generating Units shall be designated to have Black Start Capability primarily considering their
type and location on the system as set out in Section 10.1.7 (Emergency Operations). This capability
shall enable Generation Licensee s to restart their facilities without an incoming supply from the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations in
consultation with TSOs shall nominate Black Start Generating Units at a number of strategic
locations across the Region. The requirement for a Black Start Capability shall be incorporated into
the Connection Agreement by the relevant TSO.

Black Start facilities shall be routinely tested by the Generation Licensee to ensure satisfactory
operation. The TSO shall have the right to require the Generation Licensee to demonstrate the Black
Start Capability.

6.1.9 Technical Requirements for the Interconnected Parties

Protection measures are required to be taken by EAPP and TSOs to isolate a National System or part
of such system from the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System in case of uncleared faults or the
malfunctioning of Plant or Apparatus, which could lead to a System Emergency condition.

Each TSO shall make the necessary arrangements to disconnect its National System from the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System under the circumstances stated below.

6.1.9.1 Area Separation by Frequency Deviation

The cross-border connections to Neighbouring Systems shall be tripped when frequency measured
at the border falls below 48.75 Hz for more than thirty (30) seconds.

6.1.9.2 Area Separation by Abnormal Transient Conditions

The cross-border connections to Neighbouring Systems shall be tripped when an Out of Step pole
slipping condition or when sustained inter-area oscillations with amplitudes exceeding an agreed
limit are observed.

6.1.9.3 Area Separation by Transmission Line Overloading

The cross-border connections to Neighbouring Systems shall be tripped when overloading of the
connections occurs. The overload values for the connections shall be agreed between the respective
TSOs and EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations

6.1.10 Ancillary Services

The CC contains requirements for the minimum capability for certain Ancillary Services as set out in
further detail in ISBC 3. These Ancillary Services are required in order to maintain the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System in a safe, secure and reliable operating state.

In the case of Generating Units, these Ancillary Services include Primary and Secondary Response,
voltage and load flow control and Black Start Capability. TSOs may enter into Ancillary Services

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 103
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Agreements with Generation Licensee s for the provision of these capabilities. The Ancillary Services
Agreements may also contain commercial arrangements in relation to the provision of these
capabilities or of more enhanced capabilities. Tertiary Reserve of a Generating Unit (fast start hydro,
gas turbine, and steam turbine on hot standby) is an Ancillary Service that is being delivered when a
Generating Unit is able to start up and synchronise or change its loading within the timescales
specified by the TSO.

For transmission facilities the Ancillary Services provision is related to voltage control equipment
such as shunt capacitors, flow control devices such as Phase Shifting Transformers and to special
control systems such as RAS. The provision of such Ancillary Services would be subject to an
agreement between the transmission provider and the TSO.

6.1.11 Technical Criteria for Communications Equipment

6.1.11.1 General
The Control Centre of each TSO shall be equipped with adequate and reliable telecommunication
facilities internally and with the Control Centres of other TSOs and the EAPP Coordination Centre to
ensure the exchange of information necessary to maintain the security and reliability of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System. Redundant facilities using alternate routes and different
transmission media shall be provided. Each TSO is responsible for building, operating and
maintaining that part of the telecommunications network located within its National System and
shall bear all costs associated with the investment, operation, maintenance, and improvement.

Each TSO shall take appropriate measures to protect the telecommunications network against risks
related to the disruption of operation, data corruption or disclosure of confidential information.

6.1.11.2 Telecommunication System

Dedicated telecommunication channels shall be provided between a Control Centre and the Control
Centre of each Neighbouring System. All dedicated telecommunication channels shall not require
intermediate switching to establish communication.

Alternate and physically independent telecommunication channels shall be provided for emergency
use to back up the circuits used for critical data and voice communications.

6.1.11.3 Telecommunication Availability

The reliability calculation is based on the MTBF/(MTBF+MTTR) of each component between two
gateways including the backup links. The target availability is 99.8%.

Restoration services on critical telecommunications channels shall be available twenty-four (24)

hours per day, every day of the year. Each Control Centre operator should be able to take control of
any telecommunication channel for its own use when necessary.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 104
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.1.11.4 Reliability of Telecommunications Facilities

Vital telecommunications facilities shall be managed tested and actively monitored. Special
attention shall be given to back up and emergency telecommunications facilities and equipment not
used for routine communications.

6.1.11.5 Telecommunication Performance

Under normal conditions, the transmission delay, for a given data volume of mutually agreed real-
time data exchange, between gateways should not exceed two (2) seconds. The system shall have
sufficient bandwidth for a given data volume to meet the required performance. A speed of at least
two (2) Mbps is recommended for the interconnected telecommunication channels and a minimum
speed of sixty four (64) kbps is required. A lower speed than two (2) Mbps shall only be used as an
interim solution.

6.1.11.6 Global Positioning System

All SCADA systems shall be synchronised to the GPS for accurate time keeping.

6.1.11.7 Expansions of Telecommunications Services

Expansions and modifications to the telecommunications network and minimum technical standard
of components shall be agreed by the EAPP Steering Committee.

6.1.11.8 Standards
The following Standards shall be used for telecommunications services:
(a) The Wide Area Network (WAN) shall be based on TCP/IP protocol
(b) Communication between Control Centres shall be harmonised and based on ICCP protocol
or as agreed between TSOs and EAPP CC
(c) Tele-control real-time information shall be based on IEC 870-6 TASE.2 protocol
(d) Non real-time services such as file transfer for exchange of transmission schedules, network
model, planning data or statistics shall be based on the FTP protocol; and

(e) E-mail for special applications shall be based on SMTP

6.1.11.9 Voice Recorder

A recording system shall ensure permanent recording of all telephone conversations between the
TSO Control Centres and the EAPP Coordination Centre and shall be located in the Control Centres
and in the EAPP Coordination Centre.

The recording system shall be capable of playing back directly up to one-month telephone conversations.
Archival storage shall be done on CDs or DVDs or any appropriate medium. Archives shall be stored
for at least one (1) year.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 105
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.1.12 Regional System Monitoring

Monitoring equipment shall be provided on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to enable
the EAPP Coordination Centre and individual TSOs to monitor the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System operation and dynamic performance.

Additionally, the TSO shall be required to monitor Governor selection mode, and AVR selection
mode for all power generation plants (with total plant capacity above 30 MW) connected to the
national grid as indicated in Table 6-5 below. Table 6-5 also sets out the minimum telemetered data
required by the EAPP CC.

Table 6-5: EAPP CC Minimum Requirements for Telemetering

Telemetered Status
Type of Connection Telemetering Required
Indicators

Interconnected Transmission MW, Mvar, kV, pf All circuit breakers on

System Node Interconnected Transmission
MWh, Mvarh, Amps System

Generating Unit connected MW, Mvar, kV, pf Generating Unit main circuit
directly to Interconnected breakers
Transmission System MWh, Mvarh

Generating Unit > 30 MW not MW, Mvar, kV, pf Generating Unit main circuit
directly connected to breakers
Interconnected Transmission
System

The EAPP Coordination Centre shall define any further system parameters it requires to monitor.

6.1.13 Maintenance Standards

All TSO’s and User's Plant and Apparatus connected to or forming part of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System shall be maintained adequately for the purpose for which it is intended and to
ensure that it does not pose a threat to the safety of any person or other system facilities. The EAPP
Independent Regulatory Board through the national Regulatory Body shall have the right to access
and inspect the test results and maintenance records relating to such Plant and Apparatus at any time.

TSOs and Users shall ensure that Plant and Apparatus, including protection systems, are tested and
maintained and remain rated for the duty required. TSOs shall ensure that a copy of the Annual
Transmission System Capability Statement including the update of system fault levels is made available.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 106
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

6.2.1 Connection Conditions
This section defines acceptable requirements for Generating Plant connections. Note that some of
the sections below refer to ENTGC requirement, with acronym GCR (Generating Plant Connection
Requirements) for brevity and later reference.
Compliance with the GCR shall be read in conjunction with the Generating Plant characteristics and
sizes as specified in Tables 6-6 and Table 6-7 in Section 6.3 of this chapter, which summarize
requirements for Generating Plant connections.
The organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of the ENTS shall offer to connect
and, subject to the signing of the necessary agreements, make available a Connection Point to any
requesting Generation Licensee to generate electricity.
For new units special consideration shall be given to the impact of the risks on future operating
costs, e.g. for ancillary services. The ENTSO is to quantify these expected costs. The special
consideration may include obtaining Regulatory Authority approval for including these costs in the
Tariff base or obliging the Generation Licensee to purchase reserves.

6.2.2 Plant Availability (GCR1)

Generating Plants use Energy Availability Factor (EAF) to measure availability. EAF is defined as the
ratio of the available energy generation over a given time period (PH) to the reference energy
generation over the same period, expressed as a percentage.

6.2.3 Plant Reliability (GCR2)

Generating Plant reliability is expressed in terms of its availability when called upon to operate.
Measures of Generating Plants reliability are based upon the Generating Plant’s actual ability to
generate power when it is considered available and upon starting failures and unplanned (or forced)
outages. Achieving this reliability requires adequate levels of equipment availability, plant
maintainability with scheduled maintenance outages, fuel and water availability, and resistance to
natural hazards.

6.2.4 Protection (GCR3)

A Generating Plant, unit step-up transformer, unit auxiliary transformer, associated busbar ducts
and switchgear (including circuit breakers, load break switches, and disconnect switches) shall be
equipped with well-maintained protection functions, in line with international best practices, to
rapidly disconnect appropriate Plant sections should a fault occur within the relevant protection
zones which fault may reflect into the ENTS. The following protection functions shall be provided as
defined to protect the ENTS.
6.2.4.1 Backup Impedance
An impedance facility with a large reach shall be used. This shall operate for phase faults in the unit,
in the HV yard or in the adjacent ENTS lines, with a suitable delay, for cases when the corresponding
main protection fails to operate. The impedance facility shall have fuse fail interlocking.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 107
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.4.2 Loss of Field

All Generating Plants shall be fitted with a loss of field facility that matches the system
requirements. The type of facility to be implemented shall be agreed with the organization(s)
responsible for the planning and development of the ENTS.

6.2.4.3 Pole Slipping

Generating Plants shall be fitted with a facility protecting against pole slipping that matches the
system requirements, where the ENTSO determines that it is required.

6.2.4.4 Trip to House Load

This protection shall operate in the event of a complete loss of load. For example if all the feeder
breakers open at a Generating Plant, power flow into the system is cut off and the Generating Plant
will accelerate. At 50.5 Hz the over-frequency facility shall pick up to start the house loading
process. At this stage the HV breakers will still be closed. There will be power swings between the
units and as soon as a unit has a reverse power condition the protection shall open the HV breaker.
The units shall island feeding their own auxiliaries. When system conditions have been restored then
the islanded units can be resynchronised to the system

6.2.4.5 Generator Transformer HV Back-up Earth Fault Protection

This is an Inverse Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) facility that shall monitor the current in the unit
transformer neutral. It can detect faults in the transformer HV side or in the adjacent network. The
back-up earth fault facility shall trip the HV circuit breaker.

6.2.4.6 HV Breaker Fail Protection

The “breaker fail” protection shall monitor the HV circuit breaker's operation for protection trip
signals, i.e. fault conditions. If a circuit breaker fails to open and the fault is still present after a
specific time delay (maximum 150 ms), it shall trip the necessary adjacent circuit breakers.

6.2.4.7 HV Pole Disagreement Protection

The pole disagreement protection shall cover the cases where one or two poles of a circuit breaker
fail to operate after a trip or close signal. In cases where the three poles of a circuit breaker are
mechanically coupled, pole disagreement protection is made redundant and shall not be provided.

6.2.4.8 Unit Switch onto Standstill Protection

This protection shall be installed in the HV yard substation or in the unit protection panels. If this
protection is installed in the unit protection panels then the DC supply for this protection and that
used for the circuit-breaker closing circuit shall be the same. This protection safeguards the
Generating Plant against an unintended connection to the ENTS (back energisation) when at
standstill or at low speed or when inadequately excited.

6.2.4.9 Main Protection

This protection shall be installed in the HV yard substation or in the unit protection panels. If this
protection is installed in the unit protection panels then the DC supply for this protection and that
used for control circuits shall be at least separately fused.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 108
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.4.10 Protection Setting Management and Additional Requirements

(a) In addition, should system conditions dictate, other protection requirements shall be
determined by the ENTSO in consultation with the Generation Licensee and these should be
provided and maintained by the relevant Generation Licensee at its own cost
(b) Required HV breaker tripping, fault clearance times, including breaker operating times
depend on system conditions and shall be defined by the organization(s) responsible for the
planning and development of the ENTS. Guidelines for operating times are:
1. 80 ms where the Connection Point is 330kV or above
2. 80 ms where the Connection Point is 220 kV
3. 100 ms where the Connection Point is 132 kV and below
(c) Further downstream breaker tripping (away from the system), fault clearing times, including
breaker operating time, shall not exceed the following:
1. 120 ms plus additional 30 ms for DC offset decay or
2. 100 ms plus additional 40 ms for DC offset decay
(d) Where system conditions dictate, these times may be reduced. Where so designed, earth
fault clearing times for high resistance earthed systems may exceed the above tripping times
(e) All protections with the organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of
the ENTS shall be coordinated between the Users
(f) The settings of all the protection tripping functions on the unit protection system of a unit,
relevant to ENTS performance and as agreed with each Generation Licensee in writing,
shall be co-ordinated with the transmission protection settings. These settings shall be
agreed between the organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of the
ENTS and each Generation Licensee, and shall be documented and maintained by the
Generation Licensee, with the reference copy, which reflects the actual Plant status at all
time, held by the organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of the
ENTS. The Generation Licensee shall control all other copies
(g) For system abnormal conditions, a unit is to be disconnected from the ENTS in response to
conditions at the Connection Point, only when the system conditions are outside the Plant
capability where damage will occur. Protection setting documents shall illustrate Plant
capabilities and the relevant protection operations
(h) Any work on the protection circuits interfacing with transmission protection systems (e.g.
bus zone) must be communicated to the ENTSO before commencing with the works. This
includes work done during a unit outage

6.2.5 Ability of Units to Island (GCR4)

(a) Every unit that does not have black start or self- start capabilities of less than one hour
without power from the ENTS shall be capable of unit islanding
(b) Islanding testing shall be contracted as an ancillary service

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 109
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.6 Excitation System Requirements (GCR5)

(a) A Generating Plant shall have a continuously acting Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR). The
AVR shall provide constant terminal voltage control of the unit over the entire operating
range of the unit. This does not include the possible influence of a power system stabiliser.
Excitation control systems shall comply with the requirements specified in IEC 60034, IEEE
421 or any other standard agreed to by the ENTSO.
(b) The excitation system of each Generating unit shall normally be operated under the control
of a continuously acting AVR, which shall be set to maintain a constant terminal voltage. The
Generating unit may not disable or restrict the operation of the AVR, unless the ENTSO is
informed.
(c) The ENTSO shall determine the settings of the excitation system in consultation with each
generator. These settings shall be documented, with the controlled copy held by the ENTSO.
The Generation Licensee shall control all other copies.
(d) The Generating unit shall be able to operate anywhere within its effective capability diagram
as agreed by the ENTSO.
(e) Generating unit shall be capable of delivering constant active power output under steady
state conditions for voltage changes in the normal operating range.
(f) Generating unit shall carry out routine and prototype response tests on excitation systems
in accordance with IEC60034-16-3.

6.2.6.1 Power System Stabilizer

Generating Plants shall remain transiently stable and connected to the ENTS when subject to
Voltage disturbances characterised by a large voltage dip of short duration or a smaller voltage dip
of longer duration. Fault clearance time and recovery voltage levels shall be specified in the
connection agreement based on system studies.

Generating Plants built after the implementation of the ENTGC shall be equipped with power system
stabilisers as defined in IEC 60034, IEEE421 or any other standard agreed to by the ENTSO. The
requirements for other excitation control facilities and AVR refurbishment shall be determined in
conjunction with the ENTSO.

6.2.6.2 Limiter
(a) The excitation control system shall be equipped with a load angle limiter and flux limiter
except for installed AVR equipment up to and including analogue electronic technology.

(b) The excitation system shall have a minimum excitation ceiling limit of 1,6 pu rotor current,
where 1 p.u. is the rotor current required to operate the unit at rated load and at rated
power factor as defined in IEC 60034, IEEE421 or any other standard agreed to by the
ENTSO.

6.2.7 Reactive Capabilities (GCR6)

(a) Generating Units built after the implementation of the ENTGC shall be designed to supply
rated power output (MW) for power factors ranging between 0.85 lagging and 0.95 leading

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 110
CHAPTER 6 Connections

as indicated in Section 6.1.8.1 (a) under Performance Requirements, or otherwise as agreed

with the ENTSO. Power factor readings refer to the HV side of the Generating Unit step-up
transformer.
(b) Gas Turbine Generating Units after the implementation of the ENTGC shall be capable of
synchronous condenser operation, unless otherwise agreed with the ENTSO.
(c) Reactive outputs shall be fully variable between these limits under AVR, manual or other
control.
(d) Generating Units shall carry out routine and prototype response tests to demonstrate
reactive capabilities as described under Section 13.2.1 Commissioning Tests.

6.2.8 Multiple Unit Tripping (MUT) Risks (GCR7)

(a) A Generating Plant shall be designed, maintained and operated to minimise the risk of more
than one unit being tripped from one common cause within the time window and load limits
described below. Two categories of multiple units tripping are used to categorise the impact
as follows.
1. Unplanned disconnection or tripping of more than one Generating Unit
instantaneously or within a one hour window, where the total maximum continuous
rating (MCR) of those Generating Unit exceeds the largest credible multiple
contingencies.
2. Unplanned disconnection or tripping more than one (1) Generating Unit
instantaneously or within ten minutes, where the total MCR of those Generating
Unit exceeds the largest single contingency.
(b) The Generating Plant shall be designed such that no MUT category 1 trip risk can occur and
a MUT category 2 trip will not occur more than once in ten years.
(c) The Generating Plant shall calculate the minimum number of units required to trip for each
category and identify potential common elements in the Generating Plant that can cause an
MUT category 1 or 2 trip. The Generating Plant shall inform the ENTSO of these causes with
corrective actions planned.
(d) Should the ENTSO determine that a Generating Plant presents an unacceptable MUT risk
for the network, the relevant Generation Licensee and the ENTSO shall agree on the
corrective action required to reduce the MUT risk and time frames within which to comply.

6.2.9 Governing (GCR8)

All Generating Units above 50 MVA shall have an operational governor capable of responding
according to the minimum requirements of this section.

EAPP Section 6.1.4.1 describes frequency ranges and controllability issues. Chapter 15 Balancing
and Frequency Control under Section 15.2 provides the requirements for maintaining normal system
conditions.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 111
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.10 Restart after Generating Plant Black-out (GCR9)

6.2.10.1 Thermal Power Stations
(a) A Generating Unit shall restart without unreasonable delay and be synchronised to the ENTS
following a blackout and restoration of external auxiliary AC supply to the HV yard provided
that the following is maintained at the point of connection for the duration of the unit start-
up process
1. A stable supply of at least 90% of nominal voltage for Generating Units with on-load
tap changers on the generator transformers, and a stable supply of at least 95%
nominal voltage for Generating Units without on-load tap changers on the
generator transformers
2. An unbalance between phase voltages of not more than 3% negative phase
sequence
3. A frequency within the continuous operating range
Generators shall reasonably co-operate with the ENTSO in attempting to restart at lower voltage
conditions.
(b) For the purposes of this Chapter, examples of unreasonable delay in the restart of a
Generating Plant are:
1. Restart of the first unit that takes longer than 4 hours after restart initiation
2. Restart of the second unit that takes longer than 2 hours after the synchronising of
the first unit
3. Restarting of all other units that take longer than 1 hour each after the
synchronising of the second unit
4. Delays not inherent in the design of the relevant start up facilities and which could
reasonably be minimised by the relevant Generation Licensee
5. The startup facilities for a new unit not being designed to minimise start up time
delays for the unit following loss of external auxiliary AC supplies for two hours or
less
6.2.10.2 Hydro and Gas Turbines
(a) A Generating Plant and a unit is to be capable of being restarted and synchronised to the
ENTS following restoration of external auxiliary AC supply without unreasonable delay
resulting directly from the loss of external auxiliary AC supply
(b) For the purposes of this Chapter, examples of unreasonable delay in the restart of a
Generating Plant are:
1. Restart of the first unit that takes longer than 30 minutes after restart initiation
2. Restarting of all other units that take longer than 30 minutes each after the
synchronising of the first unit
3. Delays not inherent in the design of the relevant start up facilities and which could
reasonably be minimised by the relevant Generation Licensee and

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 112
CHAPTER 6 Connections

4. The start-up facilities for a new unit not being designed to minimise start up time
delays for the unit following loss of external auxiliary AC supplies for 30 minutes or
less

6.2.11 Black Starting (GCR10)

Generating Plants that have declared that they have a station black start capability shall
demonstrate this facility by test. The procedure for the tests shall be determined by the Generation
Licensee, in agreement with the ENTSO.

6.2.12 External supply disturbance withstand capability (GCR11)

Generating Plant equipment shall be designed with anticipation of the following voltage conditions
at the point of connection:

(a) A voltage deviation in the range of 90% to 110% of nominal voltage

(b) A 3-phase voltage drop to zero for up to 0.2 seconds, to 75% for 1 second, or to 85% for 60
seconds provided that during the 3 minute period immediately following the end of the 0.2
second, 2 second, or 60 second period the actual voltage remains in the range 90% to 110%
of the nominal voltage
(c) Unbalance between phase voltages of not more than 3% negative phase sequence and/or
the magnitude of one phase not lower than 5% than any of the other two for 6 hours
(d) A Volt/Hz requirement of less than 1.1 p.u.
(e) A requirement to withstand the following Automatic Reclosing (ARC) cycle for single-phase
faults on the transmission lines connected to the power station:
1ph fault - 1ph trip - 1 second 1ph ARC dead time - 1ph ARC - 1ph fault - 3ph trip - 3 seconds
3ph ARC dead time - 3ph ARC - 1ph fault - 3ph trip - lock out. This only applies where synchronism is
maintained

(f) A requirement to withstand the following ARC cycle for multi-phase faults (phase-to-phase
or 3-phase) on the transmission lines connected to the power station:
3ph fault - 3ph trip - 3 seconds 3ph ARC dead time - 3ph ARC - 3ph fault - 3ph trip - lock out

Routine and prototype response tests shall be carried out to demonstrate capabilities.

6.2.13 On-load Tap Changing for Generating Plant Step-up Transformers (GCR12)
All Generating Plant step-up transformers shall have on-load tap changing with remote control
capability. The range and mode of control shall be agreed between the organization(s) responsible for
the planning, development, and operation of the ENTS and the Generation Licensee.

6.2.14 Emergency Unit Capabilities (GCR13)

All Generation Licensees shall specify their units’ capabilities for providing emergency support under
abnormal power system conditions, as described in Chapter 10 (Emergency Operations or OC 3).

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 113
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.15 Facility for Independent Generating Plant Action (GCR14)

Frequency control under system island conditions shall revert to the Generating Plants as the last
resort, and units and associated Plant shall be equipped to handle such situations. The required
control range is from 49 to 51 Hz.

6.2.16 Automatic Under-frequency Starting

It may be agreed with the ENTSO that a Generating Plant that is capable of automatically starting
within 10 minutes shall have automatic under-frequency starting. This starting shall be initiated by
frequency-level facilities with settings in the range 49Hz to 50Hz as specified by the ENTSO.

6.2.17 Testing and Compliance Monitoring

(a) A Generation Licensee shall keep records relating to the compliance by each of its units with
each section of this Chapter applicable to that unit, setting out such Information that the
ENTSO reasonably requires for assessing power system performance (including actual unit
performance during abnormal conditions)
(b) Within one Month after the end of June and December, a Generation Licensee shall review,
and confirm to the ENTSO, compliance by each of that Generation Licensee’s units with
every GCR during the past 6 Month period
(c) A Generation Licensee shall conduct tests or studies to demonstrate that each Generating
Plant unit complies with each of the requirements of this code. Tests shall be carried out on
new units, after every outage where the integrity of any GCR may have been compromised,
to demonstrate the compliance of the unit with the relevant GCR(s). The Generation
Licensee shall continuously monitor its compliance with all the connection conditions of the
ENTGC
(d) Each Generation Licensee shall submit to the ENTSO a detailed test procedure, emphasising
system impact, for each relevant part of this Chapter prior to every test
(e) If a Generation Licensee determines, from tests or otherwise, that one of its units or
Generating Plant is not complying with one or more sections of this Chapter, then the
Generation Licensee shall:
1. Promptly notify the ENTSO of that fact;
2. Promptly advise the ENTSO of the remedial steps it proposes to take to ensure that
the relevant unit or Generating Plant (as applicable) can comply with this Chapter
and the proposed timetable for implementing those steps
3. Diligently take such remedial action as will ensure that the relevant unit or
Generating Plant (as applicable) can comply with this Chapter. The Generation
Licensee shall regularly report in writing to the ENTSO on its progress in
implementing the remedial action
4. After taking remedial action as described above, demonstrate to the reasonable
satisfaction of the ENTSO that the relevant unit or Generating Plant (as applicable) is
then complying with this Chapter

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 114
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.18 Non-compliance Suspected by the TSO

(a) If at any time the ENTSO believes that a Generating Plant is not complying with this Chapter,
and then the ENTSO must notify the relevant Generation Licensee of such non-compliance
specifying the Chapter section concerned and the basis for the ENTSO’s belief
(b) If the relevant Generation Licensee believes that the Generating Plant (as applicable) is
complying with the Chapter, then the ENTSO and the Generation Licensee must promptly meet
to resolve their difference

6.2.19 Unit Modifications

6.2.19.1 Modification Proposals
(a) If a Generation Licensee proposes to change or modify any of its units in a manner that could
reasonably be expected to either adversely affect that unit's ability to comply with this
Chapter, or changes the performance, information supplied, settings, etc., then that
Generation Licensee shall submit a proposal notice to the ENTSO which shall:
1. Contain detailed plans of the proposed change or modification
2. State when the Generation Licensee intends to make the proposed change or
modification; and
3. Set out the proposed tests to confirm that the relevant unit as changed or modified
operates in the manner contemplated in the proposal, can comply with this Chapter
(b) If the ENTSO disagrees with the proposal submitted, it may notify the relevant Generation
Licensee, and the ENTSO and the relevant Generation Licensee shall promptly meet and
discuss the matter in good faith in an endeavour to resolve the disagreement

6.2.19.2 Implementing Modifications

(a) The Generation Licensee shall ensure that an approved change or modification to a
Generating Plant unit or to a subsystem of a unit is implemented in accordance with the
relevant proposal approved by the ENTSO
(b) The Generation Licensee shall notify the ENTSO promptly after an approved change or
modification to a unit has been implemented

6.2.19.3 Testing of Modifications

(a) The Generation Licensee shall confirm that a change or modification to any of its Generating
Plant units as described above conforms to the relevant proposal by conducting the relevant
tests, in relation to the connection conditions, promptly after the proposal has been
implemented
(b) Within 20 business days after any such test has been conducted, the relevant Generation
Licensee shall provide the ENTSO with a report in relation to that test (including test results
of that test, where appropriate)

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 115
CHAPTER 6 Connections

6.2.19.4 Equipment Requirements

Where the Generation Licensee needs to install equipment that connects directly with
equipment of the organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of the ENTS,
for example in the high voltage yard of the organization(s) responsible for the planning and
development of the ENTS, such equipment shall adhere to the design requirements of the
organization(s) responsible for the planning and development of the ENTS as set out in this
Chapter.

6.3 GENERATING PLANT CONNECTION CONDITIONS

Tables 6-6 and 6-7 define minimum requirements for Generating Plants connected to the ENTS and
other Generating Plants.

Generator unit transformers, associated busbar ducts, and switchgears shall be equipped with well-
maintained protection functions to rapidly disconnect appropriate plant sections should a fault
occur within the relevant protection zones that may affect the ENTS.

Backup impedance requirement ensures the availability of an impedance facility with a reach
greater than the impedance of the generator transformer. It operates for phase faults in the unit, in
the HV yard or in the adjacent transmission lines, with a suitable delay for cases when the
corresponding main protection fails to operate. This requirement is considered for units 20 MVA or
higher.

Generating Plants shall have reactive power capability for providing voltage support depending on
the system requirement at Connection Point.

Table 6-6: Summary of the Requirements Applicable to Specific Classes of Units Other than Hydro
Units other than Hydro and Renewables (MVA rating)
Grid Code Requirement
<20 20 to 100 100 to 200 200 to 300 300 - 800 >800
Depends on
GCR1 Plant availability - Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Depends on
GCR2 Plant reliability - Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
GCR3 Protection
- Backup Impedance Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Depends on
- Loss of Field Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Depends on Depends on
- Pole Slipping - Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Depends on Depends on
- Trip to House Load - - Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
- Generator Transformer HV
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
backup earth fault
- HV Breaker Fail Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- HV Breaker Pole
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Disagreement
- Unit Switch-onto-standstill Depends on
- Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protection Sys Reqts
- Main Protection only Yes Yes Depends on - - -

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 116
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Units other than Hydro and Renewables (MVA rating)

Grid Code Requirement
<20 20 to 100 100 to 200 200 to 300 300 - 800 >800
- Main Protection Sys Reqts
(monitored) or main and - - - -
backup Depends on
Sys Reqts Depends
- Main and Backup
- - - on Sys Yes
Protection (both monitored)
Reqts
Depends on
GCR4 Ability To Island - - Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Excitation system
GCR5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
requirements
Depends on Depends on
- Power System Stabilizer - - Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Depends
- Limiters - on Sys Yes Yes Yes Yes
Reqts
Depends on Depends on
GCR6 Reactive Capabilities Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
If the total station output is greater than the
Depends on If more than 1
GTCR7 Multiple Unit tripping - single largest contingency as defined for
Sys Reqts unit at station
instantaneous reserve
Depends on
GCR8 Governing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
If the total station output is greater than the single
Restart after Station Depends on If more than
GCR9 - largest contingency as defined for instantaneous
Blackout Sys Reqts 1 unit at station
reserve
GCR10 Black Starting - If agreed If agreed If agreed If agreed If agreed
If more than If the total station output is greater than the single
External Supply Disturbance Depends on If more than
GCR11 5 unit at largest contingency as defined for instantaneous
1 unit at station
Withstand Capacity Sys Reqts station reserve
On load tap Changer for
Depends on
GCR12 generating Unit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
step up transformers
Depends on Depends on
GRC13 Emergency unit capabilities Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Facility for Independent Depends on
GCR14 - - Yes Yes Yes
Generating Plant Action Sys Reqts
Sys Reqts = System Requirements (factors such as power system configuration, variability of power generation with changing
conditions, etc.)

Table 6-7: Summary of the Requirements Applicable to Specific Classes of Hydro Units

Hydro Units (MVA rating)

Grid Code Requirement
<20 20 to 100 100 to 200 200 to 300 300 - 800 >800
Depends on
GCR1 Plant availability - Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Depends on
GCR2 Plant reliability - Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
GCR3 Protection
- Backup Impedance Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Depends on
- Loss of Field Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Depends on Depends on
- Pole Slipping - Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Depends on Depends on
- Trip to House Load - - Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
- Generator Transformer HV
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
backup earth fault
- HV Breaker Fail Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 117
CHAPTER 6 Connections

- HV Breaker Pole
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Disagreement
- Unit Switch-onto-standstill Depends on
- Yes Yes Yes Yes
Protection Sys Reqts
- Main Protection only Yes Yes - - -
- Main Protection Depends on
(monitored) or main and - - Sys Reqts - -
backup Depends on
Sys Reqts Depends
- Main and Backup
- - - on Sys Yes
Protection (both monitored)
Reqts
GCR4 Ability To Island - - - - - -
Excitation system
GCR5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
requirements
Depends on Depends on
- Power System Stabilizer - - Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Depends on
- Limiters - - Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
Depends on Depends on
GCR6 Reactive Capabilities Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
If the total station output is greater than the
Depends on If more than 1
GCR7 Multiple Unit tripping - single largest contingency as defined for
Sys Reqts unit at station
instantaneous reserve
Depends on
GCR8 Governing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts
If the total station output is greater than the single
Restart after Station Depends on If more than
GCR9 - largest contingency as defined for instantaneous
1 unit at station
Blackout Sys Reqts reserve
GCR10 Black Starting - If agreed If agreed If agreed GCR10 Black Starting
If more than If the total station output is greater than the single
External Supply Disturbance Depends on If more than
GCR11 5 unit at largest contingency as defined for instantaneous
1 unit at station
Withstand Capacity Sys Reqts station reserve
On load tap
On load tap Changer for Changer for
Depends on
GCR12 generating Unit Yes Yes Yes GCR12 generating
Sys Reqts
step up transformers Unit step up
transformers
Depends on Depends on
GRC13 Emergency unit capabilities Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sys Reqts Sys Reqts
Facility for Independent Depends on
GCR14 - - Yes Yes Yes
Generating Plant Action Sys Reqts
Sys Reqts = System Requirements

6.4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

Transmission system performance indicates system reliability. Monthly, quarterly, and annual
evaluation shall be used to monitor transmission system performance and reliability. The Key
Performance Indicators (KPI) as described in Table 6-8 shall be used to measure the transmission
system performance for each TNSP in the ENTS. These KPIs are aligned with the EU Technical
Assistance Facility for the "Sustainable Energy for All" Initiative (SE4ALL) – Eastern and Southern
Africa: Quality of Service Code, European Commission, 9 February, 2015.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 118
CHAPTER 6 Connections

Table 6-8: Transmission System Key Performance Indicators (KPI)

KPI Definition Calculation Expected Range

of Value (as per
EEA QoS Code)

Transmission Planned Unavailability [Sum of all transmission circuits Between 2% and

System Planned consists of planned outages and number of hours in a given 8%
Unavailability required for maintenance period in each circuit, which
Index experiences planned outage/
{(Total number of circuits in the
system)x(Number of hours in a
given period)}]x100%

Transmission Unplanned Unavailability is [Sum of all transmission circuits Between 0.1%

System due to outages occurring as and number of hours in a given and 1%
Unplanned a result of plant or period in each circuit, which
Unavailability equipment failure, i.e. experiences unplanned outage/
Index outages required and taken {(Total number of circuits in the
at less than 24 hours’ system)x(Number of hours in a
notice given period)}x100%

Transmission Percentage of actual circuit [Sum of all circuit hours Greater than 90%
System hours available in relation available/{(Number of circuits)x for the
Availability to total possible circuit (Number of hours in transmission
period)}]X100% system
hours available; Circuit
outages that result from
both planned and
unplanned unavailability
are taken into account;

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 119
7 RENEWABLE POWER PLANT
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTGC. If in any instance there
is a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

7.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS - RENEWABLE POWER PLANTS (RPP)

7.1.1 Introduction
EAPP IC requirements for RPP primarily address wind and solar resources.

7.1.2 Technical Requirements for Wind and Solar Power Generating Plants
The requirements for Generating Plants set out in section 6.1.8 in Chapter 6 (Connections) refer to
synchronous units. Wind Turbine Generating Plants and Solar Power Generating Plants do not have
the same characteristics as Synchronous Generators and alternative provisions are required. This
section sets out the specific requirements for controllable Wind Turbine Generating Plants and Solar
Power Generating Plants.

7.1.2.1 Fault Ride-through Requirements

A controllable Wind Turbine /Solar Power Generating Plant shall remain connected to the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System for voltage dips on any or all phases, where the system phase
voltage measured at the HV terminals of the connection transformer remains above a level to be
defined by the TSO and specified in the Connection Agreement.

In addition to remaining connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, the

controllable Wind Turbine / Solar Power Generating Plant shall have the technical capability to
provide the following functions:

(a) During a voltage dip, the controllable Wind Turbine /Solar Power Generating Plant shall provide
Active Power in proportion to retained voltage and maximise reactive current to the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System without exceeding its declared limits. The maximisation of
reactive current shall continue for at least 600 ms or until the voltage recovers to within the normal
operational range of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System whichever is the sooner

(b) The controllable Wind Turbine / Solar Power Generating Plant shall provide at least 90% of its
maximum available Active Power as quickly as possible and in any event within one (1) second of the
voltage recovering to the normal operating range

7.1.2.2 Power System Frequency Ranges

As displayed in Figure 7-1, controllable Wind Turbine/ Solar Power Generating Plant shall have the
capability to:

(a) Operate continuously at normal rated output at frequencies in the range 49.5 Hz to 50.5 Hz

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 120

CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

(b) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System at frequencies within the
range 49.0 Hz to 51.0 Hz for a duration of 60 minutes

(c) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System at frequencies within the
range 47.0 Hz to 47.5 Hz for a duration of 20 seconds each time that the frequency is below 47.5 Hz,
and

(d) Remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System during rate of change of
frequency of values up to and including 0.5 Hz per second

Figure 7-1: Frequency Ranges for Remaining Connected

7.1.2.3 Active Power Control

The Wind Turbine / Solar Power Generating Plant control system shall be capable of operating the
Generating Plant at a reduced level if the Active Power output has been restricted by the TSO. The
Wind Turbine /Solar Power Generating Plant control system shall be capable of receiving an on-line
Active Power Control Set-point sent by the TSO and shall commence implementation of the set-
point within 10 seconds of receipt of the signal from the TSO. The rate of change of output to
achieve the Active Power Control Set-point should be no less than the maximum ramp rate settings
of the Wind Turbine/Solar Power Generating Plant control system, as advised by the TSO.

7.1.2.4 Frequency Response

The frequency response system of Wind Turbine /Solar Power Generating Plants shall have the
capabilities set out in the power frequency response curve agreed with the TSO.

7.1.2.5 Ramp Rates

The Wind Turbine/Solar Power Generating Plant control system shall be capable of controlling the
ramp rate of its Active Power output with a maximum MW per minute ramp rate set by the TSO.
There shall be two maximum ramp rate settings. The first ramp rate setting shall apply to the MW

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 121
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

per minute ramp rate averaged over one (1) minute. The second ramp rate setting shall apply to the
MW per minute ramp rate averaged over ten (10) minutes. These ramp rate settings shall be
applicable for all ranges of operation including start up, normal operation and shut down.

It is recognised that falling wind speed or frequency response may cause either of the maximum
ramp rate settings to be exceeded.

It shall be possible to vary each of these two maximum ramp rate settings independently over a
range between one (1) and thirty (30) MW per minute. The Wind Turbine Generating Plant control
system shall have the capability to set the ramp rate in MW per minute averaged over both one (1)
and ten (10) minutes.

The Wind Turbine /Solar Power Generating Plant operator and the TSO shall agree a procedure for
setting and changing the ramp rate control.

7.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

The renewable resources in the context of Ethiopia include wind, solar, geo thermal, and
hydroelectric. In Ethiopia, hydroelectric power has been providing a substantial amount of
electricity for a long time, and hence the specific requirements for hydroelectric sources are already
included along with other conventional power plants in Chapter 6. Chapter 7 focuses on variable
intermittent renewable resources so that they will be able to contribute to the stability of the ENTS.

7.2.1 Objective
The primary objective of this section is to specify minimum grid connection technical and design
requirements for variable RPP connected to or seeking connection to the ENTS.

7.2.2 Scope
The requirements in this section apply to all variable RPPs with a design capacity of 10 MVA or larger
connected or seeking connection to the ENTS, the ENTSO, and prospective TNSPs.

7.2.3 Technical Requirements

Controllability of a variable RPP depends on its ability to adapt to the variations in the voltage,
frequency, and power flow in a power system reliable and efficiently. Energy storage technology is a
relatively new option to manage the variability in renewable energy output. While the energy
storage technology is still being vetted for cost effectiveness, the ENTGC introduces international
standards for compliance by the energy storage developer for solar PV, and wind energy. These
standards include IEEE 519-2014 (Recommended Practice and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electric Power Systems), IEEE 1547 (Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric
Power Systems), IEEE C-2 (Emergency Shutoff and National Electric Safety), IEC 62281 (Safety of
primary and secondary lithium cells and batteries during transport), IEC 62897 (Stationary Energy
Storage Systems with Lithium Batteries – Safety Requirements – under development), IEC 62932-2-2

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 122
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

(Flow Battery Systems For Stationary Applications – Part 2-2: Safety requirements), IEC 61850
(Communications networks and management systems), and IEC 60529 (Buildings, enclosures and
protection from the elements).

A Generation Licensee shall have an agreement with the ENTSO regarding the controllability of a
Generating Unit. Below are some key technical requirements of a controllable variable RPP:

7.2.3.1 Fault Ride-through Requirements for RPPs

Fault ride-through refers to the ability of a Generating Plant to remain connected during a system
voltage disturbance.

The EAPP IC requirements specified under Section 7.1.2 shall apply to all RPPs within ENTS.

Four main characteristics typically provide the requirements for RPPs in the event of a voltage
disturbance:
(a) Conditions for which the RPP Generating Plant must remain connected
(b) Active Power provision during fault
(c) Voltage support requirements during the disturbance
(d) Restoration of Active Power after the fault has been cleared

Each is discussed in more detail below:

An RPP shall remain connected to the ENTS for voltage disturbances on any or all phases, where
the system phase voltage measured at the HV terminals of the connection transformer remains
above a specified level for a specified length of time

The remain connected requirements during fault take the form of a voltage vs. time profile which
dictates the level of voltage drop or increase that RPPs must be capable of withstanding along with
the time for which the voltage drop or increase should be endured. Figure 7-2 shows the
combinations of voltages and time that the RPP shall be able to endure.

As shown in Figure 7-2, area A shows that the RPP shall be able to operate continuously between 0.9
p.u. and 1.1 p.u, after any single Contingency. In Area A, the RPP shall stay connected to the network
and uphold normal production.

Area B is the area between the Lower Bound and the bottom of the continuous operating range, at
0.9 p.u. In Area B, the RPP shall stay connected to the network. The RPP shall be able to withstand
voltage drops to zero (0), measured at the Connection Point, for a minimum period of 0.15 seconds
without disconnecting. Less severe voltage drops increase the length of time that must be endured.
Just below 0.85 p.u., the voltage drop shall be endured for nearly two (2) seconds. At 0.85 p.u. the
voltage drop shall be endured a minimum of three (3) seconds.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 123
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

Area C is the area outside the Lower Bound and below the continuous operating range, at 0.9 p.u. In
Area C, disconnecting the RPP is allowed.

Area D is the area between the Upper Bound and the top of the continuous operating range, at 1.1
p.u. In Area D the RPP shall stay connected to the network. Figure 7-2 shows that the Generating
Plant shall be able to withstand voltage increases to 1.2 p.u. for at least two (2) seconds.

Area E is the area above the Upper Bound and above the continuous operating range, at 1.1 p.u. In
Area E, disconnecting the RPP is allowed.

Figure 7-2: Voltage Must Remain Connected Area

Must Remain Connected Area

is Between Upper and Lower Bounds
V
1.4
o
Area D Area E
l
1.2
t
P
a
O 1 Area A: Continuous Operating Range 0.9 < Un < 1.1
g
C
e 0.8
Area B Area C
Lower Bound
(

p 0.6
(

U
u Upper Bound
)
)

0.4
a
t 0.2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5
Seconds

7.2.3.2 Active Power Provision during Fault

During a Voltage Dip the controllable RPP shall provide Active Power in proportion to retained
voltage and maximise reactive current to the ENTS without exceeding its declared limits

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 124
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

7.2.3.3 Reactive Current Flows during Fault

The maximisation of reactive current during a fault shall continue for at least 600 ms or until the
voltage recovers to within the normal operational range of the ENTS, whichever is the sooner.

7.2.3.4 Active Power Recovery after Fault

The controllable RPP shall provide at least 90% of its maximum available Active Power as quickly as
possible and in any event within one second of the voltage recovering to the normal operating
range.

7.2.3.5 Power System Remain Connected Frequency Ranges

Frequency is the one parameter common to all members of a synchronous electric power system,
and an accepted indicator of that system’s ability to balance resources and demand as well as to
manage disturbances. This requires that RPP remain connected beyond the frequency range
associated with normal operation. Increasingly severe system disturbances require progressively
wider frequency bands and reduce the time required to operate within the specified frequency
range. The EAPP IC requirements for conditions to remain connected at different frequency ranges
apply to the ENTS. The requirements stated below are additional conditions for ENTS. All the
operational requirements at different frequency ranges are also summarized in Table 7-1.

For a frequency band of 48.00–51.50 Hz (-4% to + 3%) a RPP shall be capable of operating for at least
30 minutes.

For a frequency band of 47.50–51.50 Hz (-5% to +3%) a RPP shall be capable of operating for at least
3 minutes.

Under extreme system operation or fault conditions, a Generating Plant shall be capable of
operating at frequencies above 51.50 Hz, for at least 20 seconds.

For frequencies below 47.00 Hz, a Generating Plant shall be capable of operating for at least 200 ms.

RPPs shall remain connected to the ENTS during rate of change of frequency of values up to and
including 1.0 Hz per second.

For frequencies above 52.00 Hz, a Generating Plant must disconnect as indicated in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1: Frequency Limits in the Ethiopia National Transmission System (ENTS)

Frequency Limits Duration

49.50 Hz to 50.50 Hz Continuous operation (normal)

49.00 Hz to 51.00 Hz For duration of at least 60 minutes
48.00 Hz to 51.50 Hz For duration of at least 30 minutes
47.50 Hz to 51.50 Hz For duration of at least 3 minutes

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 125
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

<47.50 Hz or >51.50 Hz For duration of at least 20 seconds

<47.00 Hz for more than 0.2 sec May disconnect
>52.00 for more than 4 sec Must disconnect

7.2.3.6 Active Power Control

Active Power Control Requirement shall be consistent with the EAPP IC requirements as specified in
Section 7.1.2.

The RPP control system shall be capable of operating the RPP at a reduced level if the Active Power
output has been restricted by the ENTSO. The RPP control system shall be capable of receiving an
on-line Active Power Control Set-point sent by the ENTSO and shall commence implementation of
the set-point within 10 seconds of receipt of the signal from the ENTSO. The rate of change of
output to achieve the Active Power Control Set-point should be no less than the maximum ramp rate
settings of the RPP control system, as advised by the ENTSO.

7.2.3.7 Safety Standard

Safety equipment for wind and solar Generating Plants shall include:

(a) Manual disconnect switches

(b) Grounding systems; and
(c) Shutoff devices
(d) IEC 61400-24:2010 shall be followed for grounding of wind turbine generators. IEC 61730 shall
be followed for PV systems
Section 7.11 Safety Coordination of ENDGC shall be followed wherever applicable.

7.2.4 Frequency Response

Frequency response can be achieved through decreasing RPP power output when frequency
exceeds the upper bound of a specified acceptable frequency range, and by increasing RPP power
output when frequency falls below the lower bound of the specified range. Thus, an RPP must
operate at a level below its instantaneous available capacity, if it is to provide both upward and
downward frequency regulation capability.

Although it is usually economically beneficial for RPPs to operate at their instantaneous available
capacity, RPPs shall operate below their instantaneous available capacity, as and when instructed by
the ENTSO accordingly.

7.2.5 Ramp Rates

The EAPP IC requirements for Ramp Rates as specified in Section 7.1.2 shall apply.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 126
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

The RPP control system shall be capable of controlling the ramp rate of its Active Power output with
a maximum MW per minute ramp rate set by the ENTSO. There shall be two maximum ramp rate
settings. The first ramp rate setting shall apply to the MW ramp rate averaged over one (1) minute.
The second ramp rate setting shall apply to the MW per minute ramp rate averaged over ten (10)
minutes. These ramp rate settings shall be applicable for all ranges of operation including start up,
normal operation and shut down. It is recognised that falling wind speed, rapidly changing cloud
conditions, or frequency response may cause either of the maximum ramp rate settings to be
exceeded.

Power output of Solar Power Generating Plant has to be reduced in steps of 10% per minute, under
any operating condition and from any working point to a maximum power value (target value) which
could correspond also to one hundred percent (100%) power reduction, without disconnection of
the Plant from the network.

It shall be possible to vary each of these two maximum ramp rate settings independently over a
range between one (1) and thirty (30) MW per minute. The RPP control system shall have the
capability to set the ramp rate in MW per minute averaged over both one (1) and ten (10) minutes.

The RPP operator and the ENTSO shall agree a procedure for setting and changing the ramp rate
control

7.2.6 Reactive Power Capability

Reactive power capability is a Generating Plant’s capability to provide reactive support, which is essential
in maintaining adequate system voltage profile for system reliability under normal and contingency
conditions. The Reactive Power capability of an RPP shall be available within the parameters presented in
Table 7-2.

Table 7-2: Reactive Power Capability

Reactive Power Range Equivalent Full

Voltage, p.u.
(p.u. of full output) Load Power Factor
0.20 to 0.80 -0.33 to 0.33 -0.95 to +0.95
0.80 to 1.10 -0.228 to 0.228 -0.975 to +0.975

7.2.7 Rate of Change of Frequency Range

The requirements of Chapter 5 (Planning) for remaining connected during a frequency disturbance
apply when the rate of change of frequency is within certain limits. Outside these limits, the unit is
not obliged to remain connected. The RPPs shall remain connected to the ENTS during rate of
change of frequency of values up to and including 1.0 Hz per second.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 127
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

7.2.8 Voltage and Frequency for Synchronization

RPPs shall only be allowed to connect to the ENTS, at the earliest, 3 seconds after the voltage at the
Connection Point is within ± five percent (5%) around the nominal voltage, and the frequency in the
ENTS is within the range of 49.0 Hz and 50.2 Hz, or otherwise as agreed with the ENTSO.

7.2.9 Active Power Control for Wind Generating Plants

The Wind Turbine Generating Plant shall stay connected to the ENTS at average wind speeds below
a predefined cut-out wind speed. The cut-out wind speed shall as a minimum be twenty five (25)
m/s, based on the wind speed measured as an average value over a ten (10)-minute period. To
prevent instability in the ENTS, the wind power plant shall be equipped with an automatic
downward regulation function making it possible to avoid a temporary interruption of the Active
Power production at wind speeds close to the cut-out wind speed.

It shall be possible to continuously downward regulate the Active Power supplied by the RPP to an
arbitrary value in the interval from one hundred percent (100%) to at least forty percent (40%) of
the rated power. When downward regulation is performed, the shutting-down of individual Wind
Turbine Generating Plant units is allowed so that the load characteristic is followed as well as
possible.

Downward regulation shall be performed as continuous or discrete regulation. Discrete regulation

shall have a step size of maximum 25% of the rated power within the area between the slanted lines
shown in Figure 7-3 Illustrative High Wind Downward Regulation Chart. When downward regulation
is being performed, the shutting down of individual Wind Turbine Generating Plant units is allowed.
The downward regulation band shall be agreed with the TNSP upon commissioning of the Wind
Turbine Generating Plant units.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 128
CHAPTER 7 Renewable Power Plant

Figure 7-3: Illustrative High Wind Downward Regulation Chart

140
High Wind Downward Regulation
120 Must Occur between Min and Max Cutoff
P
Windspeed Downwward Regulation Lines
A o 100
c w Min CO WS DW Reg
t e 80
Max CO WS DW Reg
i r
60
v ,
e 40
%
20

0
Wind Speed, m/sec Cutout Wind Speed

7.2.10 System Reserve Requirements

Increasing penetration of wind and photovoltaic generation, and to a limited extent other RPPs, can
increase the need for various kinds of reserves. The variability of their output requires higher levels
of both planning and operating reserves to offset the greater chance of being or going off-line when
needed. They also contribute little or no inertia to the system, increasing the need for frequency
regulation, which may lead to a need for higher levels of Regulating and Spinning Reserve. These
factors shall be taken into account in establishing both planning and operating reserve
requirements.

7.2.11 Renewable Power Plant Hourly MW Production Forecast

Each RPP shall have the capability to produce and submit to the ENTSO the day ahead and week-
ahead hourly MW production forecast as per the schedules described in Section 20.4.4.1 (b) and (c).
The forecasts shall be provided by each RPP by means of an electronic interface in accordance with
the requirements of the ENTSO’s data system.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 129
8 OPERATIONS CODE NO. 1 – OPERATIONAL PLANNING
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTGC. If in any instance there
is a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

8.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

8.1.1 Introduction
To gain maximum benefit from the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, outage requirements
for generation and transmission facilities and other factors likely to affect the operation of the
system shall be coordinated between TSOs and EAPP CC for a period of three (3) years ahead down
to real-time. In formulating Outage placement proposals account shall be taken, where appropriate,
of any commercial agreements entered into which impose constraints on Outage duration and or
placement.

In accordance with the terms of the Planning Chapter 5 (Section 5.1 EAPP IC Requirements), the
TSOs and the EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning are required to produce a Power Balance Statement
and a Transmission System Capability Statement on an annual basis for the succeeding ten (10)
years. The Transmission System Capability Statement forms the basis for individual Users of National
Systems to determine the potential for power transfers within the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System.

OC 1 sets out a refinement of the planning process to take account of the following:
(a) Outage requirements for generation and transmission facilities whether for construction,
maintenance or operational tests or System Tests
(b) Changes in the characteristics of generation or transmission facilities
(c) Changes in demand estimates
(d) Changes in Generating Unit availability caused by breakdown, fuel shortage or hydrological
conditions
(e) Current and forecast weather conditions
(f) Anticipated commercial energy flows across the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System,
and
(g) Other information supplied by TSOs or Users

The outcome of the Operational Planning process will be a definition of the Power Balance and
Transmission System Capability over various timescales.

TSOs are responsible for liaison with the Users connected to their National Systems in respect of the
Operational Planning process.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 130

CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

8.1.2 Objective
OC 1 specifies:
(a) The requirements for the exchange of information across the TSO-EAPP interfaces
throughout the Operational Planning process, from Outage requirements identified up to
three (3) years ahead for complex schemes and EAPP Interconnected Transmission and
National Systems reinforcement to handover of the Operational Plan into the Control Phase
(b) The Operational Planning procedure including information required and a typical timetable
for the coordination of Planned Outage requirements for Generating Units and transmission
facilities including protection and associated communication channels that may have an
effect on the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(c) The coordination of Outages to minimise as far as possible the number and effect of
constraints on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

8.1.3 Scope
OC1 applies to TSOs and to EAPP CC. It should be noted that certain information and data may be
required from individual Users and also from External Systems. It is the responsibility of individual
TSOs to ensure such information and data is updated and made available.

8.1.4 Planning Cycle

The phases of the Operational Planning process are as follows:
(a) The Operational Planning Phase covering planning of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System for the succeeding three (3) years
(b) The Programming Phase covering planning for the operation of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System for the period of one (1) to eight (8) weeks ahead; and
(c) The Control Phase involving immediate operational planning for the day ahead

8.1.5 Outage Planning Process

There are four main inputs to be considered in carrying out the Outage planning process:

8.1.5.1 Demand Forecast

By the end of October each year, TSOs shall provide the EAPP CC with the projected maximum and
minimum demands on their National Systems for the three (3) years ahead on a monthly basis. The
demand forecast shall be specified for each substation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System within each National System.

By 10h00 Hrs each Friday, TSOs shall provide the EAPP CC with hourly demand forecasts for the
following eight (8) weeks on each node of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. The
demand forecasts shall include Active and Reactive Power requirements for each sub-station that is
part of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 131
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

The EAPP demand forecast shall normally be based on the aggregate of individual TSO forecasts.
Nevertheless, the EAPP CC may carry out its own forecast using its own criteria if it has doubts on
the validity of the individual TSO forecasts. If in the event there are significant differences between
the aggregated TSO forecasts and the EAPP forecast, the EAPP CC shall prepare a report on the
reasons for any discrepancies for presentation to the EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations to
determine the matter.

TSOs shall provide the EAPP CC with estimates of the load, which could be disconnected if required.
Details shall be given of the load shedding blocks and procedures required to implement load
shedding in accordance with Chapter 12 (Demand Control, also known as OC 5 or DCC). Details shall
also be provided of the Automatic Load Shedding Scheme installed in the TSO’s National System.

8.1.5.2 Generating Unit Outages

Generating Unit Outages shall be planned such that any Outage shall not jeopardise the security of
operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. Particular attention is required for large
Generating Units and those having a major impact on the Reactive Power requirements of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System.

By the end of October in each calendar year, the TSOs will provide the EAPP CC with:
(a) Draft Provisional Generating Unit Outage Programme for Years 2 and 3 for its centrally
despatched Generating Units
(b) Final Generating Unit Outage Programme for Year 1 for its centrally dispatched Generating
Units

Between October and December of each calendar year, EAPP CC will consider the implications of the
draft Provisional Generating Unit Outage Programmes submitted on the Operating Margin and the
security of operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and request modifications if
necessary. The Final Generating Unit Outage Programmes for Years 1, 2 and 3 shall be published on
the EAPP Website at the end of December each year.

8.1.5.3 Transmission Outages

The planning of transmission Outages is dependent on the schedule of Generating Unit Outages and
on the contracted energy transfers between Control Areas. TSOs shall plan transmission Outages
required in Years 2 and 3 as a result of construction or refurbishment works. It is not anticipated
that any detail of Maintenance Outages on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System will be
available 2 or 3 years ahead.

The planning of transmission system Outages in Years 0 and 1 ahead will, in addition, take into
account Outages required because of maintenance and or operational or System Tests.

8.1.5.4 Net Transmission Capability

Certain Users may have pre-emptive rights over the use of Transmission System Capability.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 132
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

This may occur where the User concerned has provided generation or transmission facilities as a
consequence of a bilateral agreement. The TSO shall notify the EAPP CC of the existence and extent
of such agreements for operational planning purposes.

In carrying out Operational Planning, the capacity rights shall be taken into account in the placement
of generation or transmission Outages. However, the security of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System shall be the overriding consideration.

The method of calculation of the Net Transmission Capability is set out in Section 14.1.3 (Chapter 14
or ISC 1).

8.1.6 Outage Planning Philosophy

Transmission system Outages and Generating Unit Outages shall be coordinated so that, in general,
Generating Unit Outages shall take precedence over transmission system Outages.

The EAPP CC and each TSO shall seek to resolve any Outage placement conflicts through
collaboration with each other, any relevant Users and External Systems.

The philosophy of Outage co-ordination associated with the EAPP Interconnected

Transmission System shall ensure that:

(a) Maintenance and construction Outage programmes of transmission Plant and Apparatus
are co-ordinated to minimise the loss of Transmission System Capability
(b) Planned Outages of system voltage regulation equipment, such as automatic voltage
regulators, synchronous compensators, shunt and series capacitors and reactors, shall be
coordinated as required between TSOs by EAPP CC
(c) Unplanned Outages associated with transmission Plant and Apparatus are completed to
restore normal operating conditions as quickly as possible. In the case of Unplanned
Outages, TSOs shall consider the possibility of undertaking maintenance work during the
Unplanned Outage such as to minimise subsequent Outage requirements or improve EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System reliability
(d) Information is exchanged identifying maintenance work which has or could have a direct
impact on the operation or transfer capability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System
(e) Risks of Trip of transmission elements and Generating Units are to be planned according to
the same rules as for Outages, and
(f) Routine maintenance of metering, telemetering, control equipment and associated
communication channels shall be coordinated between TSOs and EAPP CC

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 133
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

8.1.7 Data Requirements

The provision of a uniform data base of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and forecasts
for interchange scheduling will allow each TSO, EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations and EAPP CC to
perform power system studies for the simulation of:
(a) the effects of Generating Unit Outages on power flows, both on National Systems and on
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(b) load flows associated with the outage of lines or other elements of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System, taking into consideration the influence of Neighbouring and External
Systems

8.1.8 Operating Planning Phase

The Operational Planning Phase is concerned with the planning of generation and transmission
Outages on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System for the succeeding three (3) years.

By the end of October in each year, each TSO shall prepare a draft Maintenance Plan covering the
period up to three (3) years ahead for discussion with EAPP CC and other TSOs. TSOs shall notify
each User of those aspects of the draft Maintenance Plan that may operationally affect such User
including, in particular, proposed start dates and end dates of relevant EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System Outages. The TSO shall indicate to a Generation Licensee where a need may
exist to impose restrictions on the operation of Generating Plant Units to allow the security of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System to be maintained.

The development of the draft Maintenance Plan is an iterative process requiring frequent EAPP CC
and TSO liaison. Each TSO shall review the draft Maintenance Plan on an ongoing basis and provide
EAPP CC with Outage change requests, as they become known to that TSO, taking account of known
or advised User Outages.

By the end of December in each year, the draft Maintenance Plan will be confirmed and will become
the Annual Maintenance Plan for the immediate year ahead (Year 1).

8.1.9 Programming Phase

During the Programming Phase, TSOs and the EAPP CC shall refine, optimize, and update the Annual
Maintenance Plan to accommodate essential changes, additional work and previously unconfirmed
Outages, taking into account transmission and generation profile changes.

In the Programming Phase, operational planning is carried out on a rolling eight (8) week cycle. Each
Friday TSOs shall update the Annual Maintenance Plan for the following eight (8) week period
beginning at 00h01 Hrs on the following Monday.

The Outage Plan for the eight (8) week period ahead will determine the transmission constraints,
which impact on the Transmission System Capability. Agreed final Outages, as published in the

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 134
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

Annual Maintenance Plan, are only to be amended if a changed requirement is brought about by an
unplanned event on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Users shall give as much notice as reasonably practicable of any Outages affecting the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System. Any short notice Outage on the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System, which could not be planned, with ten (10) days’ notice is considered an
Unplanned Outage. A Planned Outage is an Outage for which at least ten (10) days’ notice has been
given.

Any variation in the planned return to service date or Outage start and completion times shall be
brought to the notice of any other TSO involved and the EAPP CC immediately it is foreseen. The
matter will be discussed between the respective TSOs and the EAPP CC in order to agree a new
return to service date and or Outage start and finish times.

Where a TSO or the EAPP CC is obliged to cancel a Planned Outage in order to safeguard the
operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, the Outage will be replanned to
minimise any adverse impact on either the User or TSO concerned.

8.1.10 Control Phase

Each day at 15h00 Hrs, EAPP CC and TSOs shall issue the final Operational Plan for use in real-time.
This Operational Plan will cover the 24-hour period commencing at 00h01 Hrs on the following day.
In the case of the Operational Plan issued on a Friday, the Plan will cover the three (3) days
commencing at 00h01 Hrs on the Saturday. To minimise disruption to the existing programme and
resources Outage changes in this period shall be limited to those deemed essential.

The Operational Plan shall contain details of any additional security studies, temporary protection
settings and changes to operational arrangements to facilitate an Outage and agreements for
operational actions including emergency return to service time, demand and Generating Plant Unit
intertrip requirements and demand transfers. Any resource requirement for local switching shall be
confirmed between relevant TSOs.

The Operational Plan will contain details of all Outages of Generating Units and transmission
facilities, details of anticipated transfers, transmission constraints, Contingency plans and any other
relevant information.

8.1.11 Records
TSOs and EAPP CC shall keep records of:
(a) The availability of Generating Units and transmission facilities
(b) The duration and reasons for unavailability, whether planned or unplanned
(c) The changes requested for planned Outages in the Operational Planning process, and
(d) The cost of any constraint imposed by unavailability

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 135
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

These records shall be made available to the EAPP Steering Committee and to the Independent
Regulatory Board upon request.

8.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

8.2.1 Introduction
The Operating Policy Guidelines described here with the primary objective of ensuring an integrated
operation of the Ethiopian National Grid and enhancing overall operational reliability and economy
of the entire electric power network spread over the geographical area of the country and its
interconnected system with neighbouring countries. Ethiopia’s overall operation of the National /
trans-national connections shall be supervised from the National Control Center (NCC) by the ENTSO.
The Generation, Transmission, and distribution entities shall comply with the directions issued by
the ENTSO as well as the Operating Policy Guidelines to ensure integrated grid operation most
economically and efficiently. The Generation, Transmission and Distribution entities shall also
cooperate with each other and adopt Good Utility Practice at all times for satisfactory and beneficial
operation of the ENTS.

Operations planning for the ENTS shall include the following procedures wherever applicable.

8.2.2 Operating Procedures

(a) The ENTSO and TNSPs shall develop and maintain operating procedures for the safe
operating of the ENTS, and for assets connected to the ENTS. These operating procedures
shall be adhered to by Users when operating equipment on the ENTS or connected to the
ENTS
(b) Each User shall be responsible for their own safety rules and procedures. The ENTSO and
TNSPs shall coordinate to ensure the compatibility with regard to the safety rules and
procedures of all Users
(c) In case of any equipment fault impacting the ENTS, Users must report such faults to the
ENTSO immediately, or in the shortest possible time. Information on such faults shall be
reported within seven (7) days of occurrence, and detail fault analysis shall be completed
and reported within a maximum period of one (1) month. Details regarding the fault shall
include such information as:
1. date, time, and location of fault
2. cause of fault
3. switching operation(s)
4. injuries/damages
5. interruptions and duration of interruptions; and
6. any other information, as appropriate. The ENTSO shall record and maintain all
relevant information pertaining to all faults on the ENTS

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 136
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

(d) The EAPP operational agreements shall apply in the case of operational liaison with all
international power systems connected to the ENTS

8.2.3 Operational Liaison, Permission for Synchronisation

(a) ENTSO shall sanction the switching, including shutting down and synchronising, of units and
changing over of auxiliaries on all units
(b) If any User experiences an emergency, the other Users shall assist to an extent as may be
necessary to ensure that it does not jeopardise the operation of the networks/plant
(c) A customer shall enter into an operating agreement with the ENTSO, if it is physically
possible to transfer load or embedded Generating Plants from one point of supply to
another by performing switching operations on his network. This operating agreement shall
cover at least the operational communication and notice period requirements and switching
procedures for such load transfers

8.2.4 Safety Coordination

(a) The TNSP shall authorize only competent staff to carry out any work such as network
switching on the transmission grid and at the Connection Point for Generating Plants and
non-embedded customers. The TNSP shall be the custodian of safety procedures and
documents used when working on Plant and / or equipment on the transmission grid and at
all points of connection with the Users. The TNSP shall not impose these safety
requirements for work outside the transmission grid network and beyond the points of
connection. The TNSP and customer both shall maintain clearly written switching logs in
chronological order for all switching operations and document messages relating to safety
co-ordinations. Repository of the switching logs and safety documents are maintained by
the ENTSO
(b) A list of authorized personnel for transmission grid and for Users at points of connection
with names, designations, and telephone numbers shall be made available to the ENTSO and
the grid Users. The list must be updated and re-circulated as and when there is any change
of information
(c) The designated and authorised person shall ensure that adequate safety precautions are
established and maintained when any work is done on Plant and equipment. To ensure
safety to commence work, the following steps shall be verified:
1. Source of power removed
2. Device physically disconnected from source of power with a caution notice attached
to it
3. Safety testing completed satisfactorily
4. Proper connection to the earth ensured
5. Safety documents issued

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 137
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

The equipment shall only be considered suitable for return to service when all safety
documents have been cleared and isolation points normalized.
(d) In the event of an accident during work on the ENTSO grid or at points of connection, the
following steps shall be taken:

1. Stop work and attend to the injured if any

2. Notify designated authorised person for decision on whether work should continue
or not

3. Designated authorized person notifies System Controller and Safety Officer

4. Designated authorized person produces a preliminary report and notify the ENTSO
management, the ENTGCRC as soon as possible, but no later than seven (7) days

5. The ENTSO constitutes a committee for further investigation

6. The ENTSO produces a detailed accident report

7. The ENTSO circulates report internally and to key people in the Users systems

(e) Authorized switching personnel for TNSP(s) shall have to be recertified every year through
simulating training/testing provided by the ENTSO

8.2.5 Communication
The Generation, Transmission and Distribution entities shall provide and maintain adequate and
reliable communication facilities internally and with the ENTSO to ensure exchange of
data/information necessary to maintain reliability and security of the grid. Wherever possible,
redundancy and alternate path shall be maintained for communication along important routes.

8.2.5.1 Safety Conditions

To achieve a high degree of service reliability the ENTSO shall ensure adequate and reliable
communications with the Users. Communication regarding safety coordination shall be made via
normal operational channels. Additionally, the ENTSO and Users shall share their official business
contact telephone numbers at which operational personnel can be reached for use in operational
purposes, if required. The ENTSO shall ensure proper recording and monitoring of all operational
lines for future replay in case of any Disputes or incident investigation.

8.2.5.2 Outage Conditions

The ENTSO shall monitor and/or determine system conditions from time to time, and communicate
these, or changes from a previous determination, to all Users.

The ENTSO shall be responsible for providing Users with operational information including planned
and forced outages as agreed upon. Any changes or modifications to the existing transmission

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 138
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

network and/or information regarding network condition that is likely to impact the short and long-
term operation of the Users shall be communicated in a timely manner. Planned Outage shall be
deferred if it will cause any of the following:
(a) Grid disturbances
(b) System isolation
(c) Partial blackout on the ENTS
(d) Any other event that may have an adverse impact on the system
Generation Licensees shall provide the ENTSO:
(a) A 52-weeks-ahead outage plan per Generating Plant, showing Planned Outage return dates,
and other known generation constraints, updated weekly by 15:00 every Monday (or first
working day of the week)
(b) An annual maintenance / outage plan per Generating Plant, looking five (5) years ahead,
showing the same information as above and issued by July 8 (updated by September for
hydroelectric Generating Plants) each year
(c) A monthly variance report, explaining the differences between the above two reports

The ENTSO shall coordinate network Outages affecting unit output with related unit Outages to
the maximum possible extent.

The objectives of the ENTSO in maintenance coordination are:

(a) Maintaining adequate reserve levels at all times
(b) Ensuring reliability where transmission constraints exist
(c) Maintaining acceptable and consistent real-time technical risk levels
The application for an equipment Outage, complete with duration of the Outage, work details,
extent of isolation, switching programme and personnel to be involved, shall be made by the
User to the ENTSO in a timely manner, but not later than seven (7) days prior to the due date of
intended Outage. The ENTSO shall evaluate the request as per the established approval
procedure for Outages. The information regarding the Outage request shall be communicated
back to the applicant through established channels/modes of communication. Approved
outages shall be entered into the appropriate log as an official record of planned system
Outages. Applicants shall be notified via the established channels of
approval/rejection/deferment of outage applications.
The ENTSO shall also report daily demands, energies, losses, interruptions, etc. to Users and
archive the information. The historical information shall be available to all Users on request.

8.2.6 System Logs

An operational message, instruction or a report sent/received on radio, telephone, cell phone or
carrier by the ENTSO, TNSPs, or Generation Licensees shall be logged with all the necessary details,
as listed below:

(a) Name of the station information is sent/received to/from

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 139
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

(b) Exact time information was sent/received

(c) Name of the person sending/receiving the information
(d) Exact time of completion of carrying out the instruction

8.2.7 Operational Planning

The demand estimation for both active and reactive power is required to be done on
daily/weekly/monthly /yearly basis for current year load - generation balance planning. The ENTSO
shall carry out system studies for operational planning purposes using this demand estimate. The
Distribution entities shall develop methodologies/mechanisms for daily/ weekly/monthly/yearly
demand estimation (MW, Mvar and MWh) for operational purposes (See ENDGC for details).

Procedure for scheduling energy from hydroelectric units shall be done as follows:

(a) After the end of rainy season around September, an annual declaration of energy shall
be provided on a monthly basis, given the status of reservoirs and available energy
taking projected evaporation and inflows into account
(b) Available energy shall be updated on a monthly basis
(c) Available energy shall be updated for the short rainy season in March and April
(d) Daily schedules for each dam shall be updated each month. Daily schedules shall also be
updated as required in response to critical system conditions, including generator
availability
(e) During the dry season between October and February, schedules shall be adjusted as
needed to accommodate downstream water requirements from sugar plantations
(f) Generator operations shall be managed to meet the monthly energy targets

A daily generation dispatch shall be done as per the schedules described in Section 20.4.4.1 (b) and
(c) following the procedure shown below:

A dispatch form is created by the ENTSO with the date/time of the dispatch and is archived.
Expected half-hourly country demand is estimated using historical demands for the particular day.
Available Generating Plants are scheduled in half hour increments to meet forecast demand based
hydro energy targets, Spinning Reserve and other Ancillary Service system security and merit order
requirements. The generation schedules is evaluated to determine if country demand, spinning
reserve and other Ancillary Service system security needs, main hydro target and merit order
requirements have been met.

If the requirements have not been met, the system shall be re-dispatched until requirements have
been met. The ENTSO shall log the dispatch form, and customised copies of the dispatch forms shall
be sent to relevant recipients.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 140
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

8.2.8 Generation System Data Requirement

Generation outputs and equipment loadings shall be recorded on half-hourly basis for all Generating
Plants. All Generation Licensees’ fuel data and Energy meter readings shall be taken after every
midnight. Machine loading/shutdown, trip or output limitations data/reports shall be done
immediately after information is received at ENTSO. Data recording and reporting shall be done as
described below:
(a) Meter reading of appropriate data (including Plant loading/voltage levels, fuel storage, etc.)
is taken in the field at pre-determined intervals of time, and logged
(b) Data is validated at the Generating Plant for accuracy/metering errors, and corrected;
Generating Plant and all relevant equipment loading data are logged
(c) For hydrology data, dam levels received from hydro stations shall be recorded on hourly
basis or appropriate intervals
(d) For Generating Plant output/equipment loading data, half hourly outputs and relevant
equipment loadings shall be logged
(e) For Generating Plant loading/shutdown time data, the Generating Plant loading/shutdown
times shall be logged
(f) For system voltages, half hourly readings of system voltages from SCADA mimic display shall
be taken and logged
(g) For Generating Plant capacity availability data, half hourly capacity availability for
Generating Plants shall be logged
(h) For midnight energy Meter readings for Generating Plants, end of day Energy Meter
readings shall be logged every midnight
(i) For fuel stock for Generating Plants, end of day fuel stocks for diesel plants shall be logged.
Generating Plants shall pass the fuel stocks to the ENTSO after every midnight
(j) For Generating Plant Outage/Capacity reports, details of Outages or operation limitations
shall be logged. Report forms shall be filled whenever a machine trips, is shutdown on
emergency or it has operational limitations
(k) The ENTSO shall check to confirm that data received is correct and has been entered
correctly in the log sheets
(l) Required corrections in data entries shall be made
(m) If no corrections are required, reports shall be processed and an accurate and complete
daily analysis report prepared, archived, and printed

8.2.9 Transmission System Data Requirement

The capability of transmission system components for both normal and emergency conditions shall
be established by technical studies and operating experience. System operation shall be co-
ordinated among systems and control areas (national/regional). This includes coordination of
equipment outages, voltage levels, MW and Mvar flow monitoring and switching that affects two or
more systems of transmission components. When line loading, equipment loading or voltage levels

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 141
CHAPTER 8 Operations Code No. 1 – Operational Planning

deviate from normal operating limits or are expected to exceed emergency limits following a
Contingency, and if reliability of the bulk power supply is threatened, the ENTSO shall take
immediate steps to relieve the conditions. These steps include notifying other systems
(international/regional), adjusting Generation, changing Scheduling between control areas, initiating
load relief measures, and taking such other action as may be required. Please refer to Chapter 10
Emergency Operations) for more details.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 142
9 OPERATIONS CODE NO. 2 – OPERATIONAL SECURITY
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

9.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

9.1.1 Introduction
OC 2 is concerned with security aspects in the operational planning and real-time operation of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and does not deal with long-term planning for which
reference should be made to Chapter 5 (Planning). OC2 is not concerned with the commercial
aspects of system operation.

System security and reliability are primary goals of the operation of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. Each TSO is responsible for the operation of its National System but the
interrelationship between that system and the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System requires
coordination by the EAPP CC at regional level.

Pending full interconnection between all countries of EAPP, the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System shall be operated in a number of Control Areas. A Control Area comprises various National
Systems or parts of National Systems capable of regulating its Generating Units in order to meet its
constantly changing demand and to maintain its interchange schedule with other systems or Control
Areas and contributing its frequency bias obligation to the interconnection. Each Control Area shall
have one of the TSOs designated as Control Area Operator. The designation of the Control Area
Operator shall be agreed with the TSOs concerned and with the EAPP CC.

The Control Area Operator shall ensure that within its Control Area sufficient reserves of generation
are available to allow for continuous generation and load balancing, frequency control and the
maintenance of EAPP operational security standards as described in OC2. Any failure to meet these
minimum requirements can lead to reduced security or to disturbances or events causing
undesirable effects on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

OC 2 specifies the technical requirements and standards for the operational security of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System as they relate to the following issues:
(a) N-1 Contingency criterion
(b) Interchange scheduling
(c) Operating reserves for control of system frequency and interchange with other Control
Areas or External Systems
(d) Voltage control
(e) Fault level control
(f) Protection coordination, and

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 143

CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(g) Remedial Action Schemes

9.1.2 Objective
The objectives of OC 2 are:
(a) To provide a framework of principles and requirements for achieving and maintaining the
security and reliability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System during operation of
the system under normal and emergency conditions, and
(b) To ensure that the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is operated within the
technical parameters set out in Chapters 5 and 6 (Planning, and Connection)

9.1.3 N-1 Criterion

The N-1 security criterion refers to the requirements placed upon the operation of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System to maintain the security of the system during normal and
disturbed conditions.

This criterion shall be applied by all TSOs in combination with appropriate choice of generation,
transmission facilities, and sufficient active and reactive reserves. TSOs shall identify by means of
operational planning potentially insecure situations in order to take appropriate measures in advance.

Control Area Operators are responsible for the application of the N-1 Criterion throughout their
Control Area.

9.1.3.1 Contingency
The loss of any element of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall not cause:
(a) A frequency deviation outside operating limits
(b) A voltage deviation leading to voltage instability
(c) Thermal overloading of equipment
(d) Islanding of any part of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(e) Angular instability in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(f) Cascading Outages

It is acceptable in some cases for TSOs to allow for loss of load on condition that its magnitude is
compatible with secure operation and is predictable and locally limited. The following normal
Contingencies shall be considered:
(a) A single transmission line
(b) A single Generating Unit or combination of Generating Units
(c) A single transformer
(d) a voltage compensation installation

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 144
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(e) an HVDC link considered as either a Generating Unit or a large User

TSOs shall also take account of multiple Contingencies when such Contingencies may occur with
sufficiently high probability to threaten the security of operation. Examples of such multiple
Contingencies are:
(a) A double circuit line, which refers to two circuits on the same towers over a considerable
distance
(b) A single busbar, during periods when the TSO assesses there is a significantly higher risk of
Outage
(c) A common mode failure with the loss of more than one Generating Unit

The Contingency monitoring process includes the loss of single or multiple elements of generation or
transmission equipment at any time. This monitoring shall also take account of temporary weather
conditions or temporary limitation of transmission facilities.

9.1.3.2 Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of each TSO to monitor the N-1 Criterion on its own National System, to carry
out computer simulations for Contingency analysis and to notify the EAPP CC, TSOs of Neighbouring
Systems and External Systems of potential problems in the application of the criterion. TSOs
concerned shall jointly verify the compliance with the N-1 criterion taking into consideration cross-
border power transfers.

After a Contingency, each TSO shall return its power system to N-1 compliant condition as soon as
possible and in case of a delay, it shall immediately notify the EAPP CC and all other TSOs affected.

9.1.4 Interchange Scheduling

The net amount of interchange scheduling between National Systems or Control Areas shall not
exceed the mutually agreed transfer limits of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The entire EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be operated in such a way that sufficient
transmission capacity is available for the delivery of reserve power for Primary Response for the
National Systems or Control Areas which may be affected by the most severe single Contingency.

Requirements for interchange scheduling on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System are set
out in the Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters 14 through 16.

9.1.5 Operating Reserves

TSOs shall continuously maintain adequate reserve generating capacity to control the frequency of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System within the limits set out in Chapter 6 (Connection) , and to
avoid unexpected loss of load following transmission or generation Contingencies. The reserve
generating capacity is also required to maintain agreed interchange schedules following changes in
demand or generation.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 145
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

The requirements for operating reserve on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System are set out
in Chapter 15 (Balancing and Frequency Control).

9.1.6 Voltage Control

9.1.6.1 Basic Principles
To maintain the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System security and integrity, and avoid damage
to transmission and User’s equipment, each TSO shall maintain voltages within the limits set out in
Section 6.1.4 in Chapter 6 (Connection) and shall contract for voltage control Ancillary Services in
accordance with Chapter 16 (Ancillary Services).

Each TSO shall operate reactive resources within its National System to maintain system and
interconnection voltages within limits. Each TSO shall maintain reactive resources to support its
voltage under N-1 Contingency conditions and shall disperse and locate the reactive resources so
that they can be applied promptly and effectively when Contingencies occur. The TSO shall direct
corrective action, including load shedding, necessary to prevent voltage collapse when reactive
resources are insufficient.

Reactive Power flows on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be maintained at a
minimum level in order to limit voltage drop and to allocate the total Transmission System Capability
mainly to Active Power. In the event that sufficient reactive resources are not available within a
TSO’s National System, bilateral agreements may be made with Neighbouring Systems to transfer
Reactive Power through cross-border connections.

9.1.6.2 Responsibilities
Each TSO individually and jointly with other TSOs and the EAPP CC shall ensure that formal policies
and procedures are developed, maintained, and implemented for monitoring and controlling
voltage levels and Mvar flows within their National Systems and with Neighbouring Systems.

Without limitation, the procedures shall include the following methods of voltage control:
(a) Adjusting Generating Unit Reactive Power output
(b) Transformer tap changing, cable switching, reactor and capacitor switching, and other
control methods
(c) Tap changing on Generating Unit transformers
(d) Scheduling must-run generation, and
(e) Switching out of transmission lines

TSOs shall ensure that data on all generation and transmission Reactive Power resources, including
the status of voltage regulators, tap changers and Power System Stabilisers, is available to
neighbouring TSOs and the EAPP CC.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 146
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

9.1.7 Fault Levels

The EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is subject to short circuits between phases or to earth
mainly due to atmospheric conditions and to faults in equipment. Short-circuit protective devices
are installed on all system equipment in order to promptly and effectively disconnect any fault with
selectivity.

TSOs shall ensure that the setting and function of the protection equipment is checked regularly. If
there are significant changes in operating conditions, the settings of protection devices shall be
adjusted to suit the new conditions.

9.1.7.1 Standards
Each TSO shall operate its National System such that, at any node of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System, short-circuit currents do not exceed the breaking capacity of the switchgear
installed at that node, so that failure to clear a fault does not lead to cascading Outages. The TSO
shall use an appropriate protection strategy as set out in Chapter 6 (Connection) to ensure
selectivity and to provide backup protection in case of failure of the main protection system to
isolate a fault.

9.1.7.2 Corrective Action

In the event of fault levels exceeding permissible levels at any particular location, TSOs shall take
immediate action to manage the values within limits.

Each TSO shall calculate where appropriate the short-circuit currents at each node of its National
System taking into account the contributions of Neighbouring Systems to the short circuit current.
TSOs of Neighbouring Systems shall exchange the data required for short circuit calculations.

In order to limit fault levels in operational timescales, TSOs have a number of options including the
switching out of lines and the operation of busbars in separate sections. However, TSOs shall take
into account the operational security standards when considering such measures.

9.1.8 Protection Coordination

TSOs and the EAPP CC shall coordinate the application and maintenance of protection systems on
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. Protection systems shall be used to detect abnormal
system conditions and to trip selectively circuit breakers on generation and transmission facilities to
prevent danger to persons or damage to equipment.

Each TSO and the EAPP CC shall ensure that its Control Centre personnel are familiar with the
purpose and limitations of the protection system schemes applied in the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. Power system protection procedures shall be made available to all
appropriate system personnel and shall provide for instructions and training where applicable.

The procedures shall cover the following:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 147
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(a) Planning and application of protection systems

(b) Review of protection systems and settings
(c) Intended operations under normal, abnormal and emergency conditions
(d) Regular scheduled testing and preventive maintenance, and
(e) Analysis of the actual protection system operation

9.1.9 Requirements
Since protection systems in one National System can affect operations in Neighbouring Systems, all
protection systems in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be co-ordinated between
Users and the relevant TSOs. Protection systems on transmission interconnections with External
Systems shall also be coordinated to prevent operational problems, which may impact on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System.

Each TSO shall supervise the status of its protection system and notify all relevant neighbouring
TSOs of every change in status.

Each protection device shall be recalibrated at least once a year. A review of the protection settings
shall also be carried out whenever there is an expansion or change to the transmission or generation
facilities. Any incorrect operation of a protection device shall be reported in accordance with the
guidelines in Chapter 11 (Incident Reporting or OC 4), investigated immediately and corrective
action implemented as soon as possible.

Neighbouring TSOs shall be notified in advance of changes in generating sources, transmission, load
or operating conditions, which may require adjustments to their protection systems.

9.1.10 Remedial Action Schemes

Remedial Action Schemes (RAS), also known as Special Protection Schemes (SPS), are designed to
automatically perform system protection functions other than the isolation of an electrical fault. RAS
are designed to trip, or remove from service, generation units or transmission facilities under a set
of carefully defined conditions. RAS are normally used in order to increase Transmission System
Capability under specified conditions. They may also be used to permit higher loading levels on the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System in those instances where additional facilities cannot be
built or have been delayed. Their application is specific to particular circumstances.

RAS installed on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be subject to agreement
between the relevant TSOs and the EAPP CC unless the automatic actions following operation of RAS
are confined to the area of a single TSO. RAS shall be subject to procedures detailing the operation
and the conditions for switching into service of the scheme. The effects of the automatic actions
arising from the operation of the RAS shall be subject to the specific agreement of all TSOs and Users
involved.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 148
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

TSO Control Centres shall monitor the status of all RAS and notify all relevant TSOs and the EAPP CC
of any change of status.

9.1.11 Power System Monitoring

Each TSO shall maintain power system security by monitoring the status of its National System and
of relevant parts of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. TSOs shall therefore ensure that
their Control Centres and the EAPP CC are able, as a minimum, to monitor in real-time the following
information:
(a) System frequency
(b) Transmission line status
(c) Active and Reactive Power flow on transmission circuits and across User Connection Points
(d) Active and Reactive Power from Generating Units
(e) Voltages at transmission and generation busbars
(f) Dynamic and static Reactive Power reserves, and
(g) Appropriate alarms including overload and protection alarms

Each TSO shall agree with neighbouring TSOs and the EAPP CC the real- time data to be exchanged
on-line and its format.

In addition, each TSO shall provide computing facilities for:

(a) Evaluating Contingencies on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System;
(b) Determining thermal, voltage and stability limits
(c) Evaluating reserves of both Active and Reactive Power, and
(d) Carrying out post event analysis of power system incidents in accordance with the
guidelines in Chapter 11 (Incident Reporting or OC 4) with the aid of recorded data

9.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

This chapter specifies the criteria and procedures to be applied by the ENTSO for operational
security of the ENTS.

9.2.1 Additional Responsibilities

9.2.1.1 Auxiliary Supply
The auxiliary supply to all base-load Generating Plants shall be regarded as the most
important load on the ENTS. The ENTSO shall regard all essential supplies as identified by
the DNSP as having the same priority.

9.2.1.2 Supply Restoration

The ENTSO shall be responsible for efficient restoration of the ENTS after supply interruptions.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 149
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

9.2.1.3 Continuity of Operation

The ENTSO shall ensure continuous operation of the ENTS.

9.2.1.4 Switchgear Operation

(a) Any time that switchgear in the ENTS is to be operated, the ENTSO shall issue the switching
sequence for such operation including equipment identification. If the TNSP has no
objections, the procedures for the switching sequence shall be followed
(b) The TNSP shall carry out switchgear operation as instructed as expeditiously as possible.
Whenever switchgear interlocks exist, the TNSP shall carry out an operation to defeat inter-
locks before performing switchgear operation. Interlocks should not be defeated except
under emergency or extreme circumstances and then only by designated operational crew
(c) The TNSP shall inform the ENTSO of completion of carrying out switchgear operation
(d) The ENTSO shall write down the exact time of operating the switchgear in the standard daily
switching log sheet
(e) If the TNSP has objections to carrying out switchgear operations, the TNSP shall inform the
ENTSO, and the ENTSO shall investigate the matter
(f) In case of stressed switchgear noticed through alarm or physical observation, the ENTSO
shall be informed by the TNSP, and the TNSP shall follow appropriate actions as directed by
the ENTSO
Switchgear standards are defined in the ENDGC under Section 6.1.5.5 (Substation
Standardization) in Chapter 6.
9.2.1.5 Equipment with Dual Responsibility
For equipment and its auxiliaries falling under the responsibility of both the ENTSO and the Regional
Control Center (RCC), the ENTSO shall identify need to operate in dual control mode, and coordinate
with the respective RCC on the sequence of operation to be carried out.
The ENTSO shall check and determine if there are any communication problems in the co-ordination
of the operations. If there are no communication issues, the ENTSO shall coordinate switching
operation with RCC.
In case of any communication problems, the ENTSO shall delegate coordination of operations to
RCC.
RCC shall co-ordinate the operations as delegated and notify the ENTSO when the required
operation is completed. The ENTSO shall log the exact time of completion.
9.2.1.6 Generating Plant Operation
Where there is a need for plant regulation/plant shutdown/plant loading identified by the ENTSO
from the system status as displayed by the SCADA system or from any other source, the appropriate
Generating Plant operator shall be instructed to carry out the operational guidelines.

If there are no objections, the Generating Plant operator shall carry out required operation as
instructed as expeditiously as possible. The Generating Plant operator shall inform the ENTSO of
completion of carrying out required operation.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 150
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

In case of any objections, the Generating Plant operator shall notify the ENTSO, and the ENTSO shall
investigate the refusal to carry out the operation.

Both the ENTSO and the Generating Plant operator shall log the following information upon sending
or receiving an operational message/instruction/report on radio/telephone/ cell phone/carrier

(a) Message, instructions, or report details

(b) Name of the station to/from information is sent /received
(c) Exact time information is sent/received
(d) Name of the persons sending and receiving information
(e) Exact time of completion of carrying out the instructions

Generating Plant AVRs and VAR limiter relays (where fitted) should be in service continuously.
Whenever a Generating Plant is operating without its AVR or VAR limiter, the ENTSO must be
immediately informed.

The times at which a Generating t Plant shall be synchronised and switched off the interconnected
system and the output (MW and Mvars) of such plant shall be directed by ENTSO.

The ENTSO shall instruct the Generating Plant when to turn on and off and the Generating Plant
shall comply. When the Generating Plant is on, it shall follow the ENTSO’s instructions regarding
output (MW and Mvars).

Generating Plants shall not be taken out of service or rendered unavailable without reference to the
ENTSO except in cases of emergency when the ENTSO shall be informed as soon as possible of the
action taken.

The ENTSO shall as soon as possible be notified of any factors, which may affect the output,
efficiency or inflexibility of operation of any Generating Plant.

Free Governor Action must be allowed within the prescribed limits whenever practicable to assist
frequency control.

9.2.1.7 Loss of System Neutral Earthing

Any missing system neutral earthing noticed by the TNSP shall be immediately notified to the
ENTSO. The procedure shall follow as listed below:
(a) Upon noticing part of the system missing its neutral earthing, the TNSP shall immediately
notify the ENTSO with details of information regarding the exact area missing the neutral
earthing. The ENTSO shall determine whether it is possible to restore the neutral earthing or
not
(b) The ENTSO shall issue necessary instructions to switch in system neutral earthing, if it is
possible to restore the system neutral earthing

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 151
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(c) The TNSP shall switch in system neutral earthing as fast as possible, and inform the ENTSO
of completion of switching in neutral earthing
(d) If restoration is not possible, the ENTSO shall quickly co-ordinate activities with the TNSP to
make that part of the system without neutral earthing dead and log the time
(e) The ENTSO shall log down exact time of switching in system neutral earthing

9.2.1.8 Protection Equipment

In case there is any need to work on the system protection devices (e.g., relays, power supply, fuses,
miniature circuit breakers, communication channel), the TNSP shall coordinate with the ENTSO
according to the operational guidelines below.

The TNSP shall inform the ENTSO of the intention to carry out work on the protective apparatus. The
TNSP shall also provide details of work to be carried out.

The ENTSO shall assess the request and determine if work can proceed or not according to the
following conditions:

(a) It is unsafe to work

(b) There will be no adequate protection
(c) There will be a disturbance in case of any tripping

If none of the three conditions is prevalent, the ENTSO shall approve the request and inform TNSP to
proceed with work. The TNSP shall carry out the work accordance with a procedure for such kind of
work.

If any of the above conditions exists, the ENTSO shall reject the request for work and inform the
TNSP of the rejection.

9.2.1.9 Transmission Line Fault

The ENTSO shall develop and communicate formal procedures for correcting transmission line
faults.

When a line fault causes breakers controlling the line to trip, the TNSP shall coordinate with the
ENTSO as per operational guidelines listed below:

(a) The ENTSO shall notice the unexpected trip from the SCADA and check to confirm whether
the line has auto-reclosed or locked out. If line has auto-reclosed, the TNSP shall note the
relays operated and distance of fault from the distance fault recorder and pass them to the
ENTSO. The ENTSO shall log the relays operated and the distance of fault along with other
information such as location of fault, identified by station, if possible; exact time of event;
name of person working on the event; and exact time the fault was cleared. The incident
shall be logged and relevant personnel shall be informed

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 152
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(b) If the line has locked out, the ENTSO shall evaluate impact of the trip on the system by
observing system response to the trip. In case of serious impact – the ENTSO shall take
relevant appropriate action to stabilise the system
(c) If the impact is not serious, the ENTSO shall make every effort to find the root cause of this
issue as per the established procedure of the ENTS and document it. The ENTSO shall check
to confirm with the TNSP if any work is being carried out on the line. If so, the ENTSO shall
determine if the fault is caused by the TNSP. If fault is caused by the TNSP, The ENTSO shall
instruct the TNSP to eliminate the cause of fault, and the TNSP shall notify the ENTSO of the
completion of eliminating the fault
(d) If no work is being carried out on the line, The ENTSO shall check to confirm if line is from a
manned substation or not. If the line is from a manned substation, The ENTSO shall issue
instructions for reading and resetting relays and distance of fault from the distance fault
recorder. If the line is from an un-manned substation, The ENTSO shall direct the TNSP to
the relevant substation. The TNSP shall note down relays operated, reset them, and also
record the distance of the fault from the fault recorder
(e) The ENTSO shall check to confirm whether breaker-operating commands are available or
not, and if so, issue instructions for closing of line breakers. The ENTSO shall close breakers
controlling the line by sending a closing command using SCADA
(f) If breaker-operating commands are not available, The ENTSO shall issue instructions to the
TNSP for a reclosure. The TNSP shall try a reclosure on the line and notify the ENTSO of
completion of carrying out a reclosure. If the line holds, the ENTSO shall check to confirm
whether the line trips again or not, and if any Customers are interrupted because of the trip.
If Customers are interrupted and there is alternative source of supply, the ENTSO shall
transfer or co-ordinate activities to transfer Customers to alternative source of power
(g) If no Customers are interrupted or if they are interrupted and there is no alternative source
of power, the ENTSO shall check to confirm whether there is a switch along the transmission
line or not. If there is an isolator along the line, the ENTSO shall direct the TNSP to the
isolator. The TNSP shall confirm arrival at the isolator, and the ENTSO shall issue
instructions to open the isolator on the line. Instruction shall be issued keeping in mind
Electrical safety rules. The ENTSO shall try a reclosure on the two line- sections one after
the other. If there is no trip, The ENTSO shall issue instruction to close the isolator properly
and normalise the line
(h) If there is no isolator along the line, the ENTSO shall issue instructions to isolate the faulty
section. Isolation of the fault shall be done by the TNSP, who shall open isolators controlling
the affected section and securing them in open position as instructed by the ENTSO. The
ENTSO shall notify the TNSP about the faulty part of the system. The ENTSO shall log the
incident.
(i) The TNSP shall patrol the line to determine the fault. The ENTSO shall wait for a report
from the TNSP
(j) Upon finding the fault, the TNSP shall report to the ENTSO details of isolations required for
repairs to be carried out, and the ENTSO shall issue instructions to isolate the location of the
fault. The TNSP shall inform the ENTSO of completion of carrying out isolations
(k) The TNSP shall carry out repair of fault using appropriate tools and shall notify the ENTSO of
completion of carrying out repairs. The ENTSO shall issue instructions to normalise the line
and the system

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 153
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

(l) The TNSP shall normalise line and system as instructed by The ENTSO, and confirm of
completion of normalising the system. The ENTSO shall normalise and log the incident

9.2.1.10 SCADA Equipment Failure

Upon detection of SCADA equipment failure, the following operational guidelines shall be followed:

(a) The ENTSO shall establish whether it is a total or partial SCADA failure
(b) For a partial failure, the ENTSO shall assess the effects the failure has on generation,
transmission and sub-transmission systems
(c) In case of a total failure, the ENTSO shall inform the TNSPs and the RCCs of the failure, and
instruct the RCCs to begin diagnosis, repair and restoration work. Upon the completion of
the work, the RCCs will inform the ENTSO. The ENTSO shall issue instructions to normalise
the sub system and report -back to the ENTSO
(d) The ENTSO shall instruct the TNSPs and the RCCs to monitor system parameters i.e. system
Frequency and Voltage and report any significant variations/changes
(e) The ENTSO shall instruct all Generating Plants and TNSPs to report any trip of a machine or
line
(f) In case of a major disturbance on the ENTS affecting SCADA equipment:
1. An incident shall be reported to the ENTSO by the TNSP or RCCs as soon as possible
with the following information: nature of incident; equipment affected; location of
equipment; Customers affected; and actions to be carried out. The ENTSO shall
evaluate whether incident has severe impact on the system
2. If there is a severe impact, the ENTSO shall take the necessary appropriate action to
ensure the integrity of the system, and determine if assistance is required or not
3. If assistance is required, the ENTSO shall call relevant staff, inform them about the
incident, and instruct them to call from desired locations
4. The ENTSO shall check to find out if there are any casualties because of the incident.
In case of any casualty, the ENTSO shall call and inform the safety officer of the
affected installation; location of the equipment; cause of the incident; and damage
incurred
5. Depending on the impact caused, the ENTSO shall make sure whether the incident is
newsworthy. If it is newsworthy, the ENTSO shall inform relevant communications
officers of the following: nature of incident; affected installation; and affected
Customers
The ENTSO shall direct work for the identification of fault and repair. Upon the completion of the work,
the ENTSO shall normalise the system and log the incident.
9.2.1.11 Access Security
The ENTSO shall have a detailed plan and procedures governing security and access to the system
Users’ SCADA, computer, and communications equipment. The procedures shall allow for adequate
access to the equipment and information by the ENTSO or its nominated representative for
purposes of maintenance, repair, testing, taking of readings/measurements, and periodic checking
as deemed necessary. Participants shall ensure reasonable security against unauthorised access, use,
and loss of information and a backup storage strategy for the systems that contain the information.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 154
CHAPTER 9 Operations Code No. 2 – Operational Security

9.2.1.12 Hydro Generating Plants

Hydro Generating Plants equipped with over frequency protection at a set value, shall not be set at
a level likely to compromise the system security and safety.

While preparing the net injection schedule for hydro generation, the ENTSO shall consider the
operating zone/technical constraints, to the extent possible.

9.2.1.13 Solar and Wind Power Generating Plants

The ENTSO shall ensure that Solar/Wind Power Generating Plants back down generation on
consideration of the security of the ENTS or safety of any equipment or personnel. The SCADA
facility shall provide appropriate information to the ENTSO in this regard.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 155
10 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 3 – EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

10.1 EAPP REQUIREMENTS

10.1.1 Introduction
OC 3 is concerned with maintaining the security and integrity of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System in emergency operating conditions. Experience has shown that even a simple
incident can trigger a large-scale disturbance, which may have widespread implications for
electricity supply to the population at large.

Although the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System may be designed and operated in line with
the security standards set out in the PC and OCs, unexpected circumstances may arise where faults
and disturbances outside the defined Contingencies may occur. Such circumstances require timely
and decisive action to prevent further propagation of the disturbance. Disturbances can result from
a number of causes but most typically may be due to the simultaneous loss of a number of
Generating Units or transmission failures resulting from severe weather conditions or mal-operation
of protection systems.

This is particularly the case where power systems today tend to be operated closer to the security
limits due to environmental constraints and market pressures. The overriding principle is that the
effects of faults and disturbances should be confined to as small a part of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System as possible.

10.1.2 Objective
The objectives of OC 3 are to ensure that TSOs and the EAPP CC:
(a) Are able to identify insecure operating conditions on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System
(b) Have procedures and plans in place to manage emergency conditions
(c) Have comprehensive contingency plans in place for the restoration of supplies in the
shortest possible time using the most effective means

10.1.3 Identification of Risks

TSOs and the EAPP CC shall ensure that they are in a position to identify the risk of insecure
operating conditions either on their own National System or on the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. The risks to secure operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
may arise from but are not limited to the following:
(a) Flows on parts of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System exceeding security limits

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 156

CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

(b) Lack of operating reserves (caused, for example, by Outages of Generating Units, by
hydrological conditions or by restricted transmission capacities)
(c) Human error when carrying out switching operations on the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System
(d) Frequency excursions outside normal operating limits
(e) Significant Reactive Power constraints leading to critical high or low voltage conditions
(f) High Reactive Power flows giving rise to potential protection mal-operations
(g) Indications of instability such as voltage drop, undamped power swings or increase of phase
angles
(h) Lack of reliable real-time data, and
(i) Adverse climatic conditions

10.1.4 System Warnings

TSOs and the EAPP CC require common definitions for NORMAL, ALERT, and EMERGENCY conditions
to enable them to act appropriately and predictably as system conditions change. They should have
a common understanding of each other’s functions, responsibilities, capabilities, and authorities
under emergency or near-emergency conditions.

10.1.4.1 Normal State

In its NORMAL state, the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is operating within its technical
parameters. It has sufficient generation reserves, all transmission elements are operating within
limits and voltage and frequency are normal.

In the event of identifying a risk of insecure operation, a TSO or the EAPP CC may issue an ALERT or
an EMERGENCY warning in real-time. These warnings shall be issued to all Users within a TSO’s
National System and to the EAPP CC and any Neighbouring System, which may be affected by the
risk. Any warning issued by a TSO may be applied to the whole or part of its National System and by
agreement with neighbouring TSOs to the whole of or part of their National Systems. The EAPP CC
may also issue warnings when in its view there is a serious risk to the whole EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System.

10.1.4.2 Alert State

In an ALERT state, a Contingency has occurred but the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is
stable and all operational reserves for both transmission and generation balance have been
committed. TSOs and the EAPP CC may be uncertain as to when the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System can be returned to its NORMAL state due to system constraints and or low
operating reserves and the situation is potentially dangerous.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 157
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

10.1.4.3 Emergency State

In an EMERGENCY state the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is in an unstable condition
and phenomena such as cascade tripping, low frequency and or voltage, loss of synchronism, loss of
supplies, whether partial or total, and islanding may occur. The security of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System is endangered. Exceptional actions such as load shedding may be necessary to
limit the spread of the dangerous phenomena and prevent the collapse of part of or the whole EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System. In this state, the system passes rapidly towards dangerous
conditions of operation with system parameters outside the limits fixed for secure operation.

10.1.5 Responsibilities of TSOs

TSOs and the EAPP CC shall draw up emergency plans and procedures and ensure that appropriate
measures and resources are in place to enable the early identification of risks to secure operation of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

TSOs shall act to alleviate emergencies and to implement emergency procedures in cooperation
with neighbouring TSOs and the EAPP CC.

10.1.5.1 Real Time Data

TSOs shall provide a SCADA system giving a complete overview of TSO’s National System and of
relevant parts of Neighbouring Systems. The SCADA system shall be of dual redundant design with a
back-up system in a remote location away from the Control Centre. The back-up system shall be
subject to periodic testing to ensure its functionality.

The Control Centre SCADA system shall also provide facilities for post-mortem review to enable a
detailed analysis of events and disturbances to be carried out.

Each TSO shall make available real-time data of relevant parts of its National System to neighbouring
TSOs and the EAPP CC. Details of the data to be exchanged in real time shall be agreed between the
parties.

TSOs shall ensure the provision of a direct telephone line to neighbouring TSOs and the EAPP CC.

10.1.5.2 Security Analysis

TSOs shall make arrangements to carry out studies of the effects of various Contingencies on the
behaviour of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System within their National System. These
studies shall cover load flow, constraint analysis, static and dynamic stability and voltage stability. As
a minimum, such studies shall be carried out by each TSO in off-line mode on a weekly basis. In
addition, real-time studies based on SCADA data should be carried out wherever possible.

The EAPP CC shall make arrangements to carry out a similar series of studies for the whole EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 158
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

TSOs and the EAPP CC shall agree the list of Contingencies to be considered in carrying out the
studies. The data required for the security analysis studies is contained in Section 19.8 of Chapter 19
(Data Exchange).

10.1.5.3 Coordination of Automatic Systems

TSOs shall ensure that procedures are in place for the coordination of automatic systems, including
protection, having an effect on the system of a neighbouring TSO and shall agree on the type and
the settings of devices for automatic tripping of cross-border connections.

10.1.5.4 Auxiliary Supplies

TSOs shall ensure that appropriate back-up auxiliary supplies are available at all substations and
Control Centres. These back up sources shall not rely upon a supply being made available from the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and shall have a resilience of at least 6 hours.

10.1.6 Emergency Procedures

TSOs and the EAPP CC have a primary obligation to maintain the integrity of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System and to prevent any unplanned disturbance to the system.
However, once a large-scale disturbance does occur they must be prepared to react and adapt to
the dynamic environment of restoration operations.

Fundamental to re-establishing the integrity of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is

effective communications and coordination that enables TSOs and the EAPP CC to understand the
nature of the disturbance as well as how one TSO’s actions may impact on Neighbouring Control
Areas. This communication and coordination is a continuous and evolving process tailored to the
demands of the disturbance.

Each TSO and the EAPP CC shall develop, maintain and implement robust and comprehensive
procedures for emergency situations and have a strategy and plans in place for the safe and prompt
restoration of electricity supply. TSOs shall also ensure that their personnel and any of their Users
involved in implementing the emergency procedures are fully aware of and trained and tested in
their responsibilities.

TSOs shall provide copies of their emergency plans and procedures to neighbouring TSOs, EAPP CC
and to relevant Users within their National Systems. These plans and procedures shall be
coordinated with other TSOs, the EAPP CC and External Systems.

The emergency plans and procedures agreed between TSOs, EAPP CC and relevant Users shall
include, but not be limited, to the following:
(a) The procedures for the dissemination of the system state warnings set out in Section 10.1.4
in Chapter 10 (Emergency Operations – System Warnings) to neighbouring TSOs, EAPP CC
and relevant Users and the actions to be taken on receipt of a warning

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 159
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

(b) The requirement to establish and maintain reliable communications between all interested
parties and the communications protocols to be used
(c) A list of personnel appropriately authorised to take action in emergencies together with
their contact details
(d) Any requirement under national legislation to inform government and other public authorities
of the existence of an emergency condition on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
and the possible effects of the situation on population and infrastructure
(e) The requirement to ensure rapid information exchange between TSOs about system
conditions particularly close to their common borders. This information should include the
topology of the system and its weak points and the potential risks of tripping
(f) The possible need to arrange new interchange agreements to provide for emergency
capacity or energy transfers if existing agreements cannot be used
(g) A contingency plan to continue safe and reliable operations in the event of total loss of a
TSO’s Control Centre or communications facilities
(h) The need to ensure that sufficient resources of trained, tested and authorized personnel are
available in control rooms and for operation under all conditions
(i) The need to modify cross-border transfers to alleviate overloading
(j) The application of load shedding in some parts of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System in order to limit the risk of cascade tripping
(k) The regular training of all personnel in operation under emergency conditions

TSOs shall make every effort to remain connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
under emergency conditions. If a TSO however considers that its National System is endangered if it
remains connected, it may implement any remedial action necessary to protect its own National System.

10.1.6.1 Review of Emergency Procedures

TSOs shall review and update their emergency plans and procedures every year or whenever
significant changes are made to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. They shall also take
account of deficiencies noted when carrying out simulations and exercises of the emergency plan
and procedures and any recommendations arising from reports prepared under Chapter 11
(Incident Reporting or OC 4).

The EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations is responsible for the review of the emergency procedures
annually to ensure that the emergency plans and procedures comply with Chapter 10 (Emergency
Operations or OC 3).

10.1.7 System Restoration and Black Start

The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown is known as a
Black Start Procedure. The main objective of a Black Start is the restoration of the EAPP

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 160
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

Interconnected Transmission System as an integrated whole in the shortest possible time using the
most effective means following a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown.

The complexities and indeterminate nature of recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown
require that any Black Start Procedure is sufficiently flexible in order to accommodate the full range
of Generating Unit and EAPP Interconnected Transmission System characteristics and operational
possibilities. This precludes the setting out of concise chronological sequences. The overall strategy
may include the overlapping phases of establishment of isolated groups of Generating Units
together with complementary local demand. These groups are termed Power Islands. The step-by-
step integration of these Power Islands into larger sub-systems will eventually result in the re-
establishment of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

10.1.7.1 Responsibilities
TSOs are responsible for the preparation of the strategy and plan for system restoration and Black
Start as part of the procedures set out in Section 10.1.6 (Emergency Operations – Emergency
Procedures).

When a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown exists on its National System, the TSOs shall notify the
TSOs of Neighbouring Systems and the EAPP CC and shall agree the initial steps in the restoration
process.

Each TSO is primarily responsible for re-starting its respective National System after a Total or
Partial Shutdown that disconnects its system from the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Each TSO shall be responsible for ensuring Generating Units with Black Start Capability as specified
in CC 8.6 (Black Start Units) are available within its National System. TSOs shall contract for Black
Start capability in accordance with Chapter 16 (Ancillary Services ISBC3).

Appropriate tests and simulations shall be carried out on an annual basis to ensure that:
(a) Black Start Units are capable of starting up without any external power supply;
(b) the National System can be energised and loaded from the Black Start Unit(s), and
(c) the National System can be re-synchronised with the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Black Start Tests may involve synchronisation of generation to the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System or connection of demand remote from the Black Start Unit.

10.1.7.2 Procedure
In the event that the systems of neighbouring TSOs remain de-energised after a Total Shutdown of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, TSOs shall determine, by means of tests or
simulations, the amount of system and load that could be energised from their National System.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 161
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

Whenever possible the TSOs affected by a Total Shutdown shall coordinate the restoration process.
If they consider it necessary to re-configure the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or
disconnect some cross-border connections, they shall request the EAPP CC to coordinate the
operation with all other TSOs that may be affected by the action.

Each TSO shall recover its National System and obtain the balance between generation and demand
in coordination with its Users, handling the synchronization operations of their systems until
complete integration with the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is achieved. The EAPP CC
shall be responsible for the overall supervision of the restoration process of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System.

During the initial stages of restoration normal operational security standards may not be appropriate
or possible and the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or a National System may be operated
outside normal voltage and frequency limits provided that it does not result in damage to Plant and
or Apparatus, or a safety hazard to persons.

10.1.7.3 Power Islands

EAPP CC shall coordinate the formation of Power Islands where such Power Islands include the parts
of more than one National System. The EAPP CC shall designate one TSO to act as the Control Area
Operator for such a Power Island until such time as re-synchronisation with the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System has occurred.

The designated TSO of a Power Island shall ensure that the Power Island is managed in a secure and
safe manner. Where possible a Power Island should be operated in accordance with the following
frequency and voltage criteria:
(a) the frequency in the Island shall be nominally 50 Hz and shall be controlled within the limits
49.5 – 50.5 Hz
(b) the voltage on the Transmission System in the Island shall normally remain within -/+ 10% of
nominal. Voltages of +20% and –15% should not prevail for more than 15 minutes

Close coordination between TSOs and Users is required to achieve and maintain these frequency
and voltage levels.

10.1.7.4 Completion of Black Start and System Restoration

When the Black Start and system restoration are complete the EAPP CC shall formally notify TSOs
that the Black Start is complete and normal operation has been resumed.

10.1.8 Reporting of Emergency Conditions

The reporting of significant incidents during emergency conditions and or Black Start shall be in
accordance with Chapter 11 (Operations Code No. 4 – Incident Reporting), or OC 4, Incident
Reporting which also contains provision for the Joint Investigation of incidents.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 162
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

10.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

10.2.1 Introduction
This section specifies the criteria and procedures that are specific to the ENTSO internal system for
emergency operations of the ENTS.

10.2.2 Emergency and Contingency Planning

The following emergency and Contingency planning actions are specific for the ENTSO and are
elaborated where needed:

(a) The ENTSO shall develop and maintain Contingency plans to manage system contingencies
and emergencies that are relevant to the performance of the Interconnected Power System
(IPS). Such Contingency plans shall be developed in consultation with all Users shall be
consistent with internationally acceptable utility practices, and shall include but not be
limited to:
1. Under-frequency load shedding
2. Meeting Ethiopia’s disaster management requirements, if any, including the
necessary minimum load requirements
3. Forced outages at all points of interface, and
4. Supply restoration
(b) Emergency plans shall allow for quick and orderly recovery from a partial or complete
system collapse, with least cost solution and minimum impact on customers
(c) Emergency plans shall comply with EAPP agreements and guidelines
(d) The ENTSO shall periodically verify Contingency and/or emergency plans by actual tests to
the greatest practical extent possible. In the event of such tests causing undue risk or undue
cost to a User, the ENTSO shall take such risks or costs into consideration when deciding
whether to conduct the tests. Any tests shall be carried out at a time that is least disruptive
to the Users and embedded end-use customers. The costs of these tests shall be borne by
the respective asset owners. The ENTSO shall ensure the co-ordination of the tests in
consultation with all affected Users
(e) The ENTSO shall specify minimum emergency requirements for distribution control centres,
Generating Plant local control centres and substations to ensure continuous operation of
their control, recording, annunciator and communication facilities
(f) It shall be ensured that other Users comply with the ENTSO’s reasonable requirements for
Contingency and emergency plans
(g) The ENTSO shall set the requirements for automatic and manual load shedding. Users shall
make available loads and schemes to comply with these requirements. When the SCADA
system displays a sudden loss of generation accompanied by a drastic drop in system
frequency without the operation of under frequency scheme, the ENTSO shall monitor the
system for a voltage collapse. If a voltage collapse is imminent, controlled load-shedding is
initiated according to Ethiopia Power System Control procedure

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 163
CHAPTER 10 Operations Chapter No. 3 – Emergency Operations

(h) If a sudden loss of a large generation plant occurs on the system followed by an operation of
under frequency scheme, the ENTSO shall initiate action as detailed in the Ethiopia Power
System Control procedure
(i) The ENTSO shall be responsible for determining all operational limits on the ENTS, updating
these periodically and making these available to the Users
(j) The ENTSO shall conduct load flow studies regularly as indicated in section 10.1.5
(Responsibilities of the ENTSOs - Security Analysis) to determine the effect that various
component failures would have on the reliability of the system. At the request of the ENTSO,
Distribution Licensees shall perform related load flow studies on their part of the network
and make the results available to the ENTSO
(k) Studies shall be made on a coordinated basis to:
1. Determine the facilities on each system, which may affect the operation of the
coordinated area
2. Determine operating limitations for normal operation when all transmission
components are in service; and
3. Determine operating limitations of transmission facilities under abnormal or
emergency conditions. In determining ratings of transmission facilities, consideration
shall be given to thermal and stability limits, short and long time loading limits, and
voltage limits
(l) Periodic studies shall be made to determine the Emergency Transfer Capability of
transmission lines interconnecting control areas. Studies shall be made annually or at such
other time that changes are made to the power system, which may affect the Emergency
Transfer Capability
(m) Studies shall be made to develop operating voltage or reactive schedules for both normal
and outage conditions
(n) Adequate coordination with the Neighbouring Systems to use uniform line identifications
and ratings when referring to transmission facilities of a transmission system network shall
foster consistency when referring to facilities and reduce the likelihood of
misunderstandings
(o) The scheduling of Outages of transmission facilities which may affect Neighbouring Systems
shall be co-ordinated with the appropriate authorities
(p) Any Emergency Outage, which may have a bearing on the reliability of the transmission
system shall be communicated to all systems which may be affected

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 164
11 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 4 – INCIDENT REPORTING
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold

11.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

11.1.1 Introduction
OC 4 sets out the requirements for reporting significant incidents that have caused, or could have
caused, damage to persons, system equipment, or operation of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System outside the standards set out in Chapter 9 ((Operational Security or OC 2).

OC 4 also describes the procedure for the joint investigation of significant incidents and for the
technical audit of TSO’s procedures and Plant and or Apparatus connected to, or forming part of,
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

11.1.2 Objective
The objectives of OC 4 are:
(a) To specify the roles and responsibilities of TSOs and EAPP CC with regard to significant
incident reporting
(b) To provide for the joint investigation by TSOs, EAPP Steering Committee and the
Independent Regulatory Board of any significant incident that has had, or could have had, a
widespread impact on any part of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(c) To make provision for the technical audit of a TSO’s procedures and Plant and / or
Apparatus connected to, or forming part of, the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

11.1.3 Reporting Requirements

Where a TSO becomes aware of a significant incident on its National System which, in the TSO’s
view, compromised, or may have compromised the integrity or secure operation of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System, the TSO shall notify the EAPP CC and other affected TSOs of
such significant incident as a matter of urgency.

The EAPP Steering Committee and the Independent Regulatory Board may require the provision of a
report on a significant incident, which in their view has compromised the secure operation of the
EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Without limiting the requirements of OC 4, TSOs shall report any of the following incidents that have
or could have adversely affected the security of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or the
safety of persons or system equipment:
(a) Manual or automatic tripping under emergency conditions of system circuits and Plant
associated with the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 165

CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

(b) An uncontrolled loss of generation of greater than 30 MW

(c) A loss of demand greater than 20 MW for more than 15 minutes from a single incident
(d) Load shedding of more than 20 MW implemented for local reasons
(e) The occurrence of a system separation or islanding
(f) Deviation of voltage and or frequency outside the limits of the CC
(g) System instability
(h) Implementation of Black Start procedures
(i) Sabotage, vandalism, terrorism and cyber-attacks affecting the security of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System
(j) Major safety incident

The Report shall provide a detailed description of the incidents that occurred as well as the actions
taken for the re-establishment of normal conditions on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

11.1.4 Incident Reports

11.1.4.1 Initial Report
The Initial Report shall be prepared immediately and shall be submitted to the EAPP CC within four
(4) hours of the occurrence of the significant incident. The Initial Report shall include, in the format
of Sample Report in Section 11.1.7 of this chapter, without limitation, the following information:
(a) A description of the significant incident detailing the sequence of events
(b) The time and date of the significant incident
(c) The location(s) of the significant incident
(d) Plant and or Apparatus directly involved and not merely affected by the significant incident
(e) A preliminary diagnosis of probable cause(s) of the significant incident
(f) The consequences on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System (loss of load,
unavailability of generating and transmission facilities, protection operations)
(g) Immediate actions performed to restore the system to a normal operative state; and
(h) Any other information available in relation to the significant incident
Those incidents that were not identified until sometime after they occurred shall be reported to the
EAPP CC within four (4) hours of being recognised.

11.1.4.2 Interim Report

Depending on the severity or complexity of the significant incident, an Interim Report may be issued.
This report shall be submitted to the EAPP CC within five (5) business days of the occurrence of the
incident. It shall contain further analysis of the incident together with provisional recommendations
for action to be taken, on an urgent basis, regarding procedures or facilities of the EAPP Interconnected

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 166
CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

Transmission System. The purpose of the Interim Report is to alert the EAPP CC and other TSOs of
the possible need to take immediate action.

11.1.4.3 Final Report

A Final Report shall be presented to the EAPP CC within thirty (30) business days of the occurrence
of the significant incident. As a minimum the Final Report shall contain a description of the incident,
the identification of its root cause, the conclusions reached and recommendations for corrective
actions, if applicable, to prevent recurrence of this type of incident.

When a TSO requires more than thirty (30) business days to submit a Final Report, it may request
additional time and agree a new timescale to carry out the relevant investigations.

11.1.4.4 Evaluation and Approval of Reports

All reports shall be circulated by the EAPP CC to the EAPP Steering Committee, to the Independent
Regulatory Board and to other relevant TSOs.

The Final Report is subject to the approval of the EAPP Steering Committee and of the Independent
Regulatory Board. If either body fails to approve the Final Report, the incident shall be subject to a
Joint Investigation in accordance with Section 11.1.4 in this chapter.

11.1.4.5 Actions Arising from Incidents

When the Final Report of a significant incident concludes that action is required to implement the
recommendations of the Report, TSOs concerned shall draw up an implementation timetable. The
actions required as a result of incidents are likely to involve the following:
(a) Modification of operating procedures
(b) Modification of equipment (e.g. control systems or Remedial Action Schemes)
(c) Identification of any lessons learned
(d) Non-compliance with operational or technical procedures or any provision of the EAPP/EAC
Interconnection Code or ENTGC or equivalent documents

The EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations shall track and review the status of all
recommendations from Final Reports at least twice a year to ensure they have been implemented in
due time. If any recommendation has not been implemented within two (2) years, or if the tracking
and review process indicates at any time that the recommendation(s) are not being pursued with
due diligence, the matter shall be bought formally to the attention of the EAPP Steering Committee
and the Independent Regulatory Board for further action.

11.1.5 Joint Investigation

Where an incident has occurred and a Final Report submitted under Section 11.1.3 in this chapter,
the affected TSOs or the EAPP CC may request in writing that a Joint Investigation be carried out. A
Joint Investigation shall also be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1.3

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 167
CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

where approval of the Final Report by the EAPP Steering Committee and or the Independent
Regulatory Board has been withheld.

The composition of the Joint Investigation Committee shall be appropriate for the incident to be
investigated and agreed by all parties involved. If an agreement cannot be reached on the composition
of the Committee, the EAPP Steering Committee and the Independent Regulatory Board shall decide.

The terms of reference and all matters relating to the Joint Investigation shall be agreed by the
parties in good faith and in a timely manner. The investigation shall begin within fifteen (15)
business days from the request for a Joint Investigation.

11.1.6 Technical Audit

Based on an analysis made by the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations or the
Independent Regulatory Board of all Final Reports, it may be decided to carry out a technical audit of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System facilities or of the operational procedures used by
TSOs and the EAPP CC.

These technical audits shall be carried out by experts nominated by the EAPP Sub-Committees on
Planning and Operations or Independent Regulatory Board as the case may be. TSOs shall allow
access for the inspection of their facilities, provide the required information, and accept and comply
with the recommendations of the technical audit.

11.1.7 Sample Report

[Suggested Format of Reports]

SIGNIFICANT INCIDENT REPORT NO ……………………………………………………..

REPORTING TSO ……………………………………………………………….………………

TYPE OF REPORT (CIRCLE) INITIAL / INTERIM / FINAL

TIME OF INCIDENT ……………………………………………………………………………

DATE OF INCIDENT ……………………………………………………………………………

LOCATION OF INCIDENT …………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

PLANT OR APPARATUS DIRECTLY INVOLVED …………………………………………

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 168
CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

….…………………..……………………………………………………………………………….

….…………………..……………………………………………………………………………….

..…………………….……………………………………………………………………………….

ESTIMATED TIME AND DATE OF RETURN TO SERVICE……...……………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

DESCRIPTION OF SIGNIFICANT INCIDENT ……………………………………………...

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

………………………………………………………………………………………………............

OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION (Weather conditions, change in output of Generating Units etc.)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

CAUSE OF SIGNIFICANT INCIDENT where known at time of Report

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

RECOMMENDATIONS FOLLOWING INVESTIGATIONS

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 169
CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

...…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………… ………………………………………………………………………………..

11.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

11.2.1 Incidents for Reporting
A major incident is defined as an incident where (a) Load was interrupted for more than allowable
time as determined by the ENTSO; and (b) Severe damage to Plant or system equipment has
occurred. In case of a major incident, a Participant/User shall have the right to request an
independent audit of the report, at their own cost, if they are not satisfied with it. If these audit
findings disagree with the report, the Participant/User may follow the Dispute resolution
mechanism. If the audit agrees with the report, the report recommendations shall prevail and be
implemented within the time frames specified.

An incident is reported to the ENTSO by operators or regional controller when a major disturbance
occurs on the national grid resulting in casualties, loss of supplies or damage to equipment. An
incident shall be reported with the information on the nature of incident, its location,
people/customers/installations affected, and corrective actions taken as soon as possible. Procedure
for handling incident reporting shall be followed as per Ethiopia Power System Control procedure.
Following are some guidelines regarding incident reporting, investigation, and analysis:
(a) Generation Licensees shall report loss of output and tripping of units and change of status of
AGC and governor to the ENTSO within two (2) minutes of the event occurring
(b) In the event of a multiple unit tripping, the relevant Generation Licensee shall submit a
written report to the ENTSO within seven (7) to fifteen (15) days identifying the root causes
of the incident and the corrective actions taken.
(c) The ENTSO shall be responsible for developing and maintaining an adequate system of fault
statistics
(d) Incidents shall be reported to the Regulatory Authority as defined in the license conditions
(e) A User may issue an incident report to the ENTSO on becoming aware of an occurrence. The
ENTSO shall provide a reason for the incident, what has been done to address it, and, if
appropriate, indicate what action it shall take to avoid such an incident(s) in the future
(f) The ENTSO may also issue an incident report to a User, where the User does not comply
with necessary requirements. The User shall provide the ENTSO with reasons for the
incident and, where appropriate, indicate the measures that will be taken to address the
problem
(g) Incidents involving sabotage or suspected sabotage, as well as threats of sabotage on the
power system shall be reported to the ENTSO

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 170
CHAPTER 11 Operations Chapter No. 4 – Incident Reporting

(h) Any incident that materially affected the quality of the service to a Participant/User shall be
formally investigated. These include interruptions of supply, disconnections, under or over
voltage incidents, quality of supply contraventions, etc. A preliminary incident report shall
be available after three (3) working days and a final report within three months. The ENTSO
shall initiate such an investigation, arrange for the writing of the report and involve all
affected Participants/Users. All these Participants/Users shall make all relevant required
information available to the ENTSO. The confidentiality status of information involved shall
be maintained

High-risk incidents include the ones causing: (a) significant disruption of supply to customers; (b)
substantial damage to equipment and switchgears; (c) fires in establishments; and (d) adverse
environmental consequences (e.g. bushfires, environmental pollution, etc.). Information necessary
for incident reporting are summarized as:
(a) Sequence of events necessary for root cause analysis (includes loading and generation
situation before/during/after the disturbance, and historical performance of the failed
equipment)
(b) Details regarding the fault containing chronological description of the incident’s occurrence,
operations during the incident and the cause of the incident
(c) Any known facts such as: Protection malfunctions; Malfunction of Electrical Plant
equipment; Malfunction of telecommunications and SCADA; Transport problems;
Manpower problems
(d) Any of the following actions taken after occurrence of the incident: Emergency actions
taken; Strategies taken to operate the system under fault condition; Operating procedures
used during the disturbance; instructions issued, timings for execution; Restoration actions
initiated
(e) Any conclusions/recommendations that include: Weaknesses found in the disturbance
handling, equipment mal-operations performance; System response to the disturbance; Any
mal-operations; Evaluation of all aspects of operation; Any modifications of disturbance
handling procedures and why
(f) Any remedial actions taken to restore supplies and equipment
(g) Distribution of completed reports to the Operational Heads

Despite the urgency of the situation, careful, prompt, and complete logging of all operations and
operational messages shall be ensured by all Users to facilitate subsequent investigation into the
incident and the efficiency of the restoration process.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 171
12 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 5 – DEMAND CONTROL
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold

12.1 REQUIREMENTS FROM THE EAPP IC

12.1.1 Introduction
Demand Control (or OC 5) sets out the provisions to be made by a TSO in cooperation with the EAPP
CC to permit reductions in demand in the event of insufficient generation capacity available to meet
demand, or in the event of breakdown/ thermal overloading of any part of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System leading to the possibility of unacceptable frequency or voltage conditions.
Without limitation, the provisions of OC 5 may be used in the event of both a steady-state shortfall of
generation and a transient shortfall following an instantaneous loss of generation.

TSOs shall, after taking all other remedial actions, disconnect customer demand rather than risk an
uncontrolled failure of Plant and or Apparatus or cascading Outages of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System.

12.1.2 Objective
The objective of OC 5 is to require TSOs to have procedures in place to enable a reduction in
demand on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System in order to avoid a breakdown or
overloading of the system or in the event of generation shortage.

12.1.3 Methods of Demand Control

To preserve the security of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, OC 5 deals with the
following types of demand control:
(a) Automatic Load Shedding activated by low frequency and low voltage relays
(b) Emergency manual load shedding, and
(c) Planned manual load shedding including voltage reduction and rota disconnection

The type of demand control utilised by the TSO in any particular circumstances will depend upon the
amount of time between the TSO becoming aware of the need for implementing demand control
and the time at which it needs to be implemented. In the event of a sudden and unexpected loss of
generation on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, the requisite demand control will
normally be achieved by means of Automatic Load Shedding but, occasionally, emergency manual
disconnection may additionally be required. In all cases when demand control is necessary, the TSO
shall use demand disconnection as the last option.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 172

CHAPTER 12 Operations Chapter No. 5 – Demand Control

12.1.4 Risk of Demand Reduction

The TSO and or the EAPP CC shall issue a notification of a risk of demand control whenever it is
anticipated that there may be insufficient generating capacity available to meet demand or that
there is a risk of serious disturbance to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Any such notification issued shall be provided as soon as reasonably possible after the TSO or the EAPP CC
has grounds to believe that there is a risk of demand reduction. The notice shall include an estimate of:
(a) the required level of demand control in MW;
(b) the expected start time and duration of demand control.

Under the terms of Emergency Operations or OC 3 (Chapter 10), TSOs and or EAPP CC are
responsible for the issue of ALERT and EMERGENCY warnings. The existence of a risk of demand
reduction shall normally be included within one of these warnings.

12.1.5 Automatic Load Shedding Schemes

Under generation shortfall conditions, the frequency graded Automatic Load Shedding Scheme is
used prevent frequency collapse on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and to restore
the balance between generation output and demand.

Each TSO shall establish plans for Automatic Load Shedding for underfrequency and undervoltage
conditions. The overall Automatic Load Shedding Scheme for the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System shall be coordinated by the EAPP CC in order to prevent excessive transfers across the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System and possible instability.

A TSO shall implement load shedding in steps established to minimize the risk of further
uncontrolled separation, loss of generation, or system shutdown.

TSOs shall coordinate Automatic Load Shedding in their National Systems with underfrequency
isolation of Generating Units, tripping of shunt capacitors, and other automatic actions that will
occur under abnormal frequency, voltage, or power flow conditions.

12.1.5.1 Procedure
The following procedures are to be followed by a TSO in the implementation of the Automatic Load
Shedding Scheme on its National System:
(a) Each TSO shall make available up to 60% of its annual peak demand for the Automatic Load
Shedding Scheme
(b) Schemes shall be based on system dynamic performance where the greatest probable
imbalance between demand and generation is simulated
(c) Schemes should be analysed to ensure that no unacceptable over-frequency, over- voltage
or transmission overload will occur

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 173
CHAPTER 12 Operations Chapter No. 5 – Demand Control

(d) The demand on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System subject to an Automatic Load
Shedding Scheme will be split by the TSO into discrete blocks. The number, location, size and
the associated low frequency or low voltage settings of these blocks will be as determined
by the TSO in consultation with the EAPP CC and shall not unduly discriminate against or
unduly prefer any one group of Users. The TSO and EAPP CC shall also take into account
constraints on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System when determining the size and
location of demand reduction by Automatic Load Shedding
(e) If the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is still in a critical condition following
frequency or voltage recovery after the activation of the Automatic Load Shedding Scheme,
a TSO may implement manual disconnection of additional demand to permit restoration of
the previously disconnected demand;
(f) Demand disconnected by the Automatic Load Shedding Scheme shall only be restored on
the instruction of the TSO with the agreement of the EAPP CC unless there are particular
local circumstances
(g) The settings of under-frequency and under-voltage relays shall be coordinated with the
emergency plans and procedures required by OC 3
(h) TSOs and EAPP CC shall review annually the settings of under-frequency and under-voltage
relays and the levels of demand to be disconnected

12.1.6 Planning and Emergency Manual Load Shedding

Planned manual disconnection is the procedure adopted when the TSO has reasonable notice that a
generation shortfall and or EAPP Interconnected Transmission System problems may require demand
control. TSOs may also initiate voltage reduction in lieu of demand disconnection as necessary.

Each TSO shall be responsible for maintaining rota disconnection plans for use where a shortage of
generation is anticipated over a prolonged period. The rota disconnection plans shall provide for the
disconnection and reconnection of defined blocks of demand on instruction from the TSO. In this
way the TSO can instruct the necessary level of disconnection (and reconnection) required by the
circumstances at the time. The rota disconnection plans of each TSO shall be coordinated by the
EAPP CC to ensure that where the generation shortage is common to a number of countries of EAPP
the resulting demand control is applied equitably.

Emergency manual disconnection is utilised by the TSO when a loss of generation or a mismatch of
generation output and demand is such that there is an operational requirement to disconnect
demand at short notice or in real time to maintain a margin between generation output and
demand and in certain circumstances to deal with operating problems such as unacceptable voltage
levels and thermal overloads. TSOs shall maintain emergency manual disconnection plans and
procedures, coordinated with EAPP CC, to implement manual load shedding in a timeframe
adequate for responding to an emergency.

TSOs shall ensure that, as far as practicable, demand reductions are deployed equitably. In the case of
protracted generation shortage or transmission system overloading, large imbalances of generation
and demand may cause excessive power transfers across the EAPP Interconnected Transmission

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 174
CHAPTER 12 Operations Chapter No. 5 – Demand Control

System. If such transfers threaten the stability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or
could damage generating and transmission facilities, the pattern of demand reduction shall be
adjusted to secure the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, notwithstanding the inequalities of
disconnection that may arise from such adjustments.

12.1.7 Demand Restoration

When EAPP Interconnected Transmission System conditions have returned to normal, TSOs may,
with the consent of EAPP CC, initiate demand restoration. Demand restoration will normally be
instructed in stages as equitably as practicable. Two or more stages of demand restoration may be
carried out simultaneously where appropriate. Procedures for demand restoration after a Total or
Partial Shutdown shall be in accordance with Section 10.1.7 of Chapter 10 (Emergency Operations –
System Restoration and Black Start).

12.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENT

12.2.1 Introduction
This section specifies the criteria and procedures to be applied by the ENTSO for demand control of
the National Transmission System. Provisions of this section are to enable the ENTSO to implement
demand reduction or demand addition in a manner that ensures the continued balance between
supply and demand under normal or emergency conditions.

The objective of demand control is to achieve reduction in demand in the transmission grid in order
to: (a) manage system security during low operating reserve; and (b) prevent system overload or
voltage collapse.

Demand control shall, in general, apply to Generation Licensee, TNSPs, Distribution Licensees, and
End-use Users.

12.2.2 Planned Demand Control

If a supply-demand mismatch is foreseen, the ENTSO will alert Users drawing power from the ENTSO
grid in terms of the times and load quantum to be curtailed. The ENTSO shall consult the Users in
producing a load-shedding programme that shall be followed when there is planned load demand
control. During emergency, the ENTSO may curtail load in a manner that does not strictly follow the
agreed load-shedding programme. Planned demand control is detailed under section 12.1.6 in this
chapter.

12.2.3 Emergency Demand Control

Emergency automatic demand control occurs when there is a sudden loss of generation
substantially in excess of spare Plant capacity. The ENTSO in consultation with grid Users shall
prepare the plan for automatic load shedding during the low frequency conditions. For details on
automatic load shedding, please refer to Section 12.1.5 in this chapter. During periods of low

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 175
CHAPTER 12 Operations Chapter No. 5 – Demand Control

frequency conditions, Generating Plants shall assist through the following: (a) Make every effort to
assist the system frequency to rise to 50 Hz, by increasing generation whenever possible; (b) Not
disconnecting manually from the transmission system unless there is definite evidence that a
complete failure of generation would otherwise result. The ENTSO shall enforce demand control in
such a manner that does not unduly discriminate against, or unduly prefer anyone.

If the ENTSO anticipates any generation shortfall based on the difference between projected
maximum demand and available generation capacity, the ENTSO shall work with all relevant
personnel following the operational guidelines below:
(a) The ENTSO shall inform RCCs of their required load rationing targets
(b) The RCCs shall coordinate with the ENTSO to determine the End-use Users and feeders to be
affected
(c) The RCCs shall inform the End-use Users of their required load reduction magnitudes and
the time period
(d) The RCCs shall be at the relevant End-use Users’ premises before start of reduction period to
ensure and confirm compliance by such Users
(e) The RCCs shall inform the ENTSO of End-use Users’ compliance with load reductions
(f) The ENTSO shall evaluate system status and determine if this load reduction is adequate. If
reduction is inadequate, the ENTSO shall instruct RCCs to carry out additional load shedding
(g) The RCCs shall carry out load shedding as instructed by the ENTSO. The RCCs shall instruct
operators to carry out load shedding in places where there are no SCADA commands
(h) The RCCs shall notify the ENTSO of completion of carrying out load shedding
(i) The ENTSO shall evaluate system status. If load shedding is still inadequate, The ENTSO shall
instruct RCCs to carry out further load shedding
(j) If load shedding is adequate, the ENTSO shall wait for the recovery of the system while monitoring
system status parameters (voltage and frequency) on the SCADA
(k) The ENTSO shall determine if system has recovered from generation shortfall
(l) If system has not recovered from generation shortfall, the ENTSO shall wait for the recovery of the
system while monitoring system status parameters (voltage and frequency) on the SCADA
(m) If system has recovered from the generation shortfall, the ENTSO shall instruct the RCCs to restore
Customer load through remote control. The RCCs shall instruct operators to restore Customers
where there is no remote control. The RCCs shall also inform End-use Users who had reduced
load to resume normal operation. Restoration of such Users shall be done systematically as
directed by the ENTSO
(n) When the system returns to normal operation, the RCCs shall notify the ENTSO of the completion of load
shedding, and the ENTSO compiles Load shedding detail report

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 176
13 OPERATIONS CHAPTER NO. 6 – SYSTEM TESTS
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

13.1 REQUIREMENTS FROM THE EAPP IC

13.1.1 Introduction
The Operations Code No. 6 (OC 6) sets out the arrangements and procedures across the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System for System Tests or operational tests including Black Start tests
and Power Island tests.

System Tests are those tests, which involve either a simulated or a controlled application of
irregular, unusual or extreme conditions on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. In
addition, they include commissioning and or acceptance tests on Plant and Apparatus to be carried
out by a User and which may have a significant impact upon the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System.

System Tests or operational tests may involve single items of Plant and or Apparatus through to
whole sections of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and may be proposed by EAPP Sub-
Committees on Planning or Operations or a TSO.

To minimise disruption to the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and or to
other TSO’s National Systems, it is necessary that these tests be subjected to central coordination by
the EAPP CC in cooperation with the relevant TSO.

OC 6 also describes the data exchange and communication requirements between EAPP and the
TSOs to facilitate planning, implementation and reporting of System Tests or operational tests.

13.1.2 Objective
The objectives of OC 6 are to specify procedures for central co-ordination and control of a System
Test or operational test required by a TSO or the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations,
where such test will or may:
(a) Affect the secure operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(b) Have a significant effect on the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
or a National System
(c) Affect the economic operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, or
(d) Affect the quality or continuity of supply of electricity from the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 177

CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

13.1.3 Procedure
13.1.3.1 General
Tests shall be planned to ensure all Plant and Apparatus remain within the applicable capability
limits specified by the relevant TSO and carried out such that there is minimal impact on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System or TSOs’ National Systems. System Tests required by TSOs or
EAPP CC shall include, but not be limited to the following:
(a) Tests involving the controlled application of frequency and or voltage variations aimed at
gathering information on the behaviour of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(b) Black Start and system restoration tests
(c) Testing of procedures and plans for system ALERT and EMERGENCY conditions
(d) Testing or monitoring of power quality under various system conditions and generation
configurations

TSOs shall be responsible for obtaining the agreement of the relevant User(s) before tests proceed.

All Outage requests for Tests shall be progressed in accordance with the guidelines in Chapter 8
(Operational Planning).

The category of Tests shall be agreed by the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations and
relevant TSOs.

Major Tests are those considered sufficiently complex by either Party to require a detailed Test
programme to be submitted in accordance with Test Proposal as described below.

OC 6 is not intended to deal with Tests categorised as minor or routine. Such tests do not require a
detailed Test programme to be submitted.

Any System Tests on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, which may affect an External
System, or tests on an External System, which may affect the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System, shall be carried out in accordance with the appropriate bilateral agreements.

13.1.3.2 Test Proposal

The level of demand on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System varies substantially according
to the time of day and time of year and, consequently, certain System Tests, which may have a
significant impact on the system, can only be undertaken at certain times of the day and year. Other
System Tests, for example, those involving substantial Mvar generation or full load rejection tests,
may also be subject to timing constraints. It therefore follows that notice of System Tests should be
given as far in advance of the date on which they are proposed to be carried out.

The Test Proposer shall provide a Test Proposal to EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations
who shall be responsible for circulation to relevant TSOs.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 178
CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

Individual TSOs shall ensure that any of their Users who may be involved in or affected by the Test
shall be provided with a copy of the Test Proposal and any updates thereof. Where practicable, the
Test Proposal shall be submitted at least three (3) months prior to the proposed date of the Test.
The Test Proposer shall ensure that sufficient detail is included in the Test Proposal to allow the
affected parties to assess the impact of the Test on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System,
TSOs’ National Systems and Users’ Systems.

The Test Proposer shall be responsible for change control of the Test Proposal and shall issue a
revised Test Proposal to EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations. EAPP Sub-Committees on
Planning or Operations is responsible for liaising with any other affected TSOs who in turn shall
notify any Users affected by the change.

EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations and the affected TSOs shall assess the implications
and agree the category of the Test within a reasonable time. TSOs shall liaise with each affected
User, seek their agreement to the Test Proposal, collate, and coordinate their responses to the EAPP
Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations.

Following receipt of the Test Proposal and evaluation of the Test’s likely impact, including
discussions of test requirements with the Test Proposer and other affected parties, the EAPP Sub-
Committees on Planning or Operations taking into account the criteria set out in this chapter will
decide if approval for the Test is granted.

If the Test Proposal is not acceptable to the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations, an
affected TSO or User, EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations shall refuse the Test Proposal
and shall immediately notify the Test Proposer. The Test Proposer may choose to revise and re-submit
the Test Proposal in accordance with this procedure or raise a Dispute under the terms of section 3.11
of Chapter 3 (Dispute Resolution).

Any Test Proposal made by the EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning or Operations shall be subject to
the prior approval of the EAPP Steering Committee and Independent Regulatory Board and shall
otherwise be subject to the procedure set out above.

13.1.3.3 Detailed Test Programme

As soon as practicable after agreement to the Test Proposal, the Test Proposer shall provide an Outage
request, in accordance with section 8.1.5 of Chapter 8 (Operational Planning – Outage Planning
Process), to EAPP CC detailing the Plant and Apparatus involved.

The Test Proposer shall provide, within a reasonable time, a draft Test programme to a level of detail
including, but not limited to, the content shown under Sample Report in Section A of this chapter.

The Test Proposer shall be responsible for change control of the draft Test programme and shall
issue within a reasonable time, a revised Test programme where appropriate to EAPP CC. EAPP CC is

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 179
CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

responsible for liaising with any other affected TSOs who in turn shall notify any Users affected by
the change.

EAPP CC shall provide to each affected TSO a copy of the draft Test Programme and all updates thereof.

TSOs shall liaise with each affected User and seek their agreement to the Test Programme and
collate and co-ordinate their responses to the EAPP CC.

EAPP CC and affected TSOs shall assess the implications of the Test programme on the safety,
security, and reliability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, individual TSO National
Systems and User Systems.

When all issues raised have been addressed to the reasonable satisfaction of all parties and the draft
Test programme agreed by all parties, the agreed Test programme shall be issued by EAPP CC to
relevant TSOs at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the commencement date of the Test unless
otherwise agreed.

In the event that that there is a Dispute regarding the acceptability or otherwise of a Test
programme or associated Outage, the Test shall not take place until the Dispute has been resolved.

13.1.3.4 Operational Process

EAPP CC shall be responsible for operational liaison and obtaining agreement from any affected TSO
for the Test to proceed and shall co-ordinate the Test.

When Tests have commenced, any change in System, site or Test conditions that could affect or
invalidate the Test or have an Operational Effect shall be communicated to other parties as soon as
reasonably practicable. The Tests shall be suspended until all parties involved have assessed the
implications of the change in system, site, or Test conditions.

In the event of a failure of communications between EAPP CC and relevant TSOs or the Test location
during the Test, then the Test shall be suspended until satisfactory communications are restored
and agreement is reached to continue with the Test programme.

13.1.3.5 Other Considerations

Tests shall normally only be carried out by EAPP CC or a TSO on Plant and Apparatus in operational
service when the results of off-load Tests would not be sufficiently rigorous in the reasonable opinion of
either Party to confirm the continued satisfactory performance of the Plant or Apparatus involved.

13.1.3.6 Operational Intertripping

No Tests shall take place that could result in operation of an operational intertripping scheme unless
this is the stated purpose of the Test and agreement has been reached with all affected Parties.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 180
CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

Where testing of an operational intertripping scheme is not the stated purpose of testing then no
Tests shall take place involving a circuit associated with an operational intertripping scheme unless
the operational intertripping scheme is not required in service. The scheme must be deselected
from service by a means agreed with all affected Parties.

13.1.4 Reporting of System Tests

Within three (3) months of the completion of the System Test or operational test, the Test Proposer
shall prepare a Final Report on the Test. The Report shall be submitted to the EAPP Steering
Committee, to the Independent Regulatory Board and to all TSOs affected by the Test.

The Final Report shall include a description of the Plant and or Apparatus tested and a description of
the System Test carried out together with the results, conclusions and recommendations as they
relate to the EAPP and TSOs.

13.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENT

This section discusses those tests, which involve either a simulated or a controlled application of
irregular, unusual or extreme conditions on the ENTSO, not addressed in Section 13.1.

13.2.1 Commissioning Tests

The TNSP or Users shall perform all commissioning tests required in order to confirm that the Plant
and equipment meet all the requirements of the ENTGC that have to be met before going on-line.
The ENTSO may request relevant tests (or results of such tests) to be demonstrated in accordance
with the ENTGC before accepting such Plant for operating. The party performing the test shall notify
the ENTSO and the Regulatory Authority at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any such tests, so
that they may witness the tests.

In addition to the safety of the system as described under Section 13.1.3 (Detailed Test Programme)
in this chapter, it is necessary to ensure that the safety of personnel or members of the public are
not threatened while conducting system tests.

It is important to ensure that the test programme specifies switching sequence and proposed
timings, list of staff involved in the test, and site safety responsible persons. If a Generating Plant
fails the system test, the Generation Licensee shall:

(a) Promptly notify the ENTSO of that fact

(b) Promptly advise the ENTSO of the remedial steps it proposes to take to rectify the
situation along the proposed timetable for implementing those steps
(c) Diligently take remedial action to ensure that the relevant Generating Plant can comply
if there is any compliance issue
(d) Regularly report in writing to the ENTSO on its progress in implementing the remedial
action

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 181
CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

(e) Demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the ENTSO that the relevant Generating
Plant passes the test and is compliant

Work instructions for Commissioning of New Generating Plant shall be as follows:

(a) The Generation Licensee shall send to the ENTSO all necessary details of the equipment to
be commissioned including a diagram of the high voltage connection points prior to the
commissioning date
(b) The Generation Licensee shall also submit to the ENTSO protective relay settings for the
new Generating Plant prior to the commissioning date
(c) Prior to the commissioning date, the Generation Licensee shall ensure that labels have been
affixed to the equipment and its auxiliaries for the new Generating Plant
(d) Prior to commissioning, the Generation Licensee shall arrange for a training session for
System Controllers/Operators of the ENTSO responsible for operating the new Generating
Plant
(e) The Generation Licensee shall send a copy of the clearance certificate to the ENTSO before
the commissioning date
(f) The Generation Licensee shall send to the ENTSO a copy of the commissioning programme, to
connect the Equipment to the system, at least fourteen (14) days before the commissioning
date
(g) The Generation Licensee shall provide notice of commissioning the new Generating Plant at
least fourteen (14) days before the commissioning date
(h) The ENTSO shall check and determine if there are any problems with the commissioning. If
there are any problems, the ENTSO shall discuss the matter with the Generation Licensee
and mutually agree on an appropriate date when commissioning can take place
(i) The ENTSO shall log the commissioning date along with all other relevant information, and
capture planned Outages in the Generation Dispatch schedule
(j) The ENTSO shall organize and coordinate switching personnel to assist during the
commissioning
(k) Before commissioning, the Generation Licensee shall report to the ENTSO the position of all
switchgears/circuit breakers, isolators, and earth switches, etc. that are included in the New
Generating Plant
(l) The ENTSO shall be responsible for coordinating all commissioning
(m) After successful commissioning, the ENTSO shall declare the New Generating Plant to be
under control of the ENTSO
Following commissioning, testing of new Generating Plant shall be carried out for compliance as per
approved standards and ancillary services provision. Details of testing for a Generating Plant shall
typically include Protection Integrity Tests. Trip testing of all protection functions, from origin (e.g.
Buchholz relay) to all tripping output devices (e.g. HV Breaker), shall be carried out and documented
providing details of all trip test responses. Testing shall also include in specific:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 182
CHAPTER 13 Operations Chapter No. 6 – System Tests

(a) Excitation Response Test -With the Generating Plant in the open circuit mode, carry out the
large signal performance testing as described in IEEE 421.2 of 1990; Determine time
response, Ceiling voltage, voltage response. With the Generating Plant connected to the
network and loaded, carry out the small signal performance tests according to IEEE
421.2.1990. Also, carry out power system stabiliser tests and determine damping with and
without Power System stabiliser. Document all responses
(b) Reactive Power Capability Test - Reactive output for a Generating Plant shall be fully
variable between its rated limits under AVR, manual or other control. The duration of the
test shall be for a period of up to 60 minutes, during which period the system voltage at the
grid entry point for the relevant Generating Plant shall be maintained by the Generating
Plant at the voltage specified by adjustment of Reactive Power on the remaining Generating
Plant units, if necessary, for a period of 60 minutes. The Generating Plant shall demonstrate
maintaining its reactive capability within plus or minus five percent (±5%) of its rated
capability
(c) Governor Response Tests - Prove that the unit is capable of the minimum requirements
required for governing frequency deviations
(d) Black Start Test - Black Start Units shall perform appropriate tests and simulations on an
annual basis to ensure that the Black Start facility is available. Such tests shall be witnessed
and approved by the ENTSO. A Black Start Station shall demonstrate that it can be
synchronised to the system within thirty (30) minutes of the commencement of the Black
Start procedure.
Other tests include:

(a) Contingency/ Emergency plan Verification - Tests shall be periodically carried out to the
greatest practical extent, as agreed by the parties, without causing undue risk or undue cost.
(b) Under - frequency load shedding (UFLS) Test - Test shall be done by isolating all actual
tripping circuits, injecting a frequency to simulate a frequency collapse and checking all
related functionality.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 183
14 ISCB CHAPTER NO. 1 - INTERCHANGE SCHEDULING
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

14.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS – INTERCHANGE SCHEDULING CHAPTER

The Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters (ISBC) involve three Chapters: this Interchange
Scheduling Chapter (ISC), the Balancing and Frequency Chapter (BFC), and the Ancillary Services
Chapter (ASC).

14.1.1 Introduction
One of the objectives of the EAPP is to facilitate trading in electricity among the EAPP Member
Countries. In its initial stages, such trading will consist of bilateral cross-border transactions between
Neighbouring Systems. Once further infrastructure is developed, more complex arrangements
including multilateral transactions with or without transit through Neighbouring Systems will
become possible and a Regional Power Pool Market will be established. Accordingly, the provisions
of the ISBCs will be modified to reflect any EAPP/EAC new electricity market rules.

To operate the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and to facilitate bilateral trade between EAPP
Member Countries it is necessary to schedule in advance the Active Power and Active Energy to be
transferred between TSO National Systems and to be imported from or exported to External Systems.

The term Interchange Scheduling in the context of balancing power specifically refers to the
intended delivery of Active Power and Active Energy from one Control Area to another Control Area
within the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System or to be imported from or exported to External
Systems.

This chapter deals with the following aspects of the scheduling process:
(a) Determination of the Net Transmission Capability (NTC) between Neighbouring Control
Areas and or External Systems over the Operational Planning timescales
(b) Publication of NTC values to enable TSOs and Users to evaluate possible Active Power and
Active Energy interchanges;
(c) Allocation of NTC to TSOs and or External Systems in accordance with predetermined rules
and the issue of Interchange Schedules

14.1.2 Objectives
The objectives are:
(a) to enable EAPP CC and TSOs to establish and publish the NTC on the interconnections
between Control Areas and or External Systems corresponding to the Operational Planning

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 184

CHAPTER 14 ISCB Chapter No. 1 - Interchange Scheduling

Phase, Programming Phase and Control Phase respectively as set out in Chapter 8
(Operational Planning, or, OC 1), and
(b) to require TSOs to allocate the NTC to Users in accordance with certain rule

14.1.3 Determination of Transmission Capability

NTC relates to the physical capability of the interconnection between Control Areas, and with
External Systems to transfer Active Power and Active Energy and shall be determined by the TSOs
concerned. The determination shall be based on the operational security standards set out in OC 2
and on such current technical and operational factors as are of significance to the NTC. TSOs are
individually responsible for assessing these factors within their own National Systems and will
determine in conjunction with EAPP CC the method of calculation of NTC between Control Areas and
or External Systems. In determining NTC TSOs shall also take account of the following factors:
(a) Deviations of Active Power flows resulting from the operation or functioning of Primary
Response to frequency changes
(b) Emergency exchanges between Control Areas and or External Systems to cope with
unexpected mismatch between generation and demand in real time, and
(c) Inaccuracies in data collection and measurements

14.1.4 Capacity Allocation

Certain Users may have acquired rights over the use of NTC. This may occur where the User concerned
has provided generation or transmission facilities in accordance with a bilateral agreement. TSOs shall
notify other relevant TSOs and the EAPP CC of the existence and extent of such agreements.

The NTC of the interconnection between Control Areas or with External Systems is firstly allocated to
those Users with pre-emptive rights over the capability based on their bilateral agreements. After
allocating NTC to Users who hold pre-emptive rights, TSOs may allocate the remaining capability of a
particular interconnection in accordance with commercial agreements, which are not the subject of this
chapter.

14.1.5 Interchange Scheduling Process

The Interchange Scheduling process is concerned with:
(a) Providing an indication of feasible electricity trading scenarios
(b) Determining NTC over various timescales
(c) The coordination of Outages to minimise the loss of trading benefit to Users and to the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System; and
(d) The evaluation of potential actions by TSOs to mitigate constraints on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System as set out in Chapter 8 (Operational Planning, or, OC 1)

As part of the Operational Planning process under OC 1, TSOs are required to make an assessment
over various timescales of the NTC available on the interconnections between Control Areas and

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 185
CHAPTER 14 ISCB Chapter No. 1 - Interchange Scheduling

External Systems. This assessment is based on the commissioning of new facilities and on the
Outages required for planned maintenance of generating and transmission facilities. TSOs are
required to publish details of the NTC on the EAPP Website.

Where a constraint in the NTC is identified when carrying out Interchange Scheduling in any of the
Operational Planning timescales, the TSOs concerned shall seek to reallocate the Interchange
Schedule to Users in the following priority order:
(a) Lowest priority will be energy exchanged as compensation for Inadvertent Deviations
(b) Energy transfers scheduled on a commercial basis by TSOs over and above the pre-emptive
rights
(c) Energy transfers scheduled as a consequence of pre-emptive rights, and
(d) Any agreements between TSOs for the provision of operating reserve

14.1.5.1 Annual Scheduling

By the end of September each year, TSOs shall exchange data on the cross-border NTC for the
following year (Year 1). The data shall be copied for information to the EAPP CC. The data shall also
indicate the pre-emptive rights over the NTC held by the TSO on behalf of a User connected to its
National System.

By the end of October each year, TSOs shall agree on the allocation of transmission capability and
shall publish an Annual Interchange Schedule. This Interchange Schedule is indicative only and is
used to advise Users of potential availability of power trading opportunities over and above those
pre-emptive rights held by the TSO on behalf of a User connected to its National System.

14.1.5.2 Weekly Scheduling

Interchange scheduling on a weekly basis is carried out on a rolling eight (8) week cycle in
accordance with Section 8.1.9 in Chapter 8. Each Friday at 10h00 Hrs, TSOs shall agree the
Interchange Schedule across their cross-border connections for the following eight (8) weeks,
commencing at 00h01 Hrs on Monday of Week 1, including the following data:
(a) Its forecast of interchange MW profiles on an hourly basis, based on the preemptive rights
held at the time of issue of the data to the EAPP CC
(b) Confirmation of pre-emptive rights currently held on behalf of Users; and
(c) Details of any changes to data included in the Annual Schedule issued under this section

EAPP CC shall develop the Weekly Interchange Schedule to achieve the operating reserve
requirements as set out in the Balancing and Frequency Control Chapter, and shall finalise the NTC
based on the data received from TSOs.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 186
CHAPTER 14 ISCB Chapter No. 1 - Interchange Scheduling

14.1.5.3 Daily Scheduling

On a daily cycle, TSOs shall carry out the process of revising progressively the Weekly Interchange
Schedule. This process is phased and iterative to allow:
(a) appropriate interactions with Neighbouring Systems, EAPP CC and External Systems
(b) identification of changes to constraints on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
(c) forecasts of demand, and
(d) the NTC of all interconnections between Control Areas, Neighbouring Systems and External
Systems to be determined and properly allocated

In accordance with OC 1.10 at 15h00 Hrs each day, TSOs shall finalise the Operational Plan for use
on the following day commencing at 00h01 Hrs. The Operational Plan shall be issued and published
by the EAPP CC. In the case of the Operational Plan issued on a Friday, the Plan will cover the three
(3) days commencing at 00h01 Hrs on the Saturday. Apart from the information set out in Chapter 8
(Operational Planning, or, OC 1), the Operational Plan will contain the following:
(a) the NTC between each Control Area, Neighbouring Systems and External Systems and its
allocation between Users
(b) the transfer in MW between each Control Area, Neighbouring Systems and External Systems
on an hourly basis
(c) the Operating Reserve levels to be maintained within the TSO’s National System on an hourly basis
(d) the Operating Reserves contracted with other TSOs on an hourly basis and for which NTC
has been reserved

Any additional information that may be reasonably considered to be of relevance to the daily
Schedule for that TSO shall be included. This may include:
(a) Weather
(b) Voltage control issues
(c) System stability issues
(d) System Tests in accordance with OC 6 to be carried out in another part of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System which may compromise security of supply

In real-time, neither the total of the schedules of individual Users, nor the actual power transfer between
Control Areas, Neighbouring Systems and External Systems may exceed the NTC for that interconnection.

14.1.6 Adjustments to the Interchange Schedule

After the completion of the scheduling process, and the issuing of the Interchange Schedule, a TSO
may consider it necessary to make adjustments to the transfers as determined by the scheduling
process. Such adjustments could be made necessary by any of the following factors:
(a) changes to Generating Plant availability or demand reduction

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 187
CHAPTER 14 ISCB Chapter No. 1 - Interchange Scheduling

(b) changes to demand forecasts

(c) changes to EAPP Interconnected Transmission System constraints, emerging from the system
security assessment
(d) changes to any conditions which in the reasonable opinion of a TSO or EAPP CC would
impose an increased risk to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and would
therefore require an increase in the operating reserves

14.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

This section discusses ENTSO specific requirements relating to the interchange scheduling.

14.2.1 Interchange Scheduling

This section describes the ENTSO- specific interchange scheduling procedural requirements. These
requirements are in addition to the EAPP requirements as described in Section 14.1.5. Where these
requirements are mutually exclusive, both shall be satisfied. If there are redundancies between the
ENTGC and EAPP requirements, the more stringent of the two requirements shall prevail.

14.2.1.1 Annual Scheduling

(a) Preliminary Interchange Schedules shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties
annually
(b) The yearly energy schedule shall be distributed on a monthly basis
(c) The non-binding annual delivery schedules shall be determined at least 4 months before the
beginning of the Calendar year
14.2.1.2 Quarterly Scheduling
The non-binding quarterly energy delivery schedules shall be determined at least 4 weeks before the
beginning of the quarter

14.2.1.3 Monthly Scheduling

(a) Monthly energy delivery schedules shall be determined at least 4 weeks before the
beginning of the month.
(b) Parties shall confirm the monthly energy delivery schedules as binding for the total energy
for the month
(c) In exceptional situations ( e.g., outage of major generation or transmission, shortage of
water for hydro, total system blackout or significant partial system blackout, etc.) as
mutually agreed between the parties, the parties can make changes to the confirmed
delivery schedules
(d) During the rainy season between July and September, monthly energy schedules shall be
determined one week before the beginning of the month
(e) During the rainy season, each party shall confirm the monthly energy delivery schedules on
a weekly and daily basis

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 188
CHAPTER 14 ISCB Chapter No. 1 - Interchange Scheduling

14.2.1.4 Weekly Scheduling

(a) Parties shall establish weekly schedules at the planning and operational levels through
planning and operations working groups
(b) Aligned with EAPP process, weekly schedules with hourly granularity shall be submitted to
the ENTSO each Friday before 10 am for the week starting following Monday at 00:01 hours
and ending on the following Sunday at 24:00 hours.
(c) ENTSO shall confirm the schedules within one (1) hour of receipt
14.2.1.5 Daily Scheduling
Daily schedules shall be established to confirm weekly schedules. Parties shall submit schedules at
11am on the previous day for the period covering 24 hours from 00h00 Hrs until 24h00 Hrs on the
operational day. The ENTSO shall confirm the schedule within 1 hour of receipt

14.2.1.6 Intra-day Scheduling

Parties shall agree to establish intra-day schedules to take into account events occurring in real
time, such as:

(a) Generating units coming back on line earlier than expected

(b) Generating units staying off line longer than expected
(c) Network outages preventing available units to supply load
(d) Opportunity to set up a diversity schedule as defined and agreed by the Parties

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 189
15 ISBC CHAPTER NO. 2 - BALANCING AND FREQUENCY
CONTROL
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

15.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

15.1.1 Introduction
The frequency of a power system is an indicator of power balance between generation and the
summation of demand and losses in the system. In the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System,
this power balance is necessary to control system frequency and the power exchange between
Control Areas and External Systems. In order to achieve this balance, each TSO shall ensure it has
sufficient reserve capacity in order to maintain the interchange schedule within the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System and with External Systems and to control system frequency to
meet the minimum standards under both normal and emergency conditions.

Balancing and Frequency Control Code (also known as ISBC2 in EAPP) sets out the procedure that
the TSOs will use to direct frequency control. The frequency of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System will be controlled by:
(a) Automatic response from synchronised Generating Units;
(b) The dispatch of Generating Units including Automatic Generation Control (AGC);
(c) Response from interconnections with External Systems, and
(d) Demand control.

Frequency control is an Ancillary Service and TSOs shall contract for its provision in accordance with
the Chapter 16 (Ancillary Services or ISBC 3).

15.1.2 Objective
The objectives of ISBC 2 are to establish:
(a) Procedures to ensure adequate operating reserves are maintained by each TSO when
connected to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System;
(b) Procedures for the minimisation of Area Control Error (ACE), and
(c) Procedures for the calculation and settlement of Inadvertent Deviations from scheduled
interchanges.

15.1.3 Operating Reserves

Operating reserves are the additional output from Generating Units or a reduction in demand, which
are realisable in real-time operation to contain and correct any frequency deviation on the EAPP

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 190

CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

Interconnected Transmission System. TSOs shall maintain at all times adequate operating reserves to
control the frequency of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System within the limits set out in
Section 6.1.4 (Connection), and to avoid sudden, unexpected loss of load following transmission or
generation Contingencies. Operating reserves are also required to maintain agreed interchange
schedules following changes in demand or generation.

The control of the frequency of EAPP Interconnected Transmission System is a multi-stage process.
For every stage of control, adequate reserves are needed. The Operating reserves have three
components, which are realisable in the following distinct timescales.

15.1.3.1 Primary Response

Primary Response is the automatic response by synchronised Generating Units to a rise or fall in the
frequency of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System requiring changes in the Generating
Unit’s Active Power output, to restore the frequency to within operational limits. The response to a
change in system frequency shall be fully available within ten (10) seconds of the frequency change
and be sustainable for a further twenty (20) seconds.

Demand side also participates in Primary Response through the self-regulating effect of frequency-
sensitive loads such as Induction Motors or the action of under frequency relays that disconnect
some demand at given frequency thresholds.

15.1.3.2 Secondary Response

Secondary Response is a centralised automatic control that adjusts the Active Power production of
Generating Units to restore the frequency and the interchanges with other Control Areas and with
External Systems to their target values following a frequency deviation. Primary Response limits and
arrests frequency deviations whilst Secondary Response restores the frequency to its target value.

Secondary Response is the automatic response to a frequency change which is fully available by
thirty (30) seconds from the time of frequency change to take over from Primary Response, and
which is sustainable for a period of at least thirty (30) minutes. Secondary Response is provided by
Generating Units already synchronised to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and is
normally controlled by the TSO by AGC where available.

Secondary Response replaces Primary Response within minutes. Once replaced, Primary Response is
again available to cover any further incidents that cause frequency deviation from the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System target frequency.

15.1.3.3 Tertiary Reserve

Tertiary Reserve refers to TSO instructed changes in the dispatching and commitment of Generating
Units. Tertiary Reserve is used to restore both Primary and Secondary Response, to manage
constraints on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and to bring the frequency and the
interchanges back to their target value when the Secondary Response has been depleted.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 191
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

Where Tertiary Reserve is held on Generating Units not synchronised to the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System, the Units shall be capable of being synchronized within a specified time
generally between fifteen (15) minutes and one (1) hour. Non synchronized Tertiary Reserve could
consist of, for example, fast start hydro, gas turbine, and steam turbine Generating Plants on hot-
standby.

Tertiary Reserve capability (i.e., hydro and gas turbines) in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System is considered an Ancillary Service that is delivered when a Generating Unit is able to start up
and synchronise or change its loading within the timescales specified by the TSO.

15.1.4 Distribution of Operating Reserves

Operating reserves shall be distributed evenly throughout the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System on Generating Units in operation. Possible EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
constraints shall be taken into account by the TSOs and EAPP CC in the reserve calculation, in order
to avoid a limitation in case of activation of operating reserves.

TSOs shall monitor operating reserves continuously, particularly after a loss of generation or demand
and shall re-establish the required amount of reserve as soon as practicable, in order to protect
against a further Contingency and to avoid endangering the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

15.1.5 Primary Response

The amount of Primary Response to be provided on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
shall be equal to the capacity of the largest Generating Unit connected to the system.

In calculating the amount of Primary Response required the demand-frequency response within the
Control Area or National System shall be taken into account. For initial calculations, the demand-
frequency response can be assumed to be one percent (1 %)/Hz i.e. a load decrease of one percent
(1%) following a frequency drop of one (1) Hz.

Each TSO is responsible for calculating its demand-frequency characteristic in response to a

disturbance (loss of a Generating Unit), based on measurements of the system frequency and other
key values and on a statistical analysis.

15.1.5.1 Control Area Contribution Coefficient

Each Control Area shall contribute to the correction of a frequency deviation in accordance with its
respective contribution coefficient for Primary Response.

The Contribution Coefficient is the ratio of the energy generated within one year in the relevant
Control Area to the total energy generated in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The contribution coefficients shall be determined by the EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations and
published annually on January 1 for each Control Area. The contribution coefficients are binding for
the corresponding Control Area for the following calendar year.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 192
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

Each Control Area must contribute to the Primary Response as required. The respective shares are
defined by multiplying the required Primary Response for the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System by the contribution coefficient of the Control Area.

The actual Primary Responses shall be monitored in real-time by TSOs and the EAPP CC.

15.1.5.2 Accuracy of Frequency Measurements

For Primary Response purposes, the accuracy of frequency measurements used in the primary
controllers must be better than or equal to ten (10) mHz.

The insensitivity range of primary controllers shall not exceed ±ten (10) mHz. Where dead bands
exist in specific controllers, these must be reduced as much as possible.

15.1.6 Secondary Response

Each TSO shall operate sufficient Generating Plants under AGC:
(a) To continuously balance its generation and interchange schedules to its demand, and
(b) To provide its contribution to EAPP Interconnected Transmission System Secondary
Response as specified below.

15.1.6.1 AGC Requirements

AGC shall continuously compare:
(a) Total net actual interchange adjusted for actual frequency and
(b) Total net scheduled interchange adjusted for target frequency, to determine the ACE and
respond by adjusting generation output to reduce the ACE to zero.

Each TSO shall provide adequate Secondary Response by AGC to regulate interchange and frequency
and shall operate its AGC in tie-line bias mode, unless such operation is adverse to the reliability of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

Secondary Response shall only be used to correct an overall system deviation and shall not be used
to minimize unintentional electricity exchanges or to correct other imbalances.

15.1.6.2 Data Recording

Each TSO and the EAPP CC shall have appropriate equipment installed for the recording of all values
needed for monitoring the response of secondary controllers (AGC) and for analysis of frequency
events in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

15.1.7 Tertiary Reserve

Tertiary Reserve is usually activated manually by TSOs in case of observed or expected sustained
activation of Secondary Response. It is primarily used to release Secondary Response in a balanced
system situation, but it is also activated as a supplement to Secondary Response after larger

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 193
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

frequency deviations to restore the frequency and consequently free the system wide activated
Primary Response.

TSOs shall, therefore, immediately activate Tertiary Reserve in case of large imbalances between
generation and demand and or for the restoration of sufficient Secondary Response.

Tertiary Reserve can include the following:

(a) That part of the reserve of Generating Units operating in parallel with the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System but which has not been included in the Primary and
Secondary Response
(b) Generating Units that can be synchronised and loaded within specified timescales
(c) Demand control that can be implemented on the instructions of the TSO within specified
timescales
(d) Standby capacity in other TSO National Systems that can be made available upon request
and for which adequate NTC exists

The amount of Tertiary Reserve required at the day ahead and in subsequent timescales shall be
determined by each TSO on the basis of historical trends in the reduction in availability of
Generating Units and increases in forecast demand up to real-time operation.

As a minimum, each TSO shall arrange at least enough Tertiary Reserve to cover the loss of the
largest Generating Unit on its National System.

15.1.8 Accounting for Inadvertent Deviations

15.1.8.1 Introduction
During daily operation, the interchange schedules are followed by means of AGC installed in ach
Control Area. Notwithstanding AGC, Inadvertent Deviations invariably occur in energy exchanges.
For this reason, it is necessary to co-ordinate the interchange schedule between TSOs, observe in
real-time Inadvertent Deviations from the schedules and co-ordinate accounting and calculate the
compensation programmes to balance unintentional deviations.

Inadvertent Deviations in the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System shall be balanced by the import
or export of an equal number of MWh at the same hours on the same day of the following week.

The measurement and accounting for Inadvertent Deviations shall be carried out using metering
equipment installed in accordance with the metering codes as described in Chapters 17 (Ethiopia
Metering) and 18 (Interconnection Metering).

15.1.8.2 Recording and Compensation Periods

The standard recording period comprises seven (7) days (one week), from Monday 00h01 Hrs to
Sunday 24h00 Hrs.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 194
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

The standard compensation period comprises seven (7) days (one week), from Thursday 00:01 Hrs
to Wednesday 24h00 Hrs. In case of holidays or for other reasons, exceptions to this rule may apply.
In any case, a compensation period shall last at least four (4) days and shall commence three (3)
business days after the end of the corresponding recording period.

15.1.9 HVDC Interconnections

TSOs shall ensure that each HVDC interconnection is fitted with a fast acting control device to
provide frequency response under normal and emergency operating conditions. The control device
must be designed and operated to contribute to frequency control by continuous modulation of
Active Power supplied to the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The settings and other parameters of each HVDC Interconnection shall be determined by the
relevant TSOs and the EAPP Sub-Committee on Operations.

15.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

The ENTSO shall balance supply and demand in real time through the implementation of the energy
schedules and utilisation of ancillary services based on the normal and abnormal conditions as
described below.

15.2.1 Description of Normal Conditions

(a) The control area is considered to be under normal conditions when
1. The immediate demand can be met with the available scheduled resources,
including any expensive Contingency resources; and
2. The ACE deficit does not exceed the available reserves for longer than ten (10)
minutes; and
3. The frequency is not less than 49.8 Hz for longer than ten (10) minutes; and
4. The frequency is within the range 49.5 to 50.5 Hz; and
5. The interconnections are intact; and
6. There are no security and safety violations
(b) The control area is considered to be under abnormal conditions if it is not in a normal
condition as defined above.

15.2.2 Requirements for Maintaining Normal Conditions

The ENTSO shall maintain the system frequency between 49.7 and 50.2 Hz. Excursions outside of
this range will be permitted for no more than 1.25% of the time, to be checked on a quarterly basis.
The ENTSO shall maintain voltage on the ENTS within +/- 10% of nominal.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 195
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

15.2.3 Operation during Abnormal Conditions

(a) When abnormal conditions occur, corrective action shall be taken, until the abnormal
condition is corrected.
(b) Possible corrective action includes both supply-side and demand-side options. Where
possible, warnings shall be issued by the ENTSO on expected utilisation of any Contingency
resources.
(c) Termination of the use of emergency resources shall occur as the Plant shortage situation
improves and after frequency has returned to normal.
(d) During emergencies that require load shedding, the request to shed load shall be initiated in
accordance with agreed procedures prepared and published by the ENTSO.
(e) Automatic under-frequency systems shall be kept armed at all times.

Table 15-1: Operation during Abnormal Conditions

Condition for Usage Resources in Default Order of Usage

Warnings
When a shortfall in supply is expected to occur, Emergency generation warning
issue warnings in sequence until sufficient capacity Interruptible load shedding warning
is obtained to cover the shortfall
Generation deficit foreseen with load shedding Warning to RCCs
expected

Gradual frequency decline – refer to merit order in control room for order of use
CONDITION FOR USAGE RESOURCES IN DEFAULT ORDER OF
USAGE
If frequency falls below 50 Hz and an abnormal a. Run all available units at Maximum
condition exists, the ENTSO shall apply resources Continuous Rating
in the order most suitable to ensure system security b. Dispatch emergency capacity according to the
depending on the conditions existing at the time ENTSO equipment order, voltage profiles,
and equipment loading

Rapid Frequency Decline - Automatic Operation by Under-frequency Relays – Apply in Order

CONDITIONS FOR USAGE RESOURCES IN ORDER OF USAGE
a. F < 48.6 Hz a. Stage 1 loads shed on select feeders* at 207
b. F < 48.0 Hz MW
c. F < 47.75 Hz b. Stage 2, 186 MW
c. Stage 3 , 120 MW
* Target loads based on current practice

Frequency Restoration after Rapid Decline

By the ENTSO Take restoration action as soon as possible after

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 196
CHAPTER 15 ISBC Chapter No. 2 - Balancing and Frequency Control

under frequency relays have operated

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 197
16 ISBC CHAPTER NO. 3 - ANCILLARY SERVICES
This chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTS. If in any instance there is
a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

16.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS – ANCILLARY SERVICES CHAPTER

The Interchange Scheduling and Balancing Chapters (ISBC) involve the Interchange Scheduling
Chapter (ISC), the Balancing and Frequency Chapter (BFC), and this Ancillary Services Chapter (ASC).

16.1.1 Introduction
The Ancillary Services Chapter (ASC) deals with the provision of Ancillary Services used to describe
those services that must be exchanged among generation resources, load customers, and TNSPs to
operate the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System in a reliable fashion and allow separation of
generation, transmission, and distribution functions.

The ASC defines those services that are necessary to support the transmission of capacity and
energy from resources to loads while maintaining reliable operation of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System in accordance with Prudent Utility Practice. These Ancillary Services are
required to ensure that TSOs meet the obligations and responsibilities under the Interconnection
Code for a safe secure and reliable operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The ASC does not cover the commercial arrangements between TSOs and Ancillary Service providers
for the provision of Ancillary Services. Such arrangements are the subject of bilateral agreements.

16.1.2 Objective
The objective of this section is to define the Ancillary Services to be provided by TSOs to support the
transmission of energy across the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and to maintain reliable
operation.

16.1.3 Categories of Ancillary Services

The operation of EAPP Interconnected Transmission System requires the provision by TSOs of the
following Ancillary Services grouped into three major categories:
(a) Frequency Control;
(b) Network Control, and
(c) System Restart Capability.
The above Ancillary Services are the traditional mechanisms to provide the required capability in
relation to:
(a) Operating Reserves

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 198

CHAPTER 16 ISBC Chapter No. 3 - Ancillary Services

(b) Demand Control

(c) Voltage Control
(d) Power Flow Control
(e) Stability Control; and
(f) Black-Start
The amount of each Ancillary Service required shall be determined by EAPP CC in conjunction with
Control Area Operators in accordance with the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System security
standards as defined in Chapter 9 (Operational Security or OC 2).

16.1.3.1 Frequency Control

Frequency control Ancillary Services are used by TSOs to maintain the frequency on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System within the limits set out in Chapter 6 (Connection or CC). The
Ancillary Service is necessary to provide for the continuous balancing of resources (generation and
scheduled interchange) with load and to maintain the frequency of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System at 50 Hz.

In general, frequency control action can be provided at any location within the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. However, when transmission facilities are operating at or near their limits,
sufficient control action is needed on each side of the limiting facility to prevent overloading of the facility.

TSOs are required to provide the following frequency control Ancillary Services:
(a) Primary Response of Generating Units in accordance with Section 6.1.8 of Chapter 6
(Connections, Technical Requirements for Generating Units) and Section 15.1.3 of Chapter
15 (Balancing and Frequency Control – Primary Reserve).This Ancillary Service is being
delivered if the Generating Unit is responding to changes in frequency within ten (10)
seconds and is able to sustain the response for a further twenty (20) seconds;
(b) Secondary Response of Generating Units in accordance with Chapter 9 (Operational Security
or OC2), and Section 15.1.3 of Chapter 15 (Balancing and Frequency Control – Operating
Reserve). This Ancillary Service is provided by AGC and is being delivered if the Generating
Unit’s output is correctly responding to signals sent from the TSO’s AGC equipment in
response to changes in frequency;
(c) Tertiary Reserve in accordance with Chapter 9 (Operational Security or OC 2) and Section
15.1.3 of Chapter 15 (Balancing and Frequency Control – Operating Reserve). This Ancillary
Service is being delivered when a Generating Unit is able to start up and synchronise or
change its loading within the timescales specified by the TSO;
(d) Demand control in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 12 (Demand Control or OC 5).
This service is being delivered if: 1. Demand can be automatically disconnected in response
to an under frequency condition (Automatic Load Shedding); or 2. Demand can be
disconnected on request from the TSO (Emergency Manual Load Shedding). Emergency
Manual Load Shedding Ancillary Service can be provided by industrial load, commercial load,
residential load or hydro generating units operating as pumps.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 199
CHAPTER 16 ISBC Chapter No. 3 - Ancillary Services

Sufficient control range should be available at all times to control frequency within the limits
specified in the CC under various circumstances including unexpected load and generation changes.

16.1.3.2 Network Control

Network control Ancillary Services are primarily used to:
(a) Control the voltage at different points of the electrical network within the prescribed
standards;
(b) Control the stability of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System, and
(c) Control the power flow on network elements to within the physical limitations of those elements.

In accordance with the voltage standards set out in the CC, TSOs shall control system voltages within
specific ranges. One method of controlling voltages on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System is through the dispatch of voltage control Ancillary Services. Under these Ancillary Services,
Generating Units absorb or generate Reactive Power from or onto the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System and control the local voltage accordingly. Voltage control requirements are
location dependent because of technical limitations inherent in transporting Reactive Power.

Stability control services are required to prevent instability following a Contingency, which is more
severe than defined for the purposes of determining NTC. Stability control can be achieved by
Generating Units which can rapidly respond to a control signal to increase or decrease generation.
This network Ancillary Service is being delivered if the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
remains stable after any Contingency (N-1) and oscillations are damped out. Remedial Action
Schemes (RAS) are considered a network control Ancillary Service. Power flows on the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System shall be maintained within the NTC limits, as imposed by
thermal ratings, stability, and voltage. In the event of a Contingency (N-1), equipment loadings
should not exceed short-term ratings, but may exceed long-term ratings provided the loadings can
be reduced to within the long-term ratings in an appropriate time period by either manual or
automatic means. It is proposed to obtain network loading Ancillary Services by superimposing
signals on the AGC and by emergency manual load shedding.

16.1.3.3 System Restart

Black-Start Ancillary Services are required to enable the system to be restarted following a Total or Partial
System Shutdown. Following consultation with EAPP CC, TSOs shall arrange for appropriate Generating
Units to provide this Ancillary Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.8. in Chapter
6(Connection - Technical Requirements for Generating Units) and Section 10.1.7 in Chapter 10
(Emergency Operations).

16.1.3.4 Ancillary Services Requirements

The amount and location of Ancillary Services will be determined by EAPP CC and TSOs as part of the
Operational Planning Process in the Programming and Control Phases. The commitment of Ancillary
Services in an operational situation, however, is the responsibility of individual TSOs.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 200
CHAPTER 16 ISBC Chapter No. 3 - Ancillary Services

TSOs may also contract for Ancillary Services with other TSOs. All such contracts shall be notified to
EAPP CC.

16.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS – ANCILLARY SERVICES CHAPTER

The ENTSO shall follow the procedure as described in the ISBC for directing frequency control and
power balance.

The ENTSO shall be responsible for the provision of all short-term reliability services for the IPS.
These include restoration, the balancing of supply and demand, as well as the provision of quality
voltages and the management of the real-time technical risk.

The ENTSO shall certify providers of ancillary services and keep a register of all certified providers.

The ENTSO shall determine reliability targets for the purposes of acquiring ancillary services in
consultation with relevant Users.

The ENTSO shall be responsible for procuring the required ancillary services as appropriate, in
accordance with the license and market rule. The ENTSO shall state opportunities for the provision
of ancillary services as identified.

The various ancillary services that can be used by the ENTSO are described below:
(a) Reserves as defined in section 2.1 of this Chapter
(b) Black start and unit islanding
(c) Reactive power supply and voltage control from units

16.2.1 Operating Reserves

Operating reserves are required to secure capacity that will be available for reliable and secure
balancing of supply and demand within ten (10) minutes consistent with energy restrictions.
Operating reserves shall consist of Spinning Reserve, Regulating Reserve and Tertiary Reserve. The
total reserve make-up is described below.

16.2.1.1 Spinning Reserves

The provision of Spinning Reserve is a Primary Response.

The ENTSO shall ensure Spinning Reserve is available as needed to arrest the frequency at
acceptable limits following a Contingency, such as a unit trip or a sudden surge in load.

16.2.1.2 Regulating Reserves

Regulating reserve is reserve that is under centralized AGC and can respond within ten (10) seconds
and be fully active within thirty (30) seconds of activation, and be sustained for thirty (30) minutes.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 201
CHAPTER 16 ISBC Chapter No. 3 - Ancillary Services

This reserve is used for second-by-second balancing of supply and demand. The reserve is also used
to restore Spinning Reserve within ten (10) minutes of the disturbance.

16.2.1.3 Tertiary Reserve

Tertiary Reserve is consistent with EAPP definition of Tertiary Reserve. Tertiary Reserve is required
to balance supply and demand for changes between the day-ahead and real time such as load
forecast errors and unit unreliability. Tertiary Reserve is used to restore Regulating Reserve when
required.

The amount of reserve required is to be calculated by the ENTSO and shall be based on EAPP
minimum requirements, supplemental and emergency reserve availability, and other reserve
considerations.

16.2.2 Black Start and Generating Plant Islanding

Islanded Generating Plants shall be capable of running in the islanded state for at least two (2) hours
before reconnecting to the network.

All Generating Plants capable of unit islanding are required to contract the service provision to the
ENTSO. The ENTSO shall certify units capable of islanding.

To ensure optimal operation of the IPS, the ENTSO may deploy system islanding schemes on the
network, e.g. an out-of-step tripping scheme.

The ENTSO shall determine the minimum requirements for each black start supplier and ensure that
the contracted suppliers are capable of providing the service.

16.2.3 Reactive Power Supply and Voltage Control from Units

Voltage control and the supply or consumption of reactive power are inter-related in the sense that
the voltage is affected by changes in the reactive power flow. System stability depends on the
voltage profile across the system. In view of these considerations, it is necessary from time to time
to employ certain Generating Plants to supply or consume reactive power, provided that the unit is
not required to operate outside of its effective capability diagram for the purpose of voltage control.

The ENTSO shall control the amount of reactive power. This may be done directly through the
energy management system or by telephone.

When a unit is generating or pumping, reactive power supply is mandatory in the full operating
range as specified.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 202
17 ETHIOPIA METERING

17.1 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

The metering requirements of the EAPP IC deal exclusively with the metering of each point of
interchange of energy between Control Areas. The metering requirements for ENTS deal primarily
with metering points that do not have exchanges between Control Areas. The metering
requirements of EAPP IC and ENTS have many areas of similarity.

To avoid confusion regarding the two chapters that deal with metering, they have different names.
The metering code, which is part of the EAPP IC, is described in Chapter 18 as the EAPP IC Metering
Chapter (IMC), and the metering code, which is specific to the ENTGC, is described in Chapter 17 as
Ethiopia Metering Chapter (EMC).

The IMC deals with metering of each point of interchange of energy between Control Areas and is
not concerned with Metering of Connection Points between Users and National Systems.

The EMC deals primarily with metering entirely within Ethiopia, to which the IMC does not apply.
The EMC also includes each metering point connecting Ethiopia’s networks to a Neighbouring
Country. The IMC applies to those inter-country connections.

17.1.1 Introduction
The Ethiopia Metering Chapter (EMC) specifies the minimum technical, design and operational
criteria to be complied with for the metering of each Connection Point of a User to the ENTS.
(a) This Chapter ensures a metering standard for all current and future Users. It specifies
metering requirements to be adhered to, and clarifies levels of responsibility.
(b) The ENTS shall follow nationally adopted metering standards currently in place that includes
IEC 62052, IEC 62053, IEC 62054, IEC 62056, IEC 62059, and/or any equivalent IEEE/local
standards as appropriate.

17.1.2 Scope
The Ethiopia Metering Chapter addresses the following:
(a) Application
(b) Principles and responsibility
(c) Installations and testing
(d) Database, data validation, verification and inconsistencies
(e) Data access and confidentiality

17.1.3 Application of the Ethiopia Metering Chapter

(a) This Chapter shall apply to all Users in respect of any metering point of the ENTS

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 203

CHAPTER 17 Ethiopia Metering

(b) This Chapter sets out provisions relating to:

1. Main metering installations and check metering installations used for the measurement
of active and reactive energy
2. The collection of metering data
3. The provision, installation and maintenance of equipment
4. The accuracy of all equipment used in the process of electricity metering
5. Testing procedures to be adhered to
6. Storage requirements for metering data
7. Competencies and standards of performance; and
8. The relationship of entities involved in the electricity metering industry

17.1.4 Principles of the Ethiopia Metering Chapter

(a) The following points shall have a metering installation:
1. Each Point of Supply connecting a Distribution Licensee or end-use customer to the ENTS
2. Each Connection Point between a Generating Plant and a Distribution Licensee and/or
the ENTS
3. Each point connecting ENTS to a Neighbouring Country
(b) Items 17.1.4 (a) 1 and 17.1.4 (a) 2 shall not be subject to the requirements of the IMC. Item
17.1.4 (a) 3 shall meet all metering requirements specified in the EAPP IC
(c) The type of metering installation at each metering point shall comply with IEC 62053,
equivalent IEEE and/or local standards as appropriate
(d) Each metering point shall be installed with main and check metering where practical and
economical. Customers with a maximum demand of at least five (5) MVA shall have main
and check metering, with the same accuracy as of the main meter. There shall be at least
one dedicated metering CT and VT core. All CTs and VTs installed after the implementation
of the ENTGC shall have separate main and check CT/VT cores in order to keep the errors
checked
(e) A metering point shall be located as close as practicable to the Connection Point. A metering
point may be located at a point other than the Connection Point or the Point of Supply by
mutual agreement between applicable Users
(f) Customers may request the installation of their own separate check meters. Any extra costs
shall be borne by the requesting Party. The Transmission Metering Administrator (TMA)
shall install and control such meters

17.1.5 Responsibility for Metering Installations

(a) The Generation Licensee is responsible for providing both primary and check meters, per
TNSP specifications. The Generation Licensee will continue to be responsible for the primary
meter. The check meter is to be transferred to the TNSP. the TNSP or the Generation
Licensee, whoever is the owner of the meter, shall perform the role of the Transmission
Metering Administrator (TMA)

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 204
CHAPTER 17 Ethiopia Metering

(b) For the metering between transmission and distribution lines, the TNSP will place the
primary meters on the outgoing lines on all HV substations. The DNSP will own and put
check meters on the outgoing distribution lines. Each entity/owner of the respective meter
shall be responsible for their meters and perform the role of the Transmission Metering
Administrator (TMA)
(c) The TNSP shall be responsible for ensuring that all points identified as metering points in
accordance with Sections 17.1.3 and 17.1.4 in this chapter have metering installations
(d) The TMA shall be responsible for managing and collecting metering information
(e) Users connected to or wanting to connect to the ENTS shall provide the TMA with all
information deemed necessary to enable performance of its metering duties
(f) In case of a material difference in location between the metering point and Connection
Point, an adjustment for losses between these two points shall be calculated and agreed
upon by the TMA and the customer
(g) The TMA shall ensure that an adequate level of security is applied to the metering system
with appropriate seals that will only be broken in the presence of the TMA unless agreed
otherwise
(h) In the event of a metering installation between the TNSP and a User, the TNSP will provide
the meter and shall be responsible for managing and collecting metering information as a
TMA of the meter
(i) In the event of a metering installation being positioned between two TNSPs, the following
shall apply:
1. Both TNSPs shall be responsible for installing and maintaining the metering
installation in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter
2. All costs related to this metering installation shall be borne by both TNSPs
3. The TNSPs shall ensure that the TMA is given remote/electronic access to the
metering installation. Should access to the metering installation compromise the
Security of the installation, then metering data shall be supplied to the TMA on a
daily basis in an appropriate format

17.1.6 Metering Installation Components

(a) The following principles shall apply to all metering installations:
1. The meter(s) or recorder(s) shall be able to store data in memory for forty (40) days or
more
2. Data stored in either a meter or a recorder shall be remotely (where possible) and
locally retrievable
3. A meter shall be remotely interrogated on a daily basis where possible or as mutually
agreed by the affected Users
4. A meter shall be visible and accessible, but such access shall be restricted to authorised
access only. Data for customers shall be historical data situated on a secure server. As
and when required, metering impulses shall be provided

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 205
CHAPTER 17 Ethiopia Metering

5. A telecommunications medium shall be connected to the meter/recorder where

possible
6. The meter data retrieval process shall be a secure process whereby meters or recorders
are directly interrogated to retrieve billing information from their memories
7. The accuracy of meters and recorders shall be in accordance with the minimum
requirements of IEC 62053
8. Commissioning of the metering installation and metering data supporting systems shall
take place in accordance with the requirements of IEC 62052, IEC 62058 and/or any
other IEC, IEEE, currently existing local prevailing standards or equivalent as appropriate
9. Both active and reactive energy shall be measurable without compromising any
requirements of this Chapter
10. The meters shall accurately measure both active and reactive energy flow in both
directions in accordance with applicable IEC standards
11. The meters shall be configured to store/record metering data in half-hourly integration
periods
(b) In the event of a metering installation being used for purposes other than metering data
1. Such use shall not in any way obstruct metering data collection and accuracy requirements
2. The secondary use shall be communicated to all Users who may be affected by the
secondary use of the installation
3. No secondary user shall interfere with VT/CT circuitry
(c) Metering installations shall be audited in accordance with IEC 62052 and/or any other IEC,
IEEE, currently existing local prevailing standards or equivalent

17.1.7 Data Validation and Verification

17.1.7.1 Data Validation
Data validation shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62056 appropriate sections.

In the event of the electronic access to the meters not being possible, an emergency bypass or other
scheme having no metering system, or Metering data not being available, the following options may
be resorted to by the TMA:
1. Manual meter data downloading
2. Estimation or substitution subject to mutual agreement between the affected parties;
3. Profiling
4. Reading of the meter at scheduled intervals
In the event of an estimation having to be made, the following shall apply:
1. A monthly report shall be produced for all estimations made
2. No estimation shall be made on three (3) or more consecutive time slots, and if such
estimation had to be made, the TMA shall ensure that the meter readings are
downloaded for the billing cycle
3. Any logs on data estimation shall be kept for the entire period of data retention. As per
IEC 62056, five (5) years' data retention shall be made available

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 206
CHAPTER 17 Ethiopia Metering

Not more than ten (10) slots may be estimated per meter point per Month. If such estimation had to
be made, the TMA shall ensure that the meter readings are downloaded for the billing cycle.

Meters needing three or more consecutive estimations or a total of ten (10) or more estimations in
a month shall be tracked for problems needing attention.

17.1.7.2 Meter Verification

(a) In addition to the IEC 62052, IEC 62058, and/or any other equivalent IEEE/local standards
verification requirements, meter readings shall be compared with the metering database at
least once a year.

17.1.8 Metering Database

(a) The TMA shall create, maintain and administer a metering database containing the following
information:
1. Name and unique identifier of the metering installation
2. The date on which the metering installation was commissioned
3. The connecting parties at the metering installation
4. Maintenance history schedules for each metering installation
5. Telephone numbers used to retrieve information from the metering installation
6. Type and form of the meter at the metering installation
7. Fault history of a metering installation
8. Commissioning documents for all metering installations
(b) Information relating to raw and official values as indicated in IEC 62056 shall form part of the
metering database and shall be retained for at least five (5) years for audit trail purposes

17.1.9 Testing of Metering Installations

(a) Commissioning, auditing and testing of metering installations shall be done in accordance
with the IEC 62052, IEC 62058 and/or Ethiopian equivalent specification as appropriate
(b) Any User may request the TSO for performance testing of a metering installation. Such a
request shall not be unreasonably refused. The costs of such test shall be for the account of
the requesting User if the meter is found to be accurate and to the account of the TMA if
the meter is found to be inaccurate. If errors are found with the metering after testing or
auditing, the requesting User’s account will be adjusted according to the rectified Data

17.1.10 Metering Database Inconsistencies

In the event of testing revealing that data in the metering database is inconsistent with the data in
the meter, the TMA shall inform all affected Users and corrections shall be made to the official
metering data in all the impacted areas.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 207
CHAPTER 17 Ethiopia Metering

17.1.11 Access to Metering Data

(a) Metering data shall be accessed through a central database that shall store all customer
information
(b) The TMA shall control access to all metering installations
(c) No electronic access to the meters shall be granted to the customer or any other Party
unless special permission has been granted by the Regulatory Authority
(d) Schedules for accessing metering data from the central database shall be administered by
the TMA in line with IEC 62056
(e) All Security requirements for metering data shall be as specified in IEC 62056

17.1.12 Confidentiality
Metering data and passwords are confidential information and shall be treated as such at all times.

17.1.13 Customer Query on Metering Integrity and Metering Data

If a User has a query or complaint related to metering, the relevant TMA shall comply with the
applicable requirements as per IEC 62056.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 208
18 INTERCONNECTION METERING

18.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

The metering requirements of the EAPP IC deal exclusively with the metering of each point of
interchange of energy between Control Areas. The metering requirements of the ENTGC deal
primarily with metering points that do not have exchanges between Control Areas. The metering
requirements of the two Codes have many areas of similarity.

18.1.1 Introduction
The Interconnection Metering Chapter (IMC) specifies the minimum technical, design, and
operational criteria to be complied with for the metering of each point of interchange of energy
between Control Areas. The metering at the Interchange Point is required for real-time operation of
AGC systems and for the accounting of Inadvertent Deviations in accordance with the Balancing and
Frequency Control Chapter. The IMC also specifies the associated Data Collection and the related
metering procedures required for the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The IMC is not concerned with:

(a) Metering of Connection Points between Users and National Systems, and
(b) Metering for commercial purposes

These metering systems are subject to National Grid Codes or Regulations and or Power Purchase
Agreements.

18.1.2 Objectives
For the metering of the interconnections between Control Areas of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System and between Control Areas and External Systems, the IMC specifies the
conditions governing the following:
(a) technical, design and operational criteria
(b) accuracy and calibration
(c) approval, certification and testing, and
(d) meter reading and data management

18.1.3 Technical Design and Operational Criteria

Metering equipment shall be installed and maintained to measure and record the hourly Active and
Reactive Energy and Active and Reactive Power transferred to and from a Control Area at its
interconnection point (IP) with other Control Areas and or External Systems. This Metering
Equipment will be the primary source of data for TSOs to operate AGC systems in real-time and to
account for Inadvertent Deviations.

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 209

CHAPTER 18 Interconnection Metering

TSOs are responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Metering Equipment at each IP and
shall be responsible for the initial design, installation, testing and commissioning of the Metering
and Check Metering Equipment.

Main and Check Metering Equipment procured, installed, operated and maintained for the purpose
of the IMC shall meet the standards of accuracy and calibration in relation to meters and Metering
Equipment as set out in this IMC.

18.1.3.1 General Technical Criteria

This section defines the general technical requirements for the Metering Equipment for the
measurement and recording of electricity transfers on the interconnections between Control Areas
and between Control Areas and External Systems. The provisions of the IMC shall apply equally to
Main and Check Meters.

TSOs and the EAPP CC shall establish metering related policies, procedures and standards in support
of the IMC including, but not limited to registration, testing and calibration, sealing, loss
adjustments, data security, inspection, testing and audit of Metering Equipment and measurement
error correction.

18.1.4 Metering Information Register

EAPP CC shall maintain a Meter Information Register of all meters at defined metering points
(DMP)s. This register will contain, but not be limited to:
(a) A unique meter identification/serial number;
(b) Location of the Main Meters, Check Meters and Metering Equipment including metering
data recording systems
(c) The identification of the TSO concerned
(d) Meter manufacturer, type and model
(e) The specification of Metering Equipment including accuracy class
(f) The adjustment factors including circuit losses to be applied
(g) Date of installation; and
(h) Calibration certificate

18.1.5 Main and Check Metering

At all DMPs Main and Check Metering shall be provided. Main and Check Meters shall operate from
separate Current Transformer (CT) and Voltage Transformer (VT) windings. All Check Meters shall
meet the standards specified in the IMC as if they were the only Metering Equipment at the DMP.

CT and VT windings and cables connecting such windings to Main Meters shall be dedicated for such
purposes and such cables and connections shall be securely sealed.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 210
CHAPTER 18 Interconnection Metering

CT and VT windings and cables connecting such windings to Check Meters may be used for other
purposes provided the overall accuracy requirements are met and evidence of the value of the
additional burden is available for inspection by or on behalf of the EAPP Independent Regulatory
Board.

The Main Meter, Check Meter and additional burdens shall have separately fused VT supplies.

18.1.6 Measurement Parameters

For each DMP, the Metering Equipment shall be capable of measuring the following parameters in
both import and export directions: MW, Mvar, MWh and Mvarh.

18.1.7 Metering Equipment Standards

All Metering Equipment shall comply with the provisions set out in the IMC. These provisions may be
revised from time to time in accordance with the provision set out in Chapter 3 (General Conditions
or GC) to take account of changing technologies or new requirements of the electricity industry.

All existing CT s and VTs shall conform to IEC 60044 or IEC 61869 or equivalent as appropriate.
Combined unit measurement transformer (VT & CT) shall comply with IEC Standard 60044 or IEC
61869 or equivalent as appropriate.

All meters shall include a non-volatile meter register for each measured quantity. The meter
register(s) shall not rollover more than once within the normal meter reading cycle.

18.1.8 Equipment Accuracy and Error Limits

The accuracy of the various items of Metering Equipment shall conform to the relevant IEC standards
or equivalent national standards where agreed between the EAPP CC and the TSO concerned. The
accuracy limits set out in the IMC shall be applied after adjustments have been made to Metering
Equipment to compensate for any errors due to secondary equipment and connections.

Meters shall be calibrated by an independent calibrating agency approved by the EAPP Independent
Regulatory Board for this purpose. The agency shall provide a calibration certificate with expiry date
of the calibration.

Where combined instrument transformers to IEC60044-3 are used, they shall meet the accuracy
requirements of Chapters IMC 18.1.9.as stated for the CTs and VTs below.

18.1.8.1 Voltage Transformers (VT)

The VTs shall be of 0.2 Accuracy Class and comprise three (3) single-phase units, each of which
complies with:
(a) IEC Standard 60044-2: Instrument Transformers - Part 2: Inductive Voltage Transformers, or
(b) IEC Standard 60044-5 Part 5: Capacitor Voltage Transformers for metering

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 211
CHAPTER 18 Interconnection Metering

The voltage drop in each phase of the VT connections will be such as to maintain the same accuracy
and class and shall not exceed 0.2 Volts. The VT shall be connected through appropriate isolation and
test facilities to the meter with a total burden that shall not affect the accuracy of measurement.

18.1.8.2 Current Transformers (CT)

The CTs shall be of 0.2 accuracy class and comprise three (3) units for a three phase set, each of
which complies with the IEC Standard 60044-1: Instrument Transformers-Part 1: Current
Transformers for metering.

The CT's rated secondary current shall be either 1 or 5 Amperes. The neutral conductor shall be
effectively grounded at a single point and shall be connected to the meter and other series technical
equipment via separate “bridge type” isolation and test facilities with a total burden that shall not
affect the accuracy of measurement.

18.1.8.3 Meters
Meters shall be of the three-element type independent for each phase, rated as appropriate and
shall comply with IEC Standard 62052-11: Electricity Metering Equipment (AC)-General
requirements, tests, and testing conditions for static watt-hour meter and other types of meters,
and shall be of the accuracy class of 0.2 or better.

The meters shall measure and locally display at least the MW, MWh, Mvar, Mvarh, and cumulative
demand, with additional features such as time-of-use, maintenance records and power quality
monitoring. Meters shall be digital unless agreed otherwise by EAPP CC. A cumulative register of the
parameters measured shall be available on the internal storage facilities of the digital meters for a
minimum of thirty (30) calendar days with one (1) hour values. Bi-directional Meters shall have two
such registers available.

The loss of auxiliary supply to the Metering Equipment shall not erase these registers. The meter
registers shall be readable by both the TSO’s SCADA and by the DCS of EAPP CC. Where data storage
is not provided internally, it shall be provided externally to the Metering Equipment by way of a data
logger, which summates the pulse outputs of the meters. The internal registers of these devices
shall provide a register per measured quantity that can be interrogated by the TSO’s SCADA system
and by the DCS of EAPP CC.

18.1.9 Inspection, Calibration and Testing

18.1.9.1 Initial Calibration
All new meters shall undergo relevant certification tests and initial calibration of meters shall be
performed in a recognised test facility. These tests shall be performed in accordance with the
relevant IEC standards and shall confirm that meter accuracy is within the limits stated in Section
18.1.9. A unique identifiable calibration record shall be provided before the connection is
commissioned.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 212
CHAPTER 18 Interconnection Metering

VTs and CTs shall be tested according to the relevant IEC standards prior to installation at the DMP.
The TSO shall provide manufacturer’s test certificates to EAPP CC to show compliance with the
accuracy standards in this IMC.

18.1.9.2 Periodic Calibration and Testing

The TSO as owner of Metering Equipment shall undertake calibration testing upon request by the
EAPP Independent Regulatory Board or another TSO. In addition, TSOs shall carry out routine
calibration of the meters every three (3) years and connections for the CTs and VTs shall be checked
every five (5) years. If the meters have been adjusted to compensate for errors in the CTs and VTs,
then the CTs, VTs and their connections will be checked at the same periodicity as the meters.

Where, following a test, the accuracy of the Metering Equipment is shown not to comply with the
requirements of this IMC, the TSO shall take such measures as are required to restore the accuracy
of the Metering Equipment to the required standard.

The cost of routine testing shall be met by the TSO as owner of the Metering Equipment.

The cost of calibration testing shall be met by the Party requesting the test unless the test shows the
accuracy of the Metering Equipment does not comply with the requirements of the IMC, in which
case the cost of the tests shall be met by the TSO.

TSOs shall ensure that all Metering Equipment at DMPs is physically inspected and read by it or on
its behalf not less than once in every three (3) months. The purpose of this reading is to reconcile
cumulative register readings on site with readings collected remotely. Physical checks shall be
carried out at the same time to identify such things as missing seals or damage or any other issues
for concern.

Where a Metering Equipment is found to be faulty or to be non-compliant with the IMC, EAPP CC
and the other relevant TSO shall be informed of the failure or non-compliance promptly. Such
notification shall include the plans by the TSO concerned to restore the Metering Equipment to
compliance with the IMC.

The EAPP CC shall in cooperation with the TSOs involved assess the duration of the period where the
Metering Equipment has been faulty. For that period, recorded data from the Check Meter shall be used.

18.1.10 Data Collection

The TSO shall collect all data relating to the parameters measured by Metering Equipment at DMPs
by remote or manual on-site interrogation in accordance with the terms of this IMC. For the
purposes of remote interrogation, the TSO may use its own data communications network or failing
this, shall enter into, manage and monitor contracts to provide for the maintenance of all data links
by which data is passed to the TSO and to the EAPP CC. In the event of any fault or failure on such
communication links or any error or omission in such data the TSO shall, if possible, retrieve such
data by manual on-site interrogation.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 213
CHAPTER 18 Interconnection Metering

18.1.11 Security
Each TSO as owner of the Metering Equipment at the DMPs shall ensure that the equipment itself is
sealed and that any links and secondary circuits are sealed where practically possible. The seals shall
only be broken in the presence of representatives of the EAPP Independent Regulatory Board and
the TSO unless agreed otherwise by the parties involved.

18.1.12 Disputes
Disputes concerning this IMC will be dealt with in accordance with the procedures set out in Section
3.11 of Chapter 3 (Dispute Resolution).

18.1.13 Meter Data Confidentiality

Meter data may be commercially sensitive and confidential and appropriate measures shall
be taken to ensure the meter data cannot be divulged to or obtained by third parties.

18.1.14 Operational Metering

An operational metering system is required to support real time operation of the EAPP
Interconnected Transmission System. Because operational requirements differ from Interchange
Metering requirements, the operational metering system does not necessarily have the same
requirements for accuracy of measurement. However, timely operational metering data is critical
for the efficient, safe, and timely operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. EAPP
CC and TSOs shall agree on the types of operational data to be exchanged in real-time and shall
ensure that appropriate systems are in place.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 214
19 DATA EXCHANGE

19.1 INTRODUCTION
The Data Exchange Chapter (DEC) defines the system data to be exchanged between TSOs and EAPP
Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations for the purpose of the modelling and analysis of
steady-state and dynamic conditions for the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

The DEC sets out the information flows required between TSOs and EAPP Sub-Committees on
Planning and Operations to produce EAPP system models for the various processes that require
system studies to be undertaken.

These processes include those associated with System Planning as set out in Chapter 5 (Planning or
PC), including the preparation of the Transmission System Capability Statement, and with
Operational Planning as set out in Chapter 8 (OC 1).

19.2 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of the DEC are:
a) To detail how EAPP system models are produced and agreed
b) To address the methods of information management across the interface between EAPP
Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations and TSOs to ensure consistency of the EAPP
system model, and
c) To provide a basis for cooperation between EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and
Operations and TSOs in the field of power system analysis. The power system analysis
studies are required in order to resolve balance and capacity problems and for secure
exploitation of the advantages of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System

19.3 POWER SYSTEM MODEL

Power System Model refers to the power system data that are needed in order to carry out load
flow, fault, transient and dynamic studies on all or part of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System.

The Model will characterise Generating Unit responses to system disturbances such as voltage and
frequency deviations, and oscillations and control signals for power and voltage scheduling. The
dynamic model will be part of the Power System Model used in the system studies to determine
operating transfer limits and system reinforcements.

Power system studies are required for two distinct purposes:

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 215

CHAPTER 19 Data Exchange

19.3.1 System Planning

System planning studies generally involve studies of the system from three (3) years to ten (10)
years ahead. They identify deficient areas in the transmission and generation systems and solutions
are proposed which may include facility additions, upgrades, or other modifications. Studies are
performed for all projected seasonal periods. Generation output in the study case is based on the
principles of economic dispatch. The combination of load and capacity studied is a snapshot of
projected EAPP Interconnected Transmission System conditions and therefore subject to a degree of
uncertainty. Additional studies may need to be performed to evaluate off-peak periods and study
specific Outages of transmission and generation facilities.

19.3.2 Operational Planning

Operational Planning studies are normally performed for conditions from three (3) years ahead
down to real time. These studies identify Contingency related transmission deficiencies that may be
encountered, and assist in formulating corrective measures in operational timescales to mitigate the
deficiency.

19.4 PROVISION OF SYSTEM DATA

TSOs shall provide data of two types:

19.4.1 Basic Data

The EAPP Sub Committee on Planning shall prepare the basic data for use in system studies. The
data shall be prepared annually with input from TSOs. The basic data shall include the electrical
characteristics and ratings of transmission facilities and the timing of new facilities maintained in a
chronological database. Basic datasets shall be produced by the EAPP Sub Committee on Planning
for each year up to ten (10) years ahead.

The system data to be provided by TSOs to the EAPP Sub Committee on Planning is set out in Section
19.8 of this chapter.

19.4.2 Study Data

In order to carry out system studies in accordance with the PC or OCs, TSOs shall supply appropriate
system data to the EAPP Sub Committees on Planning and Operations. This data includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
a) The demand on the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System for the period under study.
The distribution of demand across the nodes shall be consistent with the period under study
b) Generation indicative of the conditions under study - Generation in individual National Systems
shall be based on that system’s economic dispatch with base load units, hydrological factors,
pumped storage and distributed generation given proper consideration
c) Evaluation of Transmission System Capability

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 216
CHAPTER 19 Data Exchange

d) Interchange with External Systems modelled as demand or generation as the case may be.
Equivalents of the External Systems shall be used if studies other than load flow are being
carried out
e) Ratings of transmission facilities based on appropriate ambient temperature and seasonal
conditions
f) Timing of new facilities and outage schedules for existing facilities; and
g) A list of Contingencies to be considered during programme execution agreed between TSOs
and EAPP Sub Committees on Planning and Operations

19.5 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM MODELS

The EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning shall be responsible for the coordination and production of
the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System models and shall define the software to be used in
EAPP executed studies.

TSOs are responsible for the production of models of their own National Systems and they may
determine the software to be used. If the software is different from that in use by EAPP then
appropriate data format conversion shall be carried out. The data shall be the latest version
available unless a specific version of the data is requested and in all cases, the data must be
complete.

EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning shall perform data verification to ensure correct TSO model
conversion, that the system configuration is maintained, and that the parameters for all lines,
transformers, and reactors are properly converted. The EAPP Sub-Committee on Planning shall
maintain a database of all problems encountered during data conversion and the solutions found.

19.6 EQUIVALENTS
An equivalent is a simplified version of the complete EAPP Interconnected Transmission System
model. Equivalents can be supplied to and used by third-parties for their studies. The aim is that the
characteristics of the equivalent at the Connection Points should be the same as those of the
complete model in terms of load distribution, impedances, and dynamic response.

19.7 DATA CONFIDENTIALITY

Where the data exchanged between TSOs and EAPP Sub-Committees on Planning and Operations is
not in the public domain in the country to which it refers, the data shall be considered confidential
in accordance with Section 3.15 in Chapter 3 (General Conditions – Confidentiality).

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 217
CHAPTER 19 Data Exchange

19.8 BASIC DATA REQUIREMENT

List of Basic Data required by EAPP for use in the Power System Model
(a) Substation: name, nominal voltage, demand supplied (consistent with the aggregated and
dispersed substation demand data supplied) and location
(b) Generating Units (including synchronous condensers, pumped storage, etc.): location,
minimum and maximum Ratings (net Real and Reactive Power), regulated bus and voltage
set point, and equipment status
(c) AC Transmission Line or Circuit (overhead and underground): nominal voltage, impedance,
line charging, Normal and Emergency Ratings, equipment status, and metering locations
(d) HVDC Transmission Line (overhead and underground): line parameters, Normal and
Emergency Ratings, control parameters, rectifier data, and inverter data
(e) Transformer (voltage and phase-shifting): nominal voltages of windings, impedance, tap
ratios (voltage and/or phase angle or tap step size), regulated bus and voltage set point,
Normal and Emergency Ratings and equipment status
(f) Reactive Compensation (shunt and series capacitors and reactors): nominal Ratings,
impedance, percent compensation, connection point, and controller device
(g) Interchange Schedules: Existing and future Interchange Schedules and/or assumptions.

Notes
a) Design data shall be provided for new or refurbished excitation systems (for Synchronous
Generating Units and synchronous condensers) at least three (3) months prior to the installation
date
b) Unit-specific dynamics data shall be reported for Generating Units and synchronous
condensers (including, as appropriate to the model, items such as inertia constant, damping
coefficient, saturation parameters, and direct and quadrature axes reactances and time
constants), excitation systems, voltage regulators, turbine-governor systems, power system
stabilizers, and other associated generation equipment
c) Estimated or typical manufacturer’s dynamics data, based on units of similar design and
characteristics, may be submitted when unit-specific dynamics data cannot be obtained
d) The Interconnection-wide requirements shall specify unit size thresholds for permitting:
i. The use of non-detailed vs. detailed models
ii. The netting of small generating units with bus load, and
iii. The combining of multiple Generating Units at one Generating Plant
e) Device specific dynamics data shall be reported for dynamic devices, including, among
others, static VAR controllers, high voltage direct current systems, flexible AC transmission
systems, and static compensators

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 218
20 INFORMATION EXCHANGE

20.1 INTRODUCTION
The Information Exchange Chapter defines the reciprocal obligations of parties with regard to the
provision of information for the implementation of the ENTGC. The information requirements, as
defined for the Generation, Transmission, and Distribution entities, the ENTSO, the Regulatory
Authority and Users, are necessary to ensure non-discriminatory access to the ENTS and the safe,
reliable provision of transmission services.

The information requirements are divided into planning information, operational information and
post-dispatch information.

Information criteria specified in the Information Exchange Chapter are supplementary to the other
Chapters within the ENTGC. In the event of inconsistencies between other Chapters and the
Information Exchange Chapter with respect to information exchange, the requirements of the
Information Exchange Chapter shall prevail.

Requirements in this chapter apply to communications between the ENTSO and Users.

20.2 INFORMATION EXCHANGE INTERFACE

(a) The parties shall identify the following for each type of information exchange:
1. The name and contact details of the person(s) designated by the information
owner to be responsible for provision of the information
2. The names, contact details of, and the parties represented by persons requesting
the information
3. The purpose for which the information is required.
(b) The parties shall agree on appropriate procedures for the transfer of information.

20.3 SYSTEM PLANNING INFORMATION

(a) Users shall provide such information as the ENTSO may reasonably request on a regular
basis for the purposes of planning and developing the ENTS. Each request shall specify the
information sought and the requested frequency upon which it would be provided. Users
shall submit the information within the specified time period without unreasonable delay.
Such information may be required for the planning and development of the ENTS,
monitoring current and future power system adequacy and performance, and fulfilling
statutory or regulatory obligations. Reasons for any anticipated delay in providing the
requested information shall be communicated for effective mitigation
(b) Users shall submit to the ENTSO and to all relevant TNSPs the following information for
Distribution Licensees or end-use Users. The ENTSO may request additional information
reasonably required
1. Hourly/daily/monthly load forecast data, and the source of the forecast

Ethiopia National Distribution Code – DRAFT 219

CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

2. Transmission system losses data with indication of percent losses included in

the load forecast
3. Identification of non-conforming load data
4. Demand response resources
5. Network topology, and capacity/rating data
6. Daily list of transmission reservations to and hourly increment of new
reservations, if any
7. Transmission system connected transformer data
8. Shunt capacitor or reactor data requirements
9. Series capacitor or reactor data requirements
10. Phase shifting transformers
11. Flexible AC transmission system (FACTS) devices
12. High voltage direct current (HVDC) data
13. Information on customer networks
14. Overhead line data
15. Cable data
(c) Generation Licensees shall submit to the TNSP and/or ENTSO and to all other relevant TNSPs
the following information for Generating Plants. The ENTSO may request additional
information reasonably required
1. Generating Plant data including regulated bus, target voltage and actual voltage
2. Generating Unit data including unit owner and bus location in the model,
seasonal ratings, PMIN, PMAX, QMIN, QMAX
3. Rules for sharing output between joint owners, if any
4. Station auxiliaries to the extent gross generation has been reported
5. Reserve capability
6. Unit parameters
7. Excitation system
8. Control devices and protection relays
9. Generating Unit step-up transformer
10. Generating Plant forecast data
11. Mothballing of Generating Plant/Unit
12. Return to service of mothballed Generating Plant/Unit
13. Decommissioning of Generating Plant/Unit
(d) Users shall submit to the ENTSO and to all relevant TNSPs their planning schedules, including
a ten-year demand forecast and information on embedded Generating Plant larger than five
(5) MVA
(e) The TNSP shall provide the Generation Licensee with information about equipment and
systems installed in HV yards, including:
1. Circuit breaker

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 220
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

2. Current Transformer (CT) and Voltage Transformer (VT)

3. Surge arrestor
4. Protection
5. Power consumption
6. Link
7. Outgoing feeder
8. Transformer
9. Compressed air system
10. Fault recorder
(f) The TNSP and/or the ENTSO shall keep an updated technical database of the ENTS for
purposes of modeling and studying the behaviour of the ENTS
(g) The TNSP and the ENTSO shall provide Users or potential Users, upon any reasonable
request, with any relevant information that they require to properly plan and design their
own networks/installations or comply with their other obligations in terms of the ENTGC
(h) The TNSP and/or the ENTSO shall make available all relevant information related to network
planning
(i) Users shall, upon request to upgrade an existing connection or when applying for a new
connection, provide the TNSP and the ENTSO with information relating to the items in table
20-1 below:

Table 20-1: Required Information

Item Description
Commissioning Projected or target commissioning test date
Operating Target operational or on-line date
Reliability of connection Number of connecting circuits, e.g. one or two feeders, or firm/nonfarm
requested supply required as per Chapter 6 (Connections)
Location map Upgrades: name of existing point of supply to be upgraded and supply
voltage
New connections: provide a 1:50 000 or other agreed scale location map,
with the location of the facility clearly marked. In addition, co-ordinates
of the Connection Point to be specified
Site plan Provide a plan of the site (1:200 or 1:500) of the proposed facility, with
the proposed point of supply, and where applicable, the transmission line
route from the facility boundary to the point of supply, clearly marked
Electrical single line Provide an electrical single-line diagram of the User intake substation
diagram

(j) The TNSP and/or ENTSO may estimate any system planning information not provided by a
User as specified in items (b) and (c) above. The ENTSO shall take all reasonable steps to

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 221
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

reach agreement with the User on estimated data items. The ENTSO shall indicate to the
User any data item that has been estimated. The obligation to ensure the correctness of
data remains with the User
(k) Generation Licensees shall submit weekly to the ENTSO all maintenance planning
information requested with regard to each unit at each Generating Plant as well as
transmission switching
(l) The TNSP shall provide the Generation Licensees with a monthly rolling maintenance
schedule for all planned work in HV yards for a period of one year in advance. Log books
on all vessels under pressure for receivers installed in HV yards shall be made available on
request from the Generation Licensees
(m) Notification of all forced outages of both generation and transmission resources, shall be
made immediately, not exceeding in any case beyond thirty (30) minutes after they are
identified

20.4 OPERATIONAL INFORMATION

20.4.1 Pre-commissioning Studies
(a) Users shall meet all system planning information requirements before the commissioning
test date. (This will include confirming any estimated values assumed for planning purposes
or, where practical, replacing them with validated actual values and with updated estimates
for the future)
(b) The ENTSO shall perform pre-commissioning studies prior to sanctioning the final
connection of new or modified Generating Plant to the ENTS, using data supplied by Users in
accordance with Section 3, to verify that all control systems are correctly tuned and
planning criteria have been satisfied
(c) The ENTSO may request adjustments prior to commissioning should tuning adjustments be
found to be necessary. The asset owner shall ensure that all system planning information
records are maintained for reference for the duration of the operational life of the
Generating Plant. Information shall be made available within a reasonable time on request
from the ENTSO upon notification of such a request

20.4.2 Commissioning and Notification

(a) All Users shall ensure that exciter, turbine governor, Flexible AC Transmission System
(FACTS) and High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) control system settings are implemented
and are as finally recorded by the ENTSO prior to commissioning
(b) Users shall give the ENTSO notice of the time at which the commissioning tests will be
carried out. The ENTSO and the User shall agree on the most appropriate provision of
operational data items
(c) Records of commissioning shall be maintained for reference by the asset owner for the
operational life of the Generating Plant and shall be made available, within a reasonable
time, to the ENTSO upon notification of such request

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 222
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

(d) The asset owner shall, before the equipment is returned to service, communicate to ENTSO
changes made to commissioned equipment during an outage. ENTSO shall keep
commissioning records of operational data for the operational life of the Generating Plant
connected to the ENTS
(e) Users shall also provide notification on:

1. Planned and actual operational start-up dates for any permanently added, removed
or significantly altered transmission segments

2. Planned and actual start-up testing and operational start-up dates for any
permanently added, removed or significantly altered generation units

20.4.3 General Data Acquisition Information Requirements

The ENTSO shall have adequate observability to ensure reliable and safe operation of the ENTS.
Users are to comply with reasonable requests from the ENTSO that are intended to ensure adequate
observability. The ENTSO will ensure confidential treatment of data, as discussed in Section 3.15.

(a) Users and TNSPs shall agree on the formats to be used for the measurements and indications to
be supplied to the ENTSO. Where required signals become unavailable or do not comply with
applicable standards for reasons within the control of the provider of the information, such User
shall report and restore or correct the signals and/or indications as soon as reasonable
(b) The ENTSO shall notify the Users, where the ENTSO, acting reasonably and in consultation
with the Users, determines that additional measurements and/or indications in relation to a
User’s Generating Plant and equipment are needed to meet ENTS requirement. The costs
related to the User’s modifications for the additional measurements and/or indications shall
be for the account of the providing Use.
(c) On receipt of such notification from the ENTSO, the User shall promptly ensure that such
measurements and/or indications are made available at the unit’s communications gateway
equipment
(d) The data formats to be used and the fields of information to be supplied to the ENTSO by
the various Users shall be agreed among the parties
(e) The TNSP shall provide periodic feedback to Users regarding the transmission power flows,
bus voltages, and status of equipment and systems installed in the substations where they
are connected to the ENTS. The feedback shall include results from tests, condition
monitoring, inspections, audits, failure trends and calibration. The frequency of the
feedback shall be determined in the operating agreement, but will not exceed one year
(f) Generating Plant status reports provided by the TNSP shall also include Contingency plans
where applicable
(g) The ENTSO needs to inform Users where in the network out-of-step relays are installed, and
how the relays are expected to operate. Furthermore, the characteristics of such an islanded
network shall be provided, based on the most probable local network configuration at such a
time

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 223
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

(h) The cost of the installation of the DTE will be paid for by the User
(i) The User shall decide on the location of the DTE
(j) The User will be responsible for the maintenance of communications links between the
Generating Plant gateway and the DTE
(k) The TSO shall be responsible for the maintenance, upkeep, and communications charges
of the DTE
(l) Users shall exchange SCADA data that shall include:
1. Breaker statuses
2. Analog measurements (flows and voltages)
3. Generation MW and Mvar
4. Load MW and Mvar
5. Balancing area net interchange, operating reserve, and instantaneous demand

(m) Parties shall provide detailed EMS model data to the ENTSO once a year in a mutually agreed-
upon electronic format with updates as new data becomes available as current and up-to-date
representation of the EMS models become important for reliability coordination and market
operations
(n) Users shall comply with all governing confidentiality agreements relating to information
exchange

20.4.4 Unit Scheduling

20.4.4.1 Schedules
(a) The ENTSO shall arrange for the provision of sufficient energy and Ancillary Services to
maintain system reliability
(b) Dispatchable Resources shall declare to the ENTSO their hourly unit available capacity or
hourly load (in case of Customers participating as demand side resources) for the next day
by 9h00 Hr each day
(c) The ENTSO shall provide final day-ahead power and Ancillary Service schedules to
Dispatchable Resources by 15h00 Hr each day for the next day
(d) On the day, the ENTSO shall, at least 10 minutes before the hour, notify Dispatchable
Resources of deviations in power and Ancillary Service schedules, subject to unit constraints
(e) In the event the Dispatchable Resource availability changes, the Dispatchable Resource shall
notify the ENTSO promptly
(f) All information exchange requirements for Ancillary Services that are contracted annually
shall be included in the contract between the parties
(g) If the Dispatchable Resource provides a schedule more than a day in advance and provides
no update to the previously provided schedule by 11h00 Hr on the day-ahead, the ENTSO
shall use the most recently provided schedule

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 224
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

(h) At the discretion of the ENTSO, the Dispatchable Resource will submit a daily energy
schedule, which the ENTSO will use to determine the hourly power and Ancillary Service
schedule of the User, subject to the unit and/or hydrological constraints
(i) Variable Renewable Power Plants shall provide forecasts as specified in Section 7.2.11
(j) See Sections 8.2.7 (Operational Planning) and 14.2.1 (Interchange Scheduling) for more
details on units and interchange scheduling
20.4.4.2 File Transfers
The applicable User and the ENTSO shall agree on the format of the file used for data transfer. The
data shall be made available in a secure but accessible, electronically protected directory. All file
transfer data shall be fetched by the ENTSO. File transfer descriptions are detailed in Table 20-2

Table 20-2: File Transfers

File Description Trigger Event Frequency

Dispatch schedule The combined 24-hour day-ahead energy Generation Daily

and ancillary services schedules. Hourly dispatch schedule
day-ahead contracts for different
transaction categories that identify the unit
with the next 24 hourly values for it.
Dispatch cost Daily cost curve with incremental costs and Generation Daily
curve corresponding volumes dispatch schedule

20.4.5 Inter Control Centre Communication

(a) Users shall ensure that their control centres provide the ENTSO on request with network
information that is considered reasonable for the security and integrity of the ENTS. The
ENTSO shall communicate network information as requested to the User control centres, as
required for safe and reliable operation. The information exchange between control centres
shall be electronic and/or paper-based, and within the time frame agreed upon between the
Users.
(b) The Users shall optimise redundant control centre facilities where required for the safe
operation and control of the ENTS.

20.4.6 Communication Facilities Requirements

(a) The minimum communication facilities for voice and data that are to be installed and
maintained between the ENTSO and Users shall comply with the applicable IEC standards for
system control and data acquisition (SCADA) and communications equipment
(b) The communication facilities standards shall be set and documented by the ENTSO, acting
reasonably, in advance of design. Any changes to communication facility standards
impacting on User equipment shall be designed in consultation with Users and shall be
informed by a reasonable business motivation

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 225
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

20.4.6.1 Telecontrol
(a) The User’s Plant shall support data acquisition to and from the Plant gateway. The ENTSO
shall be able to monitor the state of the ENTS via telemetry from the gateway connected to
the User’s Plant
(b) The signals and indications required by the ENTSO shall be agreed between the ENTSO and
the User, together with such other information as the ENTSO may from time to time
reasonably require by notice to the User
(c) Users shall interface via the standard digital interfaces, as specified by the ENTSO. Interface
cabinets shall be installed in the User’s Plant and equipment room if required. The provision
and maintenance of the wiring and signalling from the User’s Plant and equipment to the
interface cable shall be the responsibility of the User
(d) Users shall comply with such telecontrol requirements as may be applicable to the primary
control centre and, as reasonably required, to the emergency control centre of the ENTSO.
Any changes to telecontrol requirements impacting on User equipment shall be designed in
consultation with Users and shall be informed by a reasonable business motivation

20.4.6.2 Telephone/facsimile
(a) Each User shall be responsible for the provision and maintenance of no fewer than one
telephone and one facsimile unit on separate lines that shall be reserved for operational
purposes only, and shall be continuously attended to and answered without undue delay.
Scanned information sent via email may be accepted in place of facsimile at the discretion of
the ENTSO
(b) The ENTSO shall use a voice recorder for historical recording of all operational voice
communication with Users. These records shall be available for at least three (3) months.
The ENTSO shall make the voice records of an identified incident in Dispute available within
a reasonable time period after such a request from a User and/or the Regulatory Authority

20.4.6.3 Electronic Mail

The Users shall provide the ENTSO with the electronic mailing address of the contact person as
defined in this Information Exchange Chapter and vice versa. The provider of this service shall be
selected to meet the real-time operational requirements of the ENTSO.

20.4.7 SCADA and Communication Infrastructure at Points of Supply

20.4.7.1 Access and Security
(a) The ENTSO shall agree with Users the procedures governing security and access to the
Users’ SCADA, computer and communications equipment. The procedures shall allow for
adequate access to the equipment and information by the ENTSO or its nominated
representative for purposes of maintenance, repair, testing and the taking of readings
(b) Each User shall designate a person with delegated authority to perform the duties of
information owner in respect of the granting of access to information covered in this Chapter
to third parties, and shall disclose that person’s name and contact details to the Regulatory

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 226
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Authority. A party may, at its sole discretion, designate more than one person to perform
these duties

20.4.7.2 Time Standards

All information exchange shall be GPS satellite time signal referenced. The ENTSO shall ensure
broadcasting of the standard time to relevant telecommunications devices in order to maintain time
coherence.

20.4.7.3 Integrity of Installation

Where the electrical Plant does not belong to the ENTSO, the ENTSO shall enter into an agreement
with the User for the provision of reliable and secure facilities for the housing and operation of
transmission equipment. This includes access to, at no charge to the ENTSO, an uninterruptible power
supply with an eight (8) hour standby capacity.

20.4.8 Data Storage and Archiving

(a) The obligation for data storage and archiving shall lie with the information owner.
(b) The systems that store the data and/or information to be used by the parties shall be of
their own choice and for their own cost
(c) All the systems must be able to be audited by the Regulatory Authority. The systems must
provide for clear and accessible audit trails on all relevant operational transactions. All
requests that require an audit on a system shall be undertaken with reasonable notice to
the parties
(d) The information owner shall store the information in a manner that will allow for such
information to be retrieved on request and shall ensure that the contents remain unaltered
from its original state. The information shall be retained for a period of at least five (5) years
(unless otherwise specified in the ENTGC) commencing from the date the information was
created
(e) Parties shall ensure reasonable security against unauthorised access, use and loss of
information (i.e. have a backup strategy) for the systems that contain the information
(f) Parties shall store outage planning information as defined in clause 3 (11) and clause 3 (12)
electronically for at least five (5) years. Other system planning information as defined in section 3
shall be retained for the life of the Plant or equipment concerned, whichever is the longer
(g) The ENTSO shall archive operational information, in a historical repository sized for three (3)
years’ data. This data includes:
1. ETS time-tagged status information, change of state alarms, and event messages
2. Hourly scheduling and energy accounting information
3. Operator entered data and actions
(h) An audit trail of all changes made to archived data should be maintained. This audit trail
shall identify every change made, and the time and date of the change. The audit trail shall
include both before and after values of all content and structure changes

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 227
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

20.5 POST-DISPATCH INFORMATION

20.5.1 System and Generating Plant Information
(a) The ENTSO shall provide relevant Users the following information:
1. Hourly system total MW loading
2. Hourly individual Generating Plant MW sent out
3. Hourly system constraints and constrained generation
4. Hourly international tie-line power flow
5. Predetermined system load flow data
20.5.1.1 Additional Unit Post-dispatch Information
(a) The ENTSO shall provide the following operational information regarding unit dispatch:
1. Unit high limit, MW
2. Unit low limit, MW,
3. Unit Automatic Generation Control (AGC) mode
4. Unit AGC status, Automatic/Off/Manual
5. Unit set-point, MW
6. AGC pulse
7. Unit sent out, MW
8. Unit auxiliary, MW
9. Unit contract, MW
10. Unit spinning, MW
11. 32-bit flag on AGC setting, 32 bits
(b) The ENTSO shall provide operational information regarding overall dispatch performance:
1. Area control error (ACE), MW
2. Average ACE previous hour, MW
3. System frequency, HZ
4. Frequency distribution current hour, HZ
5. Frequency distribution previous hour, HZ
6. System total generation, MW
7. Control area total actual interchange, MW
8. Control area total scheduled interchange, MW
9. System operating reserve, MW
10. System sent out, MW
11. System spinning reserve, MW
12. Automatic Generation Control (AGC) regulating up, MW
13. AGC regulating down, MW
14. AGC regulating up assist, MW

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 228
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

15. AGC regulating down assist, MW

16. AGC regulating up emergency, MW
17. AGC regulating down emergency, MW
18. AGC mode
19. AGC status, On/Off
20. Area control error output, MW
21. System transmission losses, MW
22. Uganda tie-lines, MW
23. AGC performance indicators
20.5.1.2 Hourly Demand Metering Data
The ENTSO shall provide Users with hourly-metered data pertaining to their installations.

20.5.2 File Transfers

(a) The format of the files used for data transfer shall be negotiated and defined by the supplier
and receiver of the information. The file transfer media shall be negotiated and defined by
both parties involved
(b) The parties shall keep the agreed number of files for backup purposes so as to enable the
recovery of information in the case of communication failures
Table 20-3: File Transfers

File Description Trigger Event Frequency

AGC pulses The total pulses sent to a unit by the Ongoing, file created Hourly
AGC system to move the set-point up or at end of hour
down
System near real- Historical near real-time system data Communication To be agreed
time data files on readings as required for post- failure
dispatch
Unit near real-time Historical near real-time unit data files on Communication To be agreed
data readings as required for post-dispatch failure

20.5.3 Performance Data

20.5.3.1 Generating Plant Performance Data
(a) Generation Licensee shall provide the ENTSO monthly with performance indicators for each
unit at each Generating Plant including those indicators listed below, and others as agreed
between the TSO and the Generation Licensees.
1. Capacity factor
2. Equivalent availability factor
3. Equivalent forced outage rate
4. Equivalent planned outage hours

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 229
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

5. Start-up time
6. Successful start-up ratio
(b) Generation Licensee shall report significant events, such as catastrophic failures, to the
Regulatory Authority within one (1) week of occurrence of such event.

(c) Generating Plants shall report Generating Plant Data and Service Performance Indicators as
described in Table 20-4 below.

Table 20-4: Generating Plant Data and Service Performance Indicators

Ser. Data filled Indicator To be reported for Data to be

No. definition presented
Interconnected Self -contained Monthly Annual
system system
System Power System Power
level plant level plant
level level
A Technical
Indicators
1 Capacity The ratio of total    
factor energy dispatched
to installed
generation
capacity

2 Load The ratio of   

factor average load to
peak load
3 Reserve Excess of available   
margin capacity over and
above the capacity
to meet demand
4 Planned Percentage of   
outage planned
factor withdrawal of
plant/unit for
service for
upgrade,
maintenance and
associated reasons
from the total
capacity

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 230
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Ser. Data filled Indicator To be reported for Data to be

No. definition presented
Interconnected Self -contained Monthly Annual
system system
System Power System Power
level plant level plant
level level
5 Forced Percentage of   
outage forced withdrawal
factor of plant/unit for
service for
upgrade,
maintenance and
associated reasons
from the total
capacity

6 Availabilit Available capacity   

y factor as a percentage of
installed capacity
7 Water The availability of   
availabilit water in the
y reservoir
8 Thermal The ratio of total   
efficiency energy sent out to
the heat value of
fuel consumed
(only for thermal
plants)

B Personnel
Indicator

9 Labor The ratio of annual    

productivi energy in GWh to
ty average number of
Generation
employees

10 Average The ratio of total   

days lost days lost due to
due to sick leave to
sick leave average total
number of
employees

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 231
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Ser. Data filled Indicator To be reported for Data to be

No. definition presented
Interconnected Self -contained Monthly Annual
system system
System Power System Power
level plant level plant
level level
11 Average The ratio of total   
days lost days lost due to
due to industry injury to
industry average total
injury number of
employees

12 Average The ratio of total   

days lost days lost due to
due to industry dispute to
industry average total
dispute number of
employees

20.5.3.2 Distribution Licensee and End-use User Performance

(a) The performance measurement of all Distribution Licensees and end-use Users shall be
supplied to the ENTSO
(b) Distribution Data and Service Performance Indicators, and Customer/End User Data and
Service Performance Indicators are described in the ENDGC Appendix A
(c) The Parties shall negotiate and agree on the details of acceptable levels of performance for
Distribution Licensees or end-use User networks. Acceptable network performance
principles shall include
1. Compliance with ELECTRICITY SERVICES QUALITY STANDARDS DIRECTIVE – No.
2/2006
2. Performance comparable with benchmarks for similar networks
3. Performance within the design or original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
specifications of the User and transmission equipment
4. Performance at the Connection Point that complies with the ENTSO operating
procedures
5. Performance consistent with the outcomes of the investment criteria
6. Performance that does not negatively impact on agreed levels of performance
with other Users.
(d) If the Distribution Licensee or End-use User network performance falls below acceptable
levels and affects the quality of supply to other Users or causes damage (direct or indirect)
to the transmission equipment, the process for Dispute resolution as described in Section
3.11 of Chapter 3 (Dispute Resolution) shall be followed

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 232
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

(e) The Regulatory Authority shall determine criteria for the contracting of acceptable levels of
performance.
(f) If Distribution Licensees or end-use Users are aware that their network performance could be
unacceptable as described above, they shall take reasonable steps at their own cost to
overcome the shortcomings (e.g. by improving their line maintenance practices, improving
protection and breaker operating times, if necessary replacing the said equipment, installing
additional network breakers, changing operating procedures, installing fault-limiting devices if
the number of faults cannot be reduced, etc.). These changes to their networks should be
effected in consultation with the ENTSO regarding both the technical scope and the time
frame
(g) Where quality of service (QOS) standards are not met, the parties shall co-operate and agree
in accordance with Regulatory Authority power quality directives in determining the root
causes and plans of action
(h) Distribution Licensees shall report periodic testing of under-frequency and under-voltage
load shedding relays in the following format:

Table 20-5: Periodic Testing

Distribution Licensee:
Date:
Substation:
Fed from transmission substation (directly or indirectly):
Activating Frequency/Voltage Timer Setting
Required As tested Required As tested

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
Feeders Selected (required) Feeders Selected (as tested)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4

20.5.3.3 TSO Performance

(a) The ENTSO shall make the Transmission Data and Service Performance Indicators available
to the Regulatory Authority and Users at the periodicity indicated in Table 20-6 below:

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 233
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Table 20-6: Transmission Data and Service Performance Indicators

Ser. No. Data filled Indicator definition Data to be presented

Monthly Annual

A Technical
Indicators

1 Frequency of The number of transmission line  

transmission line interruptions per 100 circuit
interruptions kilometers (by voltage level and
cause)

2 Duration of The average duration of a  

transmission line transmission line interruptions in
interruptions minutes (by voltage level and by
cause)

3 Unserved energy Annual Unserved energy (MWh) 

(transmission line) caused by transmission line
interruptions

4 Frequency of The average number of power  

transmission transformer failures: (a) by voltage
substation level and capacity; (b) by
interruptions differentiating those which cause
interruption to customers and those
which do not cause interruption to
customers

5 Duration of The average duration interruptions  

transmission caused by power transformer
substation failures in minutes: (a) by voltage
interruption level and capacity; (b) by
differentiating those which cause
interruption to customers and those
which do not cause interruption to
customers

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 234
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Ser. No. Data filled Indicator definition Data to be presented

Monthly Annual

6 Unserved energy Annual Unserved energy (MWh) 

(transmission caused by transmission substation
substation) interruptions

7 Transmission loss Annual transmission network losses  

B Personnel
Indicator

8 Transmission line Number of transmission line staff 

staff per circuit kilometer

9 Transmission Number of transmission substation 

substation staff staff per total substation capacity
(MVA)

(b) A transmission provider shall provide Users with all performance indicators at each point of
supply.
20.5.3.4 System Operational Performance Information
(a) The following ENTS operational information shall be published by the ENTSO to all Users:
Daily:
1. The hourly actual demands of the previous day (MW)
2. The reserve amounts over the morning and evening peaks of the previous day (MW)
Monthly:
1. MW generated, Imports, exports, available for distribution/sale and
transmission losses.
2. Generating Plant availability
3. Regulating reserve Hours deficit over total hours
4. Number of frequency excursions > 50.05 or <49.5
5. For each abnormal network, condition the action taken by the System Operator
to restore normal operations.
6. Network constraints (details to be defined by Regulatory Authority)

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 235
CHAPTER 20 Information Exchange

Annually:
1. Annual peak (MW), date and hour
2. Annual minimum (MW), date and hour
The TNSP shall make available all information collected via recorders installed at substations, to the
ENTSO for analyses. The ENTSO shall make this information available to affected Users on request.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 236
21 CYBER SECURITY
Cyber Security is the protection required to ensure confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the
electronic communication system. With the two-way flow of electricity and information, the
management and protection of the electrical communication system that includes information
technology and telecommunication infrastructure, has become critical to the electric utility industry.

21.1 INTRODUCTION
With the increase in dependence on modern communication technology, power systems are
vulnerable to cyber-attacks and hackers. In Ethiopia, the growth in the field of information,
communication, and technology (ICT) makes it imperative to develop a sound Cyber Security
strategy that will ensure confidentiality, integrity, and availability of public and private sector
information across Ethiopia’s ICT infrastructure.

Development of ICT framework in Ethiopia is dependent upon:

(a) Appropriate legal and regulatory frameworks

(b) Adequate telecommunications infrastructure and internet services
(c) Organized data and information resources, and easy accessibility to those that exist
(d) Skilled human resources coupled with low ICT literacy
(e) well-developed private sector
Ethiopia’s ICT policy document last updated in 2009 covers major strategic focus on: (i) ICT
infrastructure; (ii) human resource development; (iii) ICT legal systems and security; (iv) ICT for
government administration and services; (v) ICT industry and private sector development, and (vi)
research and technology transfer.

The ICT policy outlines the legislative instruments needed to govern cyber-related activities, such as
data protection laws, cybercrime laws, and intellectual property laws. Ethiopia adheres to the
cybercrime, personal data protection and electronic commerce law and policy set forth by the cyber
convention adopted by the African Union (AU), which incorporates many of the provisions in the
Council of European Convention on Cybercrime. Roadmap development for establishing Ethiopian
Computer Emergency Response Team (Computer Security Incident Response Team or CSIRT) is in
place as per African Union Convention.

Ethiopia’s Information Network Security Agency (INSA) responsible for drafting Ethiopia’s Cyber
Security Law established in 2012 the Cyber Emergency Readiness and Response Team (also known
as ETHIO-CERT). The Cyber Security Law drafted in 2014 contains internet law that addresses
“unlawful interference”, “unlawful interception”, and “illegal access” to a telecommunication
network.

Following the guidelines and best practices as described by the US DOE, National Institute of
Standard and Technology (NIST – under US Department of Commerce), National Rural Electric

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 237
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

Cooperative Association (NRECA, from US), convention of African Union, Ethiopia’s Cyber Security
draft provisions, and some observations of Cyber Security best practices in India and Europe, this
document provides guidance for developing Cyber Security controls that would help meet the ICT
policy and potential security challenges for Ethiopia’s power grid modernization.

This chapter addresses: (a) development of information security management controls and
procedures; (b) development of Cyber Security systems with identity; (c) access management
systems; and (d) developing skill set for defense against threats.

21.2 OBJECTIVES
Based on Ethiopia’s ICT policy as well as cyber security & personal data protection initiatives set
forth as per the African Union (AU) convention, the key objectives are identified as:
(a) Protect ion of Critical Information Infrastructure
(b) Building Skill Sets for Resource Development and Enhancing Cyber Security Awareness
among Government/Private/Public Sector
(c) Development of a Comprehensive Governance Framework for Leveraging Resources,
and Conflict Resolution,
(d) Facilitating Ethiopia’s Cyber Security and ICT Implementation Strategy and Goals

21.3 SCOPE
The Cyber Security code of Ethiopia shall adhere to the cybercrime, personal data protection and
electronic commerce law and policy set forth by the cyber convention adopted by the African Union
(AU), which incorporates many of the provisions in the Council of European Convention on
Cybercrime. The scope includes the following issues categorically:
(a) People and policy
(b) Operational issues
(c) Insecure software development life cycle (SDLC) risks
(d) Physical security
(e) Third-party relationship
(f) Network security
(g) Platform security
(h) Application security

21.3.1 People and Policy

Policies and procedures are the final protective or mitigating control against security breaches, and
hence shall be examined closely to ensure its consistency with both the inherent business objectives

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 238
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

and secure operations. Policies and procedures shall be well- documented to ensure there is no
deficiency that can lead to any security risks for the organization.

21.3.1.1 Security Policy

Security policies shall be well- structured in a practical, flexible, and easy to understand manner.
Implementation and enforcement of the policies (e.g., through audits and disciplinary actions for
noncompliance) shall be monitored periodically. Adequate flexibility shall be in place so
improvements and modifications can be made easily as needed. Policies must be reviewed and
approved by the designated authorities within the organization.

21.3.1.2 Security Policy Elements

The security policies must address the following elements:
(a) Policy Management: this shall address purpose, scope, and applicability, roles and
responsibilities; implementation and enforcement procedures; exceptions, and policy
reviews; approvals, and change management
(b) Personnel and Training: personnel risk assessment, security awareness program, and
Cyber Security training for capacity building and from Users’ perspective shall all be
under the umbrella of this key element
(c) Critical Asset Management: methodology for identifying critical cyber assets; inventory and
classification of cyber assets, information protection and data privacy; cyber vulnerability
assessment, access control, monitoring, and logging; disposal or redeployment of assets;
maintenance and change control of the asset inventory and classifications
(d) Electronic Security Perimeter (ESP): critical assets within the perimeter; cyber vulnerability
assessment; access control/monitoring and logging, Configuration, maintenance, and testing;
documentation maintenance to support compliance

21.3.1.3 Security Related Roles and Responsibilities

Roles of people responsible for maintaining security shall be defined and documented. These roles
shall include:
(a) The governing body for the security policy (e.g., an oversight board comprising
representatives of stakeholder groups)
(b) A designated information security manager who maintains the policy and provides
guidance for implementation, training, and enforcement
(c) Department managers who “own” the critical cyber assets and are responsible for
implementing the security policies and procedures to protect those assets
(d) Personnel with authorized access to critical assets who must review, provide feedback
on, and comply with security policies

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 239
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

21.3.1.4 Privacy Policy

Insufficient privacy policies can lead to unwanted exposure of employee or customer/client personal
information, resulting in both business and security risks. A privacy policy, that documents the
necessity of protecting private/personal information to help ensure that data is not exposed or
shared unnecessarily, shall be established.

21.3.1.5 Policy Exception

Reasons such as an overriding business need, a delay in vendor deliverables, new regulatory or
statutory requirements, and temporary configuration issues may necessitate policy exceptions. The
exception process must ensure that these circumstances are addressed in a manner to make all
stakeholders aware of the event, the risks, and the timeline for eliminating the exception. Any event
of policy exception shall be documented with date(s) in effect and date(s) of cancellation.

21.3.1.6 Personnel and Training

Training is required for everyone in the organization to get a clear understanding of the importance
of Cyber Security. All employees shall acquire a level of security awareness training (with roles and
responsibilities clearly defined), the degree of which shall vary based on the technical
responsibilities and/or the critical assets.

Workshops shall be arranged periodically to provide training in such areas as Cyber Security for
Critical Infrastructure, Threats and Attacks, Code of Conduct relating to computer
resources/network/communication, Cyber Security Framework and Communications, Network and
Information Security, Building Cyber Attack Resilience, Cyber Security Audit and Assessment, Data
Protection and Privacy, and Cyber Security Assessment Project. Such workshops shall be aimed at
providing exposure to the local utilities (Generation including IPP, Transmission, and Distribution),
local Academia and R&D organizations as well as industry experts from overseas sharing with the
best practices knowledge and experience.

21.3.1.7 Due Diligence in Hiring

Diligence in the hiring and personnel review process is crucial. It is important to define and
document a risk assessment program for personnel with authorized cyber access or authorized
unescorted physical access to critical cyber assets. The program must comply with applicable laws
and existing collective bargaining agreements. The risk assessment must include, at a minimum,
identity verification and criminal check. This information must be updated periodically at a
frequency as determined by the local regulatory authorities. Similar checks must be enforced for the
employees of third-party vendors.

21.3.1.8 Access Privileges

System access and information shall be granted only on an as-needed basis. System access needs to
be managed, monitored, and enforced based on the individual’s access requirements and the level
of impact that uncontrolled access could have on the organization. In general, each employee shall

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 240
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

be granted the lowest levels of access to cyber assets and other privileges needed to do his or her
job efficiently. A list of all personnel with authorized cyber access or authorized unescorted physical
access to critical cyber assets shall be maintained. This list that contains each person’s specific
electronic and physical access rights to such assets shall be reviewed quarterly and updated within
seven (7) days of any change in a list member’s access rights.

21.3.1.9 Identity Validation, Background Checks

Identity validation/background checks shall be implemented based on an individual’s area of
responsibility, the physical facilities/hardware/systems, and the type of information authorized to
access. The more sensitive information available to an individual, the deeper and more detailed the
identity validation and background check process needs to be.

21.3.2 Operational Security

Operational mistakes can break security policies. Although operational mistakes cannot be
completely avoided, it is possible to reduce the risk of a mistake. Operational security acts as a
deterrent against mistakes and deliberate misconfigurations. The ability to detect a mistake and
trace it back to its source could also deter insiders from making malicious misconfigurations or to
help quickly detect operator mistakes. The operational security shall deal with the responsibilities
and authorization, as well as disciplinary actions in case of breaches. Industry compliance
regulations require certain operational security measures. Network operators should check which
regulation applies and verify that the required measures are in place.

It is often possible to provide additional security measures that are not fully dependent on
operational mistakes. However, before implementing additional security measures a formal risk
assessment needs to be performed to balance the cost of the additional measures with the cost of
the risk incurred due to operational weaknesses. A Cyber Security program must be
comprehensive—it is only as strong as its weakest link. Failure to develop appropriate controls in
any category provides openings for attackers. This guide includes sections that describe common
risks and mitigations in each category.

21.3.2.1 Risk Assessment and Mitigation

Security risks are fundamentally caused by people/policies/process/technology. An important part
of the risk management process is to determine the severity of each risk as a function of its impact
and likelihood. It is also important to understand the extent to which existing security controls
completely or partially mitigate each risk. It is then possible to enumerate the gaps in protection and
make an informed risk-based decision on next steps.

Although a risk management strategy strives for risk prevention where practical, it also must
balance the costs and benefits of security controls.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 241
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

21.3.2.2 Access Control, Monitoring, and Logging

Access control that includes both technical and procedural control (e.g., logs, user account review,
account management, restricting use of shared accounts, password use), enforces the
authentication and accountability of all user activities. Access control requires not granting users
access to network resources, before they are authenticated and authorized using their own
individual (i.e., non-shared) credentials. Remote access to networks shall be limited to an absolute
minimum. When required, technologies like Virtual Private Networks (VPNs, IPSec) shall be used to
create a secure tunnel after properly authenticating the connecting party using their individual
credentials. In addition to user name and password, also use an RSA ID-like device to provide an
additional factor of authentication. Access control shall be implemented for critical cyber assets by
restricting authorized users and transactions. A designated security team shall be in charge of access
control and system logs. Access control shall be enhanced through perimeter security (e.g., security
personnel, surveillance cameras and fences) wherever possible. Use an access control model whose
default setting is to deny access, thereby requiring explicit permission changes to enable access.
Similarly, for all access points enable only the ports and services required for approved operations
and monitoring. Remote interactive access to a point within the perimeter typically must be
accompanied by strong procedural or technical controls to enforce authentication of the authorized
users. Network access level that is needed for each individual or role at the organization shall be
documented and only the required level of access shall be granted to these individuals or roles. All
exceptions shall be noted.

All cyber assets, where technically feasible, shall include automated tools or organizational process
controls to monitor Cyber Security-related system events. All automated mechanisms or processes shall
be documented. The monitoring function shall log each detected Cyber Security incident and issue an
alert. All such events shall be reviewed and logged. Logs shall be maintained for at least 90 days.

21.3.2.3 Disposal or Redeployment of Assets

Formal methods, processes, and procedures for disposal or redeployment of cyber assets that are
within an ESP shall be documented and implemented in order to prevent any accidental release of
sensitive and confidential information. This shall include, at a minimum, destroying or erasing the
data storage media and maintaining records of asset disposition.

21.3.2.4 Change Control

Managing change is essential to maintaining a robust ongoing security posture. The state of the
hardware, operating system must be monitored. Change control mechanism shall ensure that new
cyber assets and significant changes to existing cyber assets shall not adversely impact existing
Cyber Security controls or the overall security posture of the system. Change management
processes shall also ensure an uninterrupted operation of the system. All changes shall be logged
and executed in a controlled way. The logs must be evaluated and checked for potential
misconfigurations. The logs shall also be used to demonstrate a deliberate breach of the operational
security policy.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 242
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

21.3.2.5 Patch Management Process

A patch management process must be in place to ensure that software and firmware are kept
current to remediate against known vulnerabilities, or that a proper risk analysis and mitigation
process is in place when patches cannot be promptly installed. Evaluation, installation, testing, and
tracking process of Cyber Security patches, cumulative service packs, and version upgrades shall be
implemented and documented.

21.3.2.6 Vulnerability Assessments

Cyber vulnerability is a gap or weakness in a system’s security controls that a threat can exploit.
Vulnerability assessments are necessary for generating awareness of threats, attacks, vulnerabilities,
and ensuring the effectiveness of existing controls. They also establish baselines that future
assessments can use to determine the need and effectiveness of planned improvement. A cyber
threat is any entity or circumstance that has the potential to harm an information system along with
its mission and goals.

Cyber vulnerability assessment of the access points to each ESP shall be done at least once a year to
examine ways in which the security perimeter can be breached and existing security controls
bypassed to compromise confidentiality, integrity, or availability of critical cyber assets.

21.3.2.7 Configuration Management and Maintenance

Improperly configured software/systems/devices added to existing software/systems/devices can
lead to insecure configurations and increased risk of vulnerability. Configuration management
processes must be in place to ensure that system configurations are governed appropriately in order
to maximize overall system reliability.

A designated network team shall execute the configuration actions. Typical actions such as: (a)
adding vulnerable hardware; (b) introducing tampered device to the system; (c) failure to document
changes made to the network configuration; (d) not having a sign-off approval in the configuration
management process; and (e) changing network configuration that reduces security profile shall be
in the realm of responsibilities of the network team.

21.3.2.8 Incident Management and Handling

An incident such as a breach of security or reliability protections can potentially cause loss of
confidentiality, integrity, or availability of data, maintenance, and sustainment of any software or
hardware product or operations. System reliability depends on the ability of participant
organizations to quickly detect, report, and respond to incidents. Problems detected and correctly
handled in a timely manner can prevent them from spreading to other entities. Knowledge gained
from detecting and responding to computer security incidents provides insight into real risks and
threats to the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of software and hardware products

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 243
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

A robust incident-handling capability requires planning, documented procedures, and ongoing

training and rehearsal for all personnel who might be required to report, analyze, or respond to
incidents. This capability begins with a clear policy statement of incident- handling requirements.

21.3.2.9 Contingency Planning

Contingency planning shall include policy, plans, and procedures for disaster recovery and continuity
of operations. Policy and plans must include preparation and training for responding to an
emergency along with detailed procedures for executing defined strategies.

A disaster recovery plan applies to a major disruption to service that deny access to the primary
facility infrastructure for an extended period of time. It includes the preparation (e.g., off-site
storage of system backups), emergency facilities, and procedures for restoring critical cyber assets
and infrastructure at an alternate site after an emergency.

A business continuity plan focuses on sustaining an organization’s mission and business functions
during and after a disruption. A business continuity plan shall be written for mission/business
functions within a single business unit or it may address the entire organization’s processes.

Continuity and recovery plans also define interim measures that increase the speed with which
organizations resume service after disruptions. These plans must be tailored to each system.
Creating specific measures requires a detailed understanding of specific scenarios.

Some of the key items that need to be addressed in the Contingency plan are:
(a) Server backup and recovery
(b) Data backup and recovery
(c) Network backup and recovery; and
(d) Employee backup

21.3.2.10 Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)

The software development shall have the objective to design, implement, configure, and support
software systems to enable:
(a) Continuous operation even under most attacks by either restricting the exploitation of
faults or other weakness in the software by the attacker, or tolerating the errors and
failures that result from such exploits
(b) Isolation and containment of damage caused by any failures from attack-triggered faults
that the software was unable to resist or tolerate, and
(c) Recovery from fault conditions as quickly as possible

Information gathered from incident handling shall be used at the beginning of the SDLC to help define
better security requirements in products and provide a better understanding of the threat
environment within which these products must operate. Knowledge gained from containing and

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 244
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

mitigating computer security risks and threats shall also help identify auditing and recovery
requirements for systems and software. Such requirements include: (i) building alerts when files and
components that should not be changing are modified, (ii) establishing policy and configuration setting
capabilities to identify and control specific software and hardware components that should not be
changed during normal operations, and (iii) providing functionality for logging unauthorized changes or
malicious attacks in a manner that would preserve evidence in a forensically sound manner.

Collection and sharing of information shall be smooth and successful if there is a well-defined and
structured relationship between the software system developers and incident management staff.

Practices in SDLC shall include:

(a) Developing abuse cases to help refine requirements and build business cases
(b) Performing business risk analysis
(c) Implementing test planning (e.g., security functionality and risk-driven testing)
(d) Performing code review
(e) Performing penetration testing
(f) Deploying and operating applications in a secure environment

21.3.3 Physical Security

Physical security is the protection of personnel, hardware, programs, networks, and data from
physical circumstances and events that could cause serious losses or damage to an enterprise,
agency, or institution. This includes protection from fire, natural disasters, burglary, theft,
vandalism, and terrorism. A physical security plan, sponsored by senior management in the
organization, must be documented, implemented, and maintained. The plan shall address the
following among other things:
(a) The protection of all cyber assets within an identified physical security perimeter or by
way of alternate measures if a completely enclosed border is not feasible
(b) The identification of all physical access points past the physical security perimeter and
measures to control entry at those access points to make network links harder to
compromise
(c) Processes, tools, and procedures to monitor physical access to the perimeter(s)
(d) Appropriate use of physical access controls
(e) Review of access authorization requests and revocation of access authorization
(f) A visitor control program for personnel without authorized unescorted access to a
physical security perimeter
(g) Physical protection from unauthorized access and a location within an identified
physical security perimeter for cyber assets that authorize or log access or monitor
access to a physical or electronic security perimeter

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 245
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

(h) Documentation and implementation of operational and procedural control to manage

physical access at all access points at all times
(i) Ensuring that all ports and services not required for normal and emergency operations
are disabled
(j) Use of antivirus and malicious software prevention tools, where technically feasible
(k) Enforcement of restrictions on who can perform maintenance and repair, emergency
procedures, and remote configuration and maintenance

Physical security can be implemented in the following levels:

(a) Multiple locks, fencing, walls, fireproof safes, and water sprinklers can be placed in the
way of potential attackers and sites can be hardened against accidents and
environmental disasters
(b) Surveillance and notification systems (such as lighting, heat sensors, smoke detectors,
intrusion detectors, alarms, and camera) can be put in place as an alert

21.3.3.1 Monitoring, Logging, and Retention

The organization must document and implement the technical and procedural controls for
monitoring physical security system at all access points at all times. Unauthorized access attempts
must be reviewed immediately and handled in accordance with procedures. Logging will be
sufficient to uniquely identify individuals and the time of access. Physical access logs should be
retained for at least ninety (90) calendar days.

Routinely review network logs for anomalous / malicious behavior via automated and manual
techniques.

21.3.3.2 Maintenance and Testing

Each physical security system must be tested at least once every three (3) years to ensure it
operates correctly. Testing and maintenance records must be maintained at least until the next
testing cycle. Outage records must be retained for at least one (1) calendar year.

21.3.3.3 Responsibilities of Different Entities

All Generation Transmission, and Distribution entities dealing with the ENTSO shall ensure and
document cyber security protections such as: (a) performing regular malware scans, (b) patching
vulnerable systems in a timely manner, and (c) enforcing a strong password policy. IPPs and the
third party vendors shall be required to have a signed contract for such Cyber Security protections as
stated above. Third part vendors shall provide notification of known vulnerabilities affecting vendor-
supplied, application, and third-party software within a pre-negotiated period after public
disclosure. Vendors shall verify and provide documentation that all services are patched to current
status. Vendors shall provide a configurable account password management system that allows for
selection of password length, frequency of change, setting of required password complexity,

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 246
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

number of login attempts, inactive session logout, screen lock by application, and denial of repeated
or recycled use of the same password.

In the case of preexisting contracts and relationships, it is crucial first to perform a full audit of these
previous contracts to determine whether Cyber Security gaps exist, and then to determine how best
to fill any gaps through contract renegotiation with the vendor. Vendors shall provide details on
their patch management and update process.

21.3.4 Network Security

Network Security is the protection of all data that leaves or enters the local computer or server from
the network. Controlled by a network administrator, network security involves the authorization of
access to data in a network, and preventing and monitoring unauthorized access, misuse,
modification, or denial of a computer network and network-accessible resources. Refer to Section
21.3.2.2, “Access Control, Monitoring, and Logging” for more on Network Security and access
control. Intrusion Detection Systems (IDSs) shall be used to detect any anomalous behavior on
network. If anomalous behavior is encountered, the potentially compromised nodes on the network
must be isolated from the rest of the network.

All settings used on network hardware shall be set to their secure settings. Settings provided by
each piece of hardware must be fully understood. Do not assume that default settings are secure.

21.3.4.1 Network Connection Control

User assigned devices shall be restricted to connection to specified network segments only, and
shall be uniquely identified and approved for use. Care shall be taken in granting authorized
connections to network segments where information of a higher security classification is stored,
processed, and/or transmitted and the user of that device has not been granted access to
information assets of that classification. Source of network time shall be accurate and that accurate
time shall be reflected on all network nodes for all actions taken and events logged.

User devices shall be prohibited from cross-connecting (i.e., acting as a router) between any two
networks. Unneeded network services shall be disabled.

21.3.4.2 Firewall
Firewalls play an important role in establishing the first line of defense against cyber threats.
Combined with anti-spyware, anti-virus and anti-spam software, strong passwords and safe online
practices, a firewall adds a layer of protection that helps enhance Cyber Security. Firewalls protect
the computer and information from: (a) hackers breaking into the system; (b) viruses and worms
that spread across the Internet; and (c) outgoing traffic from the host computer created by a virus
infection.

Firewalls and virtual local area networks (VLANs) technologies can be used to properly segment the
network and to increase its compartmentalization (e.g., machines with access to business services

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 247
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

like e-mail should not be on the same network segment as SCADA machines). Firewall rules shall be
routinely reviewed and tested to confirm expected behavior.

Firewalls shall be configured in accordance with the organization’s standards and policies, and deny
any of the following traffic types:
(a) Firewalls and other boundary security mechanisms that filter or act as a proxy for traffic
from one network segment to another of a different security level
(b) Invalid source or destination address (e.g., broadcast addresses, RFC 1918 address
spaces on interfaces connected to public networks, addresses not assigned by IANA on
interfaces connected to public networks)
(c) Those destined for the firewall itself, unless the firewall provides a specific service (e.g.,
application proxy, VPN)
(d) Source routing information
(e) Directed broadcasts that are not for the subnet of the originator (these can be used to
create broadcast storms in denial-of-service attacks against third parties)
(f) Destined for internal addresses or services that have not been approved for access from
external sources

Requests for allowing additional services through a firewall or other boundary protection
mechanisms must be approved by the information security manager.

21.3.4.3 Flow of Electronic Communications

Client systems shall communicate with internal servers. The internal servers shall communicate with
the external systems via an intermediate system. The flow of traffic shall be enforced through
boundary protection mechanisms.

Ensure channel security of critical communication links with technologies like Transport Layer
Security (TLS). Where possible, implement Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to support two-way mutual
certificate-based authentication between nodes on the network.

Ensure that only standard, approved, and properly reviewed communication protocols are used on
the network

21.3.4.4 Protecting Data in Transit

When any nonpublic classified data transits a network and the confidentiality and integrity of that
data cannot be guaranteed because of the use of protocols, which do not provide a mechanism for
protecting the data payload, encryption shall be used to guard against disclosure and modification
of the data.

Ensure availability, integrity, and confidentiality of data traversing the networks through use of
digital fingerprints and signed hashes. If channel-level encryption is not possible, apply data-level
encryption to protect the data traversing the network links. Time stamps to protect against replay

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 248
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

attacks must be ensured. No actions shall be taken based on the data coming from network nodes
that may have been compromised.

Ensure that proper certificate and key management practices are in place. Remember that
cryptography does not help if the encryption key is easy to compromise. Ensure that keys are
changed periodically and that they can be changed right away in the event of a compromise.

21.3.4.5 Protecting Domain Name Service (DNS) Traffic

DNS provides a mechanism for resolving host names into Internet Protocol (IP) addresses in the
internet. Due to its ability to map human memorable system names into computer network
numerical addresses, its distributed nature, and its robustness, the DNS has evolved into a critical
component of the Internet. Insecure underlying protocols and lack of authentication and integrity
checking of the information within the DNS threaten the proper functionality of the DNS. The
threats that surround the DNS are due in part to the lack of authenticity and integrity checking of
the data held within the DNS and in part to other protocols that use host names as an access control
mechanism. The DNS shall be deployed in a multitier architecture that protects internal systems
from direct manipulation. Internal client resolvers shall direct their queries to internal DNS servers,
which forward all queries for external resource records to DNS server(s). The flow of traffic shall be
enforced through boundary protection mechanisms.

21.3.4.6 Network Routing Control /Use of Secure Routing Protocols or Static Routes
When exchanging routing information with external parties, secure routing protocols or static routes
shall be used. If possible, network address translation shall be employed to prevent accidental
leakage of internal routing information. Rules include:
(a) Users and devices shall not be allowed to specify the routing of network traffic.
Development, test, and production environments shall be separated
(b) Sufficient redundancy shall be ensured to exist in the network links so that rerouting
traffic is possible if some links are compromised

21.3.5 Platform Security Risks

Platform security risk focuses on the operating systems and other software making up the software
stack on top of which an organization’s custom applications run. Each accessible host on an
organization’s network is a potential target for attack. Adversaries will try to compromise these hosts
via methods that cannot be mitigated through network security controls alone. It is imperative to
ensure that the platform software running on the hosts is secure, including (but not limited to)
operating system software, database software, Web server software, and application server software.
Together these form a software stack on top of which an organization’s custom applications run.

21.3.6 Application Security

In-house developed or custom-procured application software must be developed with security in
mind from the get-go to help ensure that it does not contain any software security weaknesses that

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 249
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

may be exploited by adversaries to compromise the system. The software development process
therefore must to be security aware.

21.3.7 Unique Security Requirements and Controls

This section describes unique security best practices and controls needed for the grid modernization
and/or smart grid applications.

21.3.7.1 Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)

The AMI network consists of various software & hardware components, and networks for
communication. These include: (a) “head end” operating on the utility network; (b) wide area network
(WAN) that provides communications from the utility head end out to the field; (c) field access or
collection points on the edge of the WAN providing connections and/or consolidation for metering
data access, and (d) mesh network known as a local area network (LAN) or neighborhood area
network (NAN) providing sub-networks of meters, extending the reach to a larger meter population.
Home area networks (HAN) are also used to provide interfaces into the home to support consumer
awareness of energy consumption and to extend support for demand response functionality.

The security requirement for AMI begins with establishing fidelity of the meter data. Since smart
meters in the field are readily available, with few if any physical security controls, an attacker
gaining physical access to the smart meter may “patch” their firmware, thereby compromising the
smart meter. From this point on, any data supplied by the smart meter to the SCADA can no longer
be trusted. If the attacker can repeat the same tactic on a broader scale, it may be possible for the
hacker to generate incorrect actions for the SCADA system based on meter readings from
compromised meters. Detection of a compromised meter through remote attestation and other
state-of-the art techniques is therefore of utmost importance.

It is important to note that an attacker need not gain physical access to many meters. Since meters are
networked together, gaining access to one smart meter, downloading its firmware, reverse
engineering the firmware to look for software vulnerabilities (e.g., buffer overflow), and then creating
a root kit that can exploit that vulnerability to modify the functionality of the smart meter is all an
attacker needs to do. A worm can then be used to propagate that root kit from one smart meter to
another via a network that connects them. An attacker may then have a botnet of compromised smart
meters that he or she can activate at any time to achieve the attack goal (e.g., cause a blackout).

The following actions shall be taken in order to help mitigate this vulnerability:
(a) Verify with the software/hardware vendors (with embedded software) with proof of
evidence (e.g., third-party assessment) that their software is secure and free of security
weaknesses
(b) Perform remote attestation of smart meters to ensure that the firmware has not been
modified
(c) Make use of communication protocol security extensions (e.g., MultiSpeak® security
extensions) to ascertain the integrity, including the origin integrity, of smart meter data.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 250
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

(d) Establish and maintain secure configuration management processes (e.g., when servicing
field devices or updating their firmware)
(e) Ensure that all software (developed internally or procured from a third party) is developed
using security-aware SDLC
(f) Apply a qualified third-party security penetration test to all hardware and software
components prior to live deployment
(g) Ensure that the software running on the smart meter is free of software weaknesses,
especially if they are remotely exploitable. Otherwise, an attacker may be able take control
of a user’s smart meter to begin manipulating the climate in the user’s home. When done on
a large scale, this may result in blackouts
(h) Implement physical security controls and detection mechanisms when tampering occurs.
(i) Ensure that a reliable source of network time is maintained
(j) Disable the remote disconnect feature that allows electricity to be remotely shut down
using a smart meter

To safeguard end user privacy, smart meter information shall be decoupled from end-user
information. Meter identification shall be done through a generic number instead of a specific
household address, GPS location, etc.

21.3.7.2 Meter Data Management System (MDMS)

Data imported in to MDMS must be thoroughly validated for syntax and semantic for both privacy
and data security issues. The following actions must be ensured:
(a) Data received by MDMS does not come from a compromised meter
(b) Data received by MDMS undergoes validation, estimation, and editing (VEE) protocols to
ensure data integrity and completeness
(c) Appropriate exception handling mechanism is available in place for compromised data
(d) MDMS has been designed and implemented using security-aware SDLC
(e) MDMS system has passed a security penetration test by a qualified third party
(f) Denial-of-service attempts (from compromised meters) are handled gracefully by MDMS

21.3.7.3 Communication System

Communication system security has been covered under Network Security Section earlier in this
chapter. Following is a list of actions to be enforced for the communication system security:
(a) Ensure data integrity
(b) Ensure origin integrity
(c) Use proven communications protocols with built-in security capabilities
(d) Ensure confidentiality of data where appropriate
(e) Ensure proper network segmentation

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 251
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

(f) Have a third party perform network security penetration testing

(g) Implement sufficient redundancy
(h) Protect from man-in-the-middle attacks
(i) Protect from replay attacks
(j) Use proven encryption techniques
(k) Use robust key management techniques

21.3.7.4 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)

SCADA system is a part of a utility’s critical infrastructure and requires protection from a variety of
threats that exist in cyber space. The following actions shall be taken to ensure Cyber Security of
SCADA networks:
(a) Appoint a senior security manager with a clear mandate
(b) Establish policies to minimize the likelihood of inadvertent disclosure of sensitive
information regarding SCADA system design, operations, or security controls by
organizational staff
(c) Conduct personnel security awareness training
(d) Clearly define Cyber Security roles, responsibilities, and authorities for managers,
system administrators, and users
(e) Apply basic network and system IT security practices (e.g., regular security patches, run
antivirus software, etc.)
(f) Ensure that software running in the SCADA environment (e.g., either internal or external)
has been built with security in mind and reviewed for security by a qualified third party.
(g) Enforce the principle of least privilege when it comes to granting user access to SCADA
resources
(h) Conduct physical security surveys and assess all remote sites connected to the SCADA
network to evaluate their security
(i) Disconnect unnecessary connections to the SCADA networks
(j) Document network architecture and identify systems that serve critical functions or
contain sensitive information that need additional level of protection
(k) Establish a rigorous ongoing risk management process
(l) Conduct routine self-assessments
(m) Establish system backups and disaster recovery plans
(n) Test business continuity and disaster recovery plans
(o) Establish SCADA “Red Teams” to identify and evaluate possible attack scenarios
(p) Implement internal and external intrusion detection systems and establish 24-hours-a-
day incident monitoring

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 252
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

(q) Perform technical audits of SCADA devices, networks, and any other connected
networks to identify security concerns
(r) Perform monitoring and logging, and ensure that people can be held accountable for
their actions
(s) Avoid taking critical control decisions without human confirmation
(t) Avoid taking critical control decisions based on too few data points
(u) Avoid taking critical control decisions based on data points from compromised field
devices or based on data that has been tampered with
(v) Ensure proper network segmentation in the SCADA environment
(w) Ensure sufficient fault tolerance and redundancy in the SCADA environment
(x) Use individual (rather than shared) user login accounts with strong passwords
(y) Ensure that all hardware authentication settings have been changed from their default values

21.3.7.5 In-Home Display (IHD)

IHD provides customers with information on energy consumption. The security of this device is
critical from the consumer’s perspective in both preventing others from sneaking as well as
preventing someone from using that device to manipulate household appliances. An attacker may
be able take control of a user’s IHD to begin manipulating the climate in the user’s home. When
done on a large scale, this may result in blackouts due to overloads. Attacks could be launched
wirelessly through AMI network, communication channel, or the internet.

Additionally, if utilities and third parties bundle internet access as a potential marketing hook, the
device will also be subject to potential malware when a customer surfs the internet. It is therefore
imperative to have a mechanism for frequent security patches. The following actions shall be taken
to ensure security of IHD:
(a) Ensure that the software running on IHDs is free of software weaknesses
(b) Ensure the integrity of data shown on the user’s IHD.
(c) Ensure the integrity of data sent from the user’s IHD to the control center.
(d) Ensure the anonymity and privacy of data (where appropriate) pertaining to electricity
usage patterns such that it cannot be tied back to the consumer.
(e) Perform remote attestation of IHDs to alert the control center when unauthorized
firmware updates occur.
(f) Request third-party security penetration testing of IHDs

Tables 21-1 through 21-5 below provides at-a-glance summaries of risks, impacts, and
mitigations for People and Policy Risks, Operational Risks, Thirds Party Risks, Network Risks, and
Platform Risks.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 253
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

Table 21-1: People and Policy Risks and Mitigation

Risk Impact Mitigations
Lack of security training and Insufficiently trained personnel may All employees must undergo security
awareness. inadvertently provide the visibility, training when hired and at least once
knowledge, and opportunity to a year thereafter. The degree and
execute a successful attack. nature of security training for
personnel shall vary based on their
job function.
Inadequate technology & Online transaction and Identity proofing through appropriate
processes for data/information privacy are background checks for all new hires
identification/authentication vulnerable with identity fraud and must be done. Access to sensitive
theft information and resources shall be
given only after proper
authentication and authorization.
Inadequate security policy Inadequate policies that do not drive Security policies must adequately
operating requirements and cover all aspects of maintaining a
procedures lead to vulnerabilities in secure environment.
Cyber Security.
Insufficient privacy policy Undesirable exposure of Adequately defined privacy policies
employee/customer/ client personal must cover all aspects of
information could pose business and safeguarding access to private
security risk. information.
Lack of management Without sponsorship of senior Assign a senior manager to be in
oversight for security. management, it is not possible to charge of the overall security
successfully enforce a security program who can make appropriate
program in the event of a policy decisions in the event of the policies
compromised or abuse. need to be modified.
Inconsistent action in Not revoking access of terminated Employees shall have access to
revocation of employee employees could be a threat to Cyber resources and systems only as
access Security that may lead to needed to perform their job function
unauthorized access, and sabotage. for the duration as needed. All access
for terminated employees shall be
revoked before notifying them of
termination.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 254
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

Table 21-2: Operational Risks and Mitigation

Operational Risks Potential Impact Mitigation

Lack of patch Missing patches potential Security patches shall be applied as appropriate, with
management risks to the affected automated alerts
process. system.
Lax access control Unauthorized users can Periodically review the lists for each critical resource or system
obtain/modify/delete and the authorized users. Establish standards procedures and
sensitive information channels for granting and revoking employee access to
resources or systems.
Inadequate Improperly configured All hardware and software must be configured securely. When
change and software/systems/devices unclear, seek further clarification from vendors as to secure
configuration lead to insecure settings and do not assume that shipped default settings are
management. configurations and an secure. Establish change management and approval processes
increased risk of for making changes to the configuration to ensure that the
vulnerability. security posture is not jeopardized.
Lack of periodic Failure to perform periodic Periodic security audits shall focus on assessing security
security audits. security audits may lead to controls for (i) people and policy, (ii) operations, (iii) network,
unidentified security risks (iv) platform, (v) application, (vi) process, (vii) physical
and/or process gaps. security, and (viii) third-party relationships.
Inadequate Causes longer- than- An associated cyber contingency plan and Cyber Security
continuity of necessary recovery from a incident response plan shall be developed within the various
operations and possible plant or plant/system disaster recovery plans in place. Disaster
disaster recovery operational outage. recovery plans shall highlight the need to determine if the
plan. disaster was created by or related to a Cyber Security incident.
Steps shall be taken to validate, backup, and ensure devices
being recovered are clean before installing the backups,
incident reporting, etc.
Lack of adequate Inadequate understanding A documented risk assessment process that includes
risk assessment of the actual risk may lead consideration of business objectives, the impact to the
process. to poor and ineffective organization if vulnerabilities are exploited, and the
decisions determination by senior management of risk acceptance is
necessary to ensure proper evaluation of risk.
Inadequate risk Could result in major risks A systematic approach of risk management process shall use
management being unaddressed the results of the risk assessment to initiate timely and
process. appropriate risk mitigation in a fashion commensurate with
their likelihood and impact. An executive dashboard shall be
developed to show all risks where mitigations are past due.
Insufficient Time-critical response An incident response process is required to ensure proper
incident response actions may not be notification, response, and recovery in the event of an
process. completed in a timely incident.
manner, leading to the
increased duration of risk
exposure.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 255
CHAPTER 21 Cyber Security

Table 21-3: Third Party Risks and Mitigation

Risk Impact Mitigation
Failure to specify security Products/services will not meet Security requirements shall be
requirements in RFPs. security requirements of the system reflected in the RFPs, and contract
Failure to request results of Procurement may not meet Hardware/software vendors must
independent security testing of standards of security requirements. be required to have their products
hardware and software prior to reviewed by third-party security
procurement. experts and to share the reports.
Failure to request evidence from Products/services will have Vendor’s risk management and
a third party vendor of its risk insufficient security measures security practices shall be reviewed
management and security to ensure that they adhere to
practices. appropriate standards.
Failure to request information A SDLC process that does not follow Software vendor shall demonstrate
from a third party on its secure security development practices will a secure software development
SDLC process. likely result in insecure software. process.

Table 21-4: Network Risks and Mitigation

Risk Impact Mitigation
Unneeded Every service that runs is a security Perform analysis to identify all services that are needed,
services risk, because intended use of the and only have these enabled. Establish a process for
running. service may provide access to system obtaining permission to enable additional services.
assets, and the implementation may Conduct periodic reviews to ensure that the services are
contain exploitable bugs. running as expected.
Insufficient (i) Failure to detect critical events; Events from all devices should be logged to a central log
log (ii) Removal of forensic evidence; management server. Alerts should be configured according
management. (iii) Log wipes to the criticality of the event or a correlation of certain
events. For instance, when the tamper-detection
mechanism on a device is triggered, an alert should be
delivered to the appropriate personnel. When a remote
power disconnect command is issued to x number of
meters within a certain time, alerts should also be sent.

Table 21-5: Platform Risks and Mitigation

Risk Impact Mitigation
Insufficient Denial of service (DoS)/distributed Enforce multi-layer authentication.
Authentication and denial of service (DDoS) attacks may Institute sound key management practices.
authorization process for overwhelm a software system by Ensure secure key exchange. Ensure that
all components overloading it with data requests the authentication process cannot be
ultimately causing platform shutdown bypassed.
and data/assets stolen

Monitoring for unusual System may be vulnerable to Ensure dedicated senior management to
activities not performed fraudulent activities rigorously enforce policies and procedures

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 256
22 SYSTEM OPERATOR TRAINING
THIS Chapter contains requirements specific to both the EAPP IC and the ENTGC. If in any instance there
is a difference in requirements, the more stringent requirement shall hold.

22.1 EAPP IC REQUIREMENTS

22.1.1 Introduction
The System Operator Training Chapter (SOTC) sets out the responsibilities and the minimum
acceptable requirements for the development and implementation of System Operator Training and
Authorisation programmes. The SOTC shall ensure that System Operators throughout EAPP and the
EAC are provided with continuous and coordinated operational training in order to promote the
reliability and security of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System.

22.1.2 Objective
The objectives of the System Operator Training Chapter are to establish mandatory continuing
training and authorisation to improve and maintain System Operator capability and performance in
their job tasks.

22.1.3 Responsibility
TSOs shall establish and authorise the System Operator positions that will have the responsibility in
their Control Centres for the safe and reliable operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission
System and National System. The TSO shall also be responsible for the ongoing training of their
System Operators in accordance with the SOTC. In a TSO’s Control Centre and in the EAPP CC at least
one System Operator, authorised in accordance with the SOTC, shall be on duty at all times and shall
be responsible for the operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and for complying
with the EAPP/EAC Interconnection Code.

22.1.4 Scope
Reliable operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System requires highly trained and
tested System Operators who are able to evaluate information on the status of their National
System and EAPP Interconnected Transmission System. They must evaluate possible risks to system
reliability, and make near-instant decisions about actions necessary to protect the system in a safe
and reliable manner under all conditions. When recruiting System Operators, each TSO shall ensure
that they have basic qualifications and shall provide them with a continuous and coordinated
training and authorisation. System Operators should be selected on the basis of their level of
intellectual and reasoning ability and their capacity for working under stressful conditions. They
should have good engineering, mathematical and problem-solving skills and communicate clearly
both in writing and verbally. System Operators shall also have sufficient language skills to enable
them to communicate with other EAPP Control Centres under operational conditions in both the
English and French languages. System Operators must be able to deal with their peers in other

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 257
CHAPTER 22 System Operator Training

Control Centres and also with regulators, Generation Licensees, and End-use Users. System
Operators should be capable of supervising and training other operating personnel in their own
National System.

22.1.5 Need for Training

System expansions, new technologies, and modifications of market and regulatory rules require
changing functionalities in Control Centres. As the markets expand and the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System becomes more congested, operational reliability is crucial and requires more
robust data acquisition, better analysis, and faster coordinated controls. To ensure smooth
operation of the EAPP Interconnected Transmission System and National Systems under steady-state
and disturbed conditions, a number of technical rules and recommendations also need to be
followed. The functions and responsibilities set out above require qualified, skilled, and well-trained
System Operators at the Control Centres to direct the operation of EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System in a reliable and secure manner.

22.1.6 Authorization of System Operators

System Operators in the EAPP Coordination Centre and in the TSO Control Centres shall be
authorised in accordance with the SOTC. The training and authorisation of System Operators is the
responsibility of EAPP in the case of the EAPP Coordination Centre and individual TSOs in the case of
their Control Centres. There are two levels of authorisation:
(a) Basic Authorisation: This level of authorisation is for new recruits to the System Operator
function and requires the completion of the Initial Course and the passing of an
examination. This authorization will be valid for three (3) years.
(b) Continuing Authorisation: This level of authorisation is for System Operators who are already
performing the role. The Continuous Course to be followed involves the accumulation of credits.
Sufficient credits must be obtained every three (3) years in order to maintain authorisation.

22.1.7 Training of System Operators

The training of System Operators consists of two courses. The content of the Initial Course is aimed
at new recruits to the System Operator position and assumes a good knowledge of electrical
engineering principles. It introduces the basics of system operation using the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System to illustrate the concepts and to instill knowledge on how the overall system
operates at all times and under all conditions. The Initial Course is of six (6) month duration for
trainees without experience in power system operation, including three (3) months for on-the-job
and simulator training.

The Continuous Course is targeted at System Operators to enable them to maintain their proficiency
and professional development throughout their career. The Continuous Course is required to be
completed before expiry of the previous authorisation and will require the accumulation of a
number of credits to be defined by the EAPP Steering Committee.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 258
CHAPTER 22 System Operator Training

The training programme will introduce the basics of interconnected system operation and control
practices including security analysis, stability studies, optimal power flow and system management.
The deregulation processes adopted in EAPP Member Countries will be covered. Different
restructuring models and technical problems in operation and control including congestion
management, Ancillary Services, automatic generation control, demand forecasting, power systems
security and state estimation will be discussed.

The detailed course material shall be reviewed periodically to account for changing requirements
and developments in Prudent Utility Practice. The EAPP Steering Committee shall establish a
Committee of experts to review the training needs to ensure that the content of both courses is
relevant and covers all aspects.

22.1.8 Initial Course

22.1.8.1 Theoretical Modules
The Theoretical Module should provide advanced technical knowledge on the following main topics:
(a) Analysis of past system disturbances and ‘near-misses’
(b) System operation including security analysis, optimal power flow, transient and dynamic
stability and operation under emergency conditions
(c) New risks and conditions affecting system operation including new network elements or
Generating Units
(d) Modifications to the EAPP/EAC Interconnection Code and National Grid Codes and other
new technical and operational rules and procedures
The structure of the theoretical part of the Initial Course should provide a first level of competencies
in the following main topics:
(a) Types of overhead lines and underground cables with their components
(b) Different types of HV and EHV substations, HVDC converters, circuit breakers, isolator-
ground switches, power transformers, measurement and protection transformers, tap
changers, reactors, capacitors, phase shifting transformers, other electronic regulators (SVC,
FACTS), telecommunication systems, protection relays
(c) Types of Generating Units and their operational characteristics e.g. response times

22.1.8.2 Operation Modules

This will include all relevant national and international regulations and market rules as well as the
knowledge and analysis of the necessary conditions for safe and reliable system operation. This
category might include modules on the following aspects:
(a) Network behaviour, network operation, power flows and system frequency
(b) Basics of system protection
(c) Voltage and reactive power control

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 259
CHAPTER 22 System Operator Training

(d) Balancing (primary and secondary response and tertiary reserve), Automatic Generation
Control
(e) EAPP Interconnection Code and National Grid Codes
(f) Other technical or operational policies of the TSO
(g) Emergency scenarios including manual and automatic remedial actions and system
restoration philosophies
(h) Electricity Market operations
(i) Communication and reporting of system incidents

22.1.8.3 Practical Modules

Trainees should receive training in the following topics:
(a) Data collection and configuration of SCADA and EMS
(b) Models implemented for state estimation, system, Contingency analysis, automatic
generation control, and demand forecasting
(c) System Operator’s Human-Machine Interface
(d) Training on Power System Protection

22.1.8.4 Simulator Training

System Simulator based training bridges the gap between theory and practice and is also used to
enhance the skills of experienced System Operators. Training on the System Simulator should be
concerned with the ‘play back’ of system incidents and with the lessons to be learned from them.
The training should also include ‘live’ interaction with Control Centres of Neighbouring Systems in
the handling of cross-border incidents. During the Initial Course, trainees should use the Simulator
to experience the following:
(a) Simulation of system performance under SCADA real-time conditions
(b) Restoration of the system following a blackout
(c) Use of the Control Centre User Interface
(d) Decision making under stress conditions
(e) Operation under emergency conditions

22.1.8.5 On Job Training

Training on shift in the Control Centre is a most important part of the Initial Course. The training
should concentrate on the future position and responsibilities of the trainee and should cover all
relevant operational aspects relevant to the position. On job training puts into practice all the topics
of the Theory Modules and the trainees should be supervised by experienced System Operators.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 260
CHAPTER 22 System Operator Training

22.1.9 Continuous Course

The Continuous Course is an ongoing training programme aimed at System Operators who have already
been authorized. It focuses on advanced theoretical and practical aspects of system operation as well as
on cross-border issues. Each TSO should implement a Continuous Course with two modules.

22.1.9.1 Theoretical Module

The Theoretical Module should provide advanced technical knowledge on the following main topics:

(a) Analysis of past system disturbances and ‘near-misses’

(b) System operation including security analysis, optimal power flow, transient and dynamic
stability and operation under emergency conditions
(c) New risks and conditions affecting system operation including new network elements or
Generating Units
(d) Modifications to the EAPP/EAC Interconnection Code and National Grid Codes and other
new technical and operational rules and procedures
22.1.9.2 Simulator Training
Training on the System Simulator should be concerned with the ‘play back’ of system incidents and
with the lessons to be learned from them. The training should also include ‘live’ interaction with
Control Centres of Neighbouring Systems in the handling of cross-border incidents

22.1.10 Combined Training

Cooperation and communication between System Operators in the National Control Centres and the
EAPP CC is essential for the successful and coordinated operation of the EAPP Interconnected
Transmission System. This cooperation can be fostered by joint training programmes between TSOs.
These programmes could include:
(a) Exchange visits between Control Centres including periods on-shift
(b) Joint training workshops
(c) Common System Simulator training

22.2 ENTGC REQUIREMENTS

22.2.1 Operations Training Seminar
(a) The ENTSO will, at a minimum, annually host a training seminar. The purpose of the training
seminar is to provide a forum for system wide problems to be effectively addressed. The
training seminar should present information to maintain the consistency of operators across
all of the ENTSO Region
(b) The seminar provides a forum for Generation, TNSPs and DNSPs and system operators. The
ENTSO System Operators shall meet and analyze common topics and issues as well as
participate in formal training sessions that impact all participants

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 261
CHAPTER 22 System Operator Training

22.2.2 Extreme Emergency Drill

The ENTSO shall conduct an extreme emergency drill each year. This drill will be used to test the
scheduling and communication functions of the primary and/or backup centers and train operators
in emergency procedures. The ENTSO shall participate in the drill. The ENTSO shall appoint a drill
coordinator for developing and coordinating the annual extreme emergency drill. The ENTSO shall
appoint a Working Committee to review and critique the results of completed extreme emergency
drills that will ensure effectiveness and recommend changes as necessary. The ENTSO shall verify
and report Entity participation to the appropriate authority.

22.2.3 Training Practices

Each Licensee shall establish a clear requirement, define and develop a systematic approach in
administering the training, and provide the necessary feedback as a measurement of curriculum
suitability and trainee progress. Each entity should recognize the importance of training and provide
sufficient operator participation through adequate staffing and work-hour scheduling.

The Regulatory Authority shall certify the training practices established by each Licensee.

22.2.4 Operator Certification

The ENTSO Certification shall verify that an individual has knowledge of fundamental topics in
electrical power and Ethiopia power system operations. The certification shall be achieved through
self-study of the ENTSO Training Manual, followed by successful completion of an examination over
the subject matter contained in the Manual.

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 262
APPENDIX REVISION LOG

Chapter Comments Page Action Taken Date of

Action

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 263
CHAPTER 0 Appendix Revision Lo

Chapter Comments Page Action Taken Date of

Action

Error! No text of specified style in document.Ethiopia National Transmission Grid Code – DRAFT 264